unfoldingWord/en_tn
unfoldingWord
/
en_tn v80
Catalog v80
1
7
Fork 15
Files Issues 67 Pull Requests 4 Projects 1 Releases 76 Activity Metadata Preview / PDF Preview
en_tn/tn_MRK.tsv

1.2 MiB
Raw Permalink Blame History

1ReferenceIDTagsSupportReferenceQuoteOccurrenceNote
2front:intror2f20

Introduction to the Gospel of Mark

Part 1: General Introduction

Outline of the book of Mark

  1. Introduction (1:1–13)
  2. Jesus’ early ministry (1:14–3:6)
  3. Jesus teaches and performs miracles (3:7–6:6)
  4. Jesus expands his ministry and encounters opposition (6:7–8:21)
  5. Jesus instructs his disciples and journeys toward Jerusalem (8:22–10:52)
  6. Jesus in Jerusalem (11:1–13:37)
  7. Jesus’ last days and death (14:1–15:47)
  8. Jesus’ resurrection (16:1–8)

What is the book of Mark about?

The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Mark wrote much about what Jesus did and how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles. Many Christians believe that this Gospel was the first one to be written.

How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel According to Mark.” Or they may choose a different title, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

Who wrote the book of Mark?

The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark, also known as John Mark. This Mark did not know Jesus during his life on earth, and he did not witness the events that he writes about in this Gospel. However, he was a close friend of the Apostle Peter. Most likely, Mark recorded what Peter said about Jesus and then wrote this Gospel based on that eyewitness testimony.

Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

What does the phrase “the kingdom of God” mean?

Mark refers to “the kingdom of God” 14 times. This phrase is both important and difficult to translate. In general, the word “kingdom” refers to a monarch ruling over a group of people in a specific area. In various contexts, the word can primarily emphasize the area, the people, or the ruling. However, the term usually refers to all three of these elements, even if one is emphasized more than the others. Consider how you might express the idea of “kingdom” in your language. Some translations emphasize the idea of ruling and express the idea with a clause like “God ruling as king” or “God’s reign.” Other translations emphasize the idea of the people who are ruled and express the idea with a clause like “belonging to God’s people.” However, both of these options do not fully express the idea of “kingdom.” If you have a word or phrase that describes a situation in which a king rules over people in a specific area, you could use it here. Since that word in English is “kingdom,” the ULT and UST both use “kingdom.” (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/other/kingdom]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])

What were “disciples” in Jesus’ culture?

In both Jewish culture and in Greco-Roman culture, teachers had “disciples” who learned from them and were committed to them. Sometimes these disciples would go wherever their teacher went and imitate what the teacher did. Jesus’ disciples similarly were committed to him and learned from him. Some of his closest disciples traveled and lived with Jesus, particularly those whom Mark refers to as The Twelve. Other disciples would go to see Jesus and learn from him, but they did not always travel or live with him. Consider how you might refer to these kinds of relationships in your language. The ULT expresses the idea with the word “disciple,” and the UST uses the word “apprentice.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])

Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?

In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase can express two primary ideas:

  1. It can refer to someone who is a human. This meaning for the phrase appears frequently in the book of Ezekiel (for example, see Ezekiel 2:1 or Ezekiel 47:6). So, Jesus uses the phrase to refer to himself in the third person while identifying himself as a human being.
  2. It can refer more specifically to a specific person who appears in Daniel 7:13–14. This person approaches God, who gives him dominion and authority. So, when he uses the phrase, Jesus is identifying himself with this person. Scholars are not sure whether people in Jesus’ culture used the title “Son of Man” to refer to the Messiah. However, Jesus is probably using the title to implicitly claim a special role, perhaps that of the Messiah.

There are three primary issues to consider when translating the phrase “the Son of Man”:

  1. When Jesus uses the phrase, he is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would not understand this, you may need to express the idea in the first person. See the notes on the phrase “the Son of Man” throughout the book for ways to do this.
  2. The phrase figuratively refers to someone who is human by identifying that person’s father as a “man.” If that figure of speech does not make sense in your language, you could refer to someone who is human in another way. Some translations use a phrase like “the human one” to express the idea.
  3. The phrase refers to the specific figure from the book of Daniel. If you have a translation of the book of Daniel, you could translate the phrase as it is expressed there. If you do not have a translation of the book of Daniel, you could consider translating the phrase as a title that refers to a special person, implicitly the Messiah. You could make this clear by capitalizing the phrase (for example, “the Human One”) or by using a different form that indicates that this is a title (for example, “the one called Son of Man”).

A note related to translating the idea of “Son of Man” appears at its first occurrence. After that, if possible express the idea consistently throughout the rest of the book. Notes providing translation options for expressing the idea in first person instead of third person appear at every occurrence. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])

Part 3: Important Translation Issues

What are the Synoptic Gospels?

The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”

The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. The ULT represents these parallels by using the same words whenever the parallel passages are exactly the same. When the parallel passages are slightly different, the ULT represents the differences as much as possible by using different words. Make sure that your translation represents these similarities and differences as closely as possible.

Why does Mark use the word “immediately” so frequently?

Mark uses the word “immediately” 42 times. Most likely, he does this to make his narration more exciting and vivid. It is not always clear how close together events connected by the word “immediately” are. Because of that, it is best to use a general word or phrase that indicates that something happens soon after something else. If possible, express the idea with the same word or phrase throughout the book. The UST often expresses the idea with the phrase “as soon as.”

When is “you” singular, and when is “you” plural?

As he is telling his story, Mark uses both singular and plural forms of “you.” These were distinct in his language, but in English both singular and plural are expressed with the word “you.” So, in the introduction to each chapter, there is a section stating whether Mark uses the singular or plural form of “you” more frequently in that chapter. Then, notes throughout the chapter will indicate whenever Mark uses the less frequent form of “you.” Look for this section in each chapter introduction if your language distinguishes between singular and plural forms of “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

Why does Mark uses present tense verbs for actions that happened in the past?

Throughout this book, Mark often uses present tense verbs to refer to actions that happened in the past. Sometimes he uses a present tense verb in the same sentence with past tense verbs. He does this particularly frequently with verbs that introduce speech. Scholars debate why Mark uses these present tense verbs. Most likely, he included them to highlight or call attention to the action that they describe. In other words, when Mark uses a present tense verb in past narration, he probably does so in order to make his readers pay attention. If present tense verbs in past narration would not accomplish this goal in your language, you could use past tense verbs in your translation and draw the attention of your readers in another way. Since Mark uses these present tense verbs frequently, there are not translation notes at each occurrence. Instead, each chapter introduction lists the verses in which Mark uses present tense verbs in this way. Make sure that your translation deals with this issue consistently. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])

What are the major issues in the text of the book of Mark?

Some versions of the Bible include some verses in Matthew that other versions do not include. This is because some ancient manuscripts include these verses. However, the best ancient manuscripts do not include them. Here are the verses:

  • “If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear” (7:16).
  • “where their worm does not end, and the fire is not quenched” (9:44).
  • “where their worm does not end, and the fire is not quenched” (9:44).
  • “But if you do not forgive, neither will your Father in the heavens forgive your trespasses” (11:26).
  • “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, “And he was counted with lawless ones’” (15:28).

It is recommended that you do not include these passages. However, if in your region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, you may include them. If they are included, they should be put in footnotes or inside square brackets to indicate that they were probably not originally part of Matthew.

Further, the manuscripts that scholars consider to be the most reliable do not include the words in 16:9–20. So, the ULT and UST put these words in brackets, and there are no translation notes on these verses. It is recommended that you also indicate in some way that Mark probably did not write these words. See the introduction to chapter 16 for more information.

Finally, in the following verses, ancient manuscripts do not all have the same words. The ULT uses the words that are found in most of the earliest manuscripts. When you translate these verses, you should compare the ULT with any translations with which your readers may be familiar to see what your readers may expect. Unless there is a good reason to use the alternate words, you should follow the ULT. See the footnotes and notes at each of these verses for more information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])

  • “Jesus Christ, the Son of God” (1:1). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “Jesus Christ.”
  • “having had compassion” (1:41). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “having become angry.”
  • “he appointed 12, whom he also named apostles” (3:14). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “he appointed 12.”
  • “And he appointed the Twelve, and he added” (3:16). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “And he added.”
  • “guilty of an eternal sin” (3:29). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “deserving of eternal judgment.”
  • “your brothers” (3:32). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “your brothers and your sisters.”
  • “Gerasenes” (5:1). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “Gadarenes.” Other manuscripts have this: “Gergesenes.”
  • “for a testimony against them” (6:11). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “for a testimony against them. Truly I say to you, it will be more tolerable for Sodom and Gomorrah in the day of judgment than for that city.”
  • “they were saying” (6:14). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “he was saying.”
  • “he was much perplexed” (6:20). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “he was doing many things.”
  • “his daughter, of Herodias” (6:22). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “the daughter of Herodias herself.”
  • “copper vessels” (7:4). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “copper vessels and beds.”
  • “the tradition of men” (7:8). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “the tradition of men, washings of pitchers and cups and many other similar such things you do.”
  • “you may keep” (7:9). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “you may establish.”
  • “enter into the town” (8:26). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “enter into the town nor speak to anyone in the town.”
  • “prayer and fasting” (9:29). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “prayer.”
  • “in your name” (9:38). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “in your name, who does not follow us.”
  • “into Gehenna” (9:45). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “into Gehenna, into the unquenchable fire.”
  • “salted with fire” (9:49). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “salted with fire, and every sacrifice will be salted with salt here.”
  • “will leave his father and mother” (10:7). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife.”
  • “follow me” (10:21). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “follow me, having taken up the cross.”
  • “how hard it is” (10:24). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “how hard it is for the ones trusting in riches.”
  • “saying to him” (10:26). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “saying to themselves.”
  • “he sends it back” (11:3). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “he sends it.”
  • “under your feet” (12:36). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “as a footstool of your feet.”
  • “famines” (13:8). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “famines and troubles.”
  • “Stay awake and pray” (13:33). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “Stay awake.”
  • “blood of the covenant” (14:24). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “blood of the new covenant.”
  • “into the forecourt” (14:68). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “into the forecourt, and a rooster crowed.”
  • “having come up” (15:8). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “having cried out.”
  • “I do {with the one} you call the King of the Jews” (15:12). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “I do {with} the King of the Jews.”
  • “he expired in this way” (15:37). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “crying out in this way he expired.”
31:introc6ep0

Mark 1 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

  1. Introduction (1:1–13)
    • Opening (1:1–3)
    • The ministry of John the Baptist (1:4–8)
    • Jesus is baptized and tempted (1:9–13)
  2. Jesus’ early ministry (1:14–3:6)
    • Jesus calls four disciples (1:14–20)
    • Jesus teaches and casts out a demon (1:21–28)
    • Jesus heals Simon’s mother-in-law and many others (1:29–34)
    • Jesus teaches and heals people throughout Galilee (1:35–39)
    • Jesus heals a leper (1:40–45)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2–3, which is made up of quotations from Malachi 3:1 and Isaiah 40:3.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Baptism

The word “baptism” refers to a ritual washing, usually with water. John’s baptism is similar to Christian baptism, but it does not mean exactly the same thing (see Acts 18:24–26). Mark writes that John’s baptism is “of repentance” (see 1:4). Most likely, it symbolized the removal of the sins that people were repenting of and the beginning of a new way of living. However, even Jesus received this baptism despite the fact that he did not need to repent of any sins. In this case, the baptism may symbolize complete dedication to God. Consider how you might refer to this kind of ritual washing in your language.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that John the Baptist delivers to groups of people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

The historic present

To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 12, 21, 30, 37, 38, 40, 41, and 44. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])

41:1-4ewhdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ & καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ: ἰδοὺ, ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου & φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ & ἐγένετο Ἰωάννης1

Here, the phrase Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet and the quotation that follows could go with: (1) verse 1: The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, the Son of God. In this case, Mark means that thegospel had its beginning just as Isaiah prophesied. Alternate translation: “The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, the Son of God, happened just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet, “Behold, I am sending my messenger before your face, who will prepare your way; a voice crying out in the wilderness, ‘Make ready the way of the Lord; make his paths straight.’” And so John came” (2) verse 4: John came. In this case, Mark means that John came as Isaiah had prophesied. Alternate translation: “This is the beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, the Son of God. Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet, “Behold, I am sending my messenger before your face, who will prepare your way; a voice crying out in the wilderness, ‘Make ready the way of the Lord; make his paths straight,’” John came”

51:1ybv6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of beginning, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Here begins the gospel”

61:1kpq1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ1

Here, Mark is using the possessive form to describe a gospel that is about Jesus Christ. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of the gospel concerning Jesus Christ”

71:1i3bcrc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciplesΥἱοῦ Θεοῦ1

Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.

81:1et9orc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsΥἱοῦ Θεοῦ1

Many ancient manuscripts include the phrase the Son of God. The ULT follows that reading. A few ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

91:2e3byrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsκαθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ1

In Mark’s culture, Just as it has been written in Isaiah the prophet is a normal way to introduce quotations from important texts, in this case, the Old Testament books written by the prophet Malachi and by Isaiah the prophet (see Malachi 3:1 and Isaiah 40:3). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Mark is quoting from important texts. Alternate translation: “Just as you can read in what Isaiah the prophet wrote” or “Just as it says in the Scriptures connected with Isaiah the prophet”

101:2fc4trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveκαθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ1

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah the prophet wrote”

111:2z8b7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ1

Here, Isaiah the prophet represents the book written by Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the scroll of Isaiah the prophet”

121:2br10rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsἰδοὺ1

Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “See” or “Pay attention”

131:2gu7irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomπρὸ προσώπου σου1

Here, the phrase before your face means before or in front of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of you” or “before I send you”

141:2kl12rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorκατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου1

Here the author of the quotation speaks of helping people to get ready for the coming of the Messiah as if it were preparing the way or road for the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will help people get ready for you to arrive”

151:3cf0erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheφωνὴ βοῶντος1

The author of the quotation is using voice to represent a person speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person calling out” or “someone calling out”

161:3lkm3rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsβοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ,1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “of one calling out in the wilderness and saying” or “of one calling out in the wilderness, declaring”

171:3dqi9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of this quotation. Alternate translation: “the wilderness that people must make ready the way of the Lord, that they must make his paths straight”

181:3v3n3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ1

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a connecting word in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Make ready the way of the Lord, yes, make his paths straight”

191:3peh5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ1

Here the author of the quotation speaks as if people should build or maintain roads for the Lord to travel on as he comes to visit his people. He means that people need to be living and acting in proper ways when the Lord appears to his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the metaphor in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Live and behave in a way that pleases God, as if you were making a road ready for him to travel on”

201:3tz2grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularἑτοιμάσατε & ποιεῖτε1

Because the person who is crying out is speaking to many people, the commands Make ready and make are plural.

211:4pmserc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐγένετο Ἰωάννης, ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ κηρύσσων1

Here, the phrase translated the one baptizing could be: (1) a description of what John did, in parallel with the word preaching. Alternate translation: “John came. He was baptizing in the wilderness and preaching” (2) a title (“the Baptist”) that people called John. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist came in the wilderness, preaching”

221:4je3trc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsἐγένετο Ἰωάννης1

This phrase introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “There was a man named John” or “A man called John appeared”

231:4q9nprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsκηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “preaching, ‘Receive a baptism of repentance for forgiveness of sins.’”

241:4s05nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας1

Here Mark implies that John was preaching that people should undergo a baptism of repentance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “preaching that people should receive a baptism of repentance” or “preaching that people should ask to receive a baptism of repentance”

251:4dtqvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsβάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν1

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind repentance and forgiveness, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “that people should be baptized to show that they had repented, so that their sins would be forgiven”

261:4vz74rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionβάπτισμα μετανοίας1

Here, Mark is using the possessive form to describe a baptism that shows or expresses repentance. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a baptism that expresses repentance” or “a baptism that demonstrates repentance”

271:4p86zrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goalεἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν1

Here, the phrase for the forgiveness of sins indicates the goal of the baptism of repentance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that indicates the goal of an action. Alternate translation: “that would lead to forgiveness of sins”

281:5cf75rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleπᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες1

Mark twice writes all as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of the Judea region and most of the Jerusalemites”

291:5u9ygrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheπᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα1

Here, the phrase all the Judea region represents the people who live in that area. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the inhabitants of the Judea region”

301:5pgyhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξεπορεύετο1

In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “were coming out”

311:5b9u4rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequentialἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν1

Here the people were confessing their sins before they were being baptized. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange the elements so that these events are in sequential order, or you could use another form to indicate the sequence. Alternate translation: “confessing their sins, they were being baptized by him in the Jordan River” or “were being baptized by him in the Jordan River after they confessed their sins”

321:5h8h7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was baptizing them”

331:5yezjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐξομολογούμενοι1

Here it is the people who are confessing, not John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as they confessed”

341:6n3rkrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundκαὶ & ὁ Ἰωάννης1

Here Mark uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. The word does not introduce another event in the story. This background information is found in 1:6–8. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Concerning this John, he”

351:6kyy3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἦν & ἐνδεδυμένος1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “clothed himself with”

361:6j141rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἦν & ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου1

Here Mark implies that John wore clothes made from camel hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of camels”

371:6h518rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownζώνην δερματίνην1

A leather belt is a thin strap made from animal skin that holds clothing in place. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of clothing, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “an animal skin strap” or “a band made from animal skin”

381:7p7tlrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγων1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

391:7bk1jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἔρχεται & ὀπίσω μου1

Here John speaks as if someone is walking behind him. He means that soon someone will continue what he has started doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will preach after I have preached”

401:7x7izrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tenseἔρχεται1

Here John uses the present tense to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense here. Alternate translation: “will come”

411:7g8fwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς, κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ1

Here, to untie the strap of someone’s sandals was a duty of a slave. John means that he is not worthy to be a slave to this person who is coming after him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am not worthy to be the slave who, stooping down, unties the strap of his sandals” or “I am not worthy to act as his slave”

421:7lyjxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoἱκανὸς, κύψας λῦσαι1

The expression stooping down contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “worthy to untie”

431:7nnbjrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownλῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ1

In Jesus’ culture, people wore sandals on their feet by tying them on with a strap. To take off the sandals, someone had to untie the strap. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state more explicitly what it means to untie the strap, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “to help him remove his sandals by untying the strap” or “to remove his sandals”

441:8rtdfrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tenseἐβάπτισα1

Here John could be using the past tense: (1) to refer generally to how he baptizes people. Alternate translation: “always baptize” (2) to refer specifically to how he just baptized some people. Alternate translation: “I have baptized”

451:8ghzsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularὑμᾶς-1

Since John is speaking to many people, the word you is plural throughout this verse.

461:8e4qirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorαὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ1

Here John indicates that the one coming after him will cause people to experience the Holy Spirit, just as John caused people to experience water in baptism. If possible, preserve the baptism metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “but he will baptize you, as it were, with the Holy Spirit” or “and he also will perform something like baptism, but he will use the Holy Spirit”

471:8r1j9rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word but introduces what the one coming after John will use for baptism in contrast to what John uses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “and, in contrast,”

481:9u65krc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ ἐγένετο1

The phrase And it happened that marks the beginning of a new event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Then,” or “Next,”

491:9arc9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις1

Here, Matthew uses the term days to refer to a particular period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that identifies a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “during that time”

501:9y8earc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις1

The phrase those days refers to the time period when John was preaching and baptizing people at the Jordan River. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “John was preaching and baptizing people when”

511:9zv8trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἦλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”

521:9gi39rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐβαπτίσθη & ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “John baptized him”

531:10stwhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεὐθὺς ἀναβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος, εἶδεν1

Here, the word immediately indicates that as soon as John baptized Jesus, Jesus saw the heavens being split open as he was coming up out of the water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “right away, as he was coming up out of the water, he saw”

541:10jeofrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀναβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος1

Here Mark implies that Jesus was in the Jordan River when he was baptized. Afterwards, he came up out of the river. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “leaving the water of the river” or “stepping out of the river”

551:10vxaarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἀναβαίνων & καταβαῖνον1

In contexts such as these, your language might say “going” instead of coming. Alternate translation: “going up … going down”

561:10d9zrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, καὶ1

Here Mark is referring to a phenomenon in which heaven and earth are connected in a special way so that someone or something can move from one place to the other. Jesus was able to see this happening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state more explicitly what it means for the heavens to be split open. Alternate translation: “he could see the heavens being split open to connect heaven and earth, and he saw” or “he saw the entrance to the heavens opening and”

571:10n8sgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “the heavens splitting open” or “God splitting the heavens open”

581:10m5f6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simileτὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν1

The phrase like a dove could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he was coming down upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit coming down on him, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “the Spirit coming down on him as a dove comes down to earth”

591:10c7c9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν1

Here Mark implies that the Spirit came down from the heavens. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “coming down on him from the heavens”

601:11jh9mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheφωνὴ ἐγένετο1

Mark is using voice to represent the person who is speaking, which is God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person spoke” or “God the Father spoke”

611:11s6f4rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciplesὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός1

Son is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.

621:11l2j2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveὁ Υἱός & ὁ ἀγαπητός1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Son, whom I love”

631:11ogiwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐν σοὶ εὐδόκησα1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You please me”

641:12mh8nrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ εὐθὺς1

Here, the phrase And immediately introduces the next major event in the story. Mark implies that this event began soon after the event he just finished narrating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that”

651:12yv6vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorαὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει1

Here Mark speaks as if the Spirit physically picked up Jesus and casts him out into the wilderness. He means that the Spirit compelled Jesus to go to the wilderness, although he did not force Jesus to go against his will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “compels him to go” or “leads him out”

661:13k2ktrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Satan was tempting him”

671:13siu3ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων1

Alternate translation: “Jesus was living among the wild animals”

681:14sp0rrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”

691:14q12src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveμετὰ & τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context (see 6:17–29) that it was the soldiers of King Herod Antipas, the ruler of Galilee. Alternate translation: “after soldiers handed John over to the authorities” or “after the king of Galilee arrested John”

701:14lzryrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἦλθεν & εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν1

Here Mark implies that Jesus was going back to Galilee, since he had originally come from there to meet John (see 1:9). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “came to Galilee again” or “returned to Galilee”

711:14ys3brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἦλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”

721:14ns6brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ1

Here, Mark is using the possessive form to describe a gospel that relates to God. More specifically, the gospel could: (1) come from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel that came from God” (2) be about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God”

731:15rhomrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsκαὶ λέγων1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

741:15fzq5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomπεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς1

When time has been fulfilled, that means that it is now the moment that God has appointed for something to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The time that God appointed has arrived” or “The time is right”

751:15quabrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς1

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The time has come” or “The time is here”

761:15yo11rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἤγγικεν1

Here Matthew uses this phrase in the sense of near in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is about to begin” or “is about to happen”

771:15gtplrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularμετανοεῖτε & πιστεύετε1

Since Jesus is speaking to many people, the commands Repent and believe are plural.

781:16giarrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” or “One time,”

791:16ba2mrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsΣίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν, τὸν ἀδελφὸν Σίμωνος, ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ; ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς1

Here Mark introduces two new characters into the story. Consider how you might introduce new characters into a story, and follow that form here. You may need to rearrange some elements of the sentence to do so. Alternate translation: “two fishermen who were net-casting into the sea. They were Simon and Andrew, Simon’s brother”

801:16cnl8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinshipτὸν ἀδελφὸν Σίμωνος1

Mark never says whether Simon or Andrew was older, but he mentions Simon first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that Andrew was younger. Alternate translation: “the younger brother of Simon”

811:16z3j9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ1

Here Mark implies that they were net-casting in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful in your language, you make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “net-casting into the sea to catch fish”

821:16cccrrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν1

Some cultures use a net to catch fish. A net is a mesh or network of cords or ropes which fishermen throw into the water to trap fish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to how people catch fish in your culture, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in” or “trying to catch fish in”

831:16xor6rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundγὰρ1

Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why Simon and Andrew were net-casting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces this kind of background information. Alternate translation: “which they did because” or “since”

841:17zui3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomδεῦτε ὀπίσω μου1

Here, the phrase Come after me is a command to travel with Jesus and be his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be my disciples” or “Travel with me as my students”

851:17gufarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularδεῦτε & ὑμᾶς1

Since Jesus is speaking to Simon and Andrew, the command Come and the word you are plural.

861:17mlc6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων1

Here Jesus speaks of preaching the gospel and helping people believe in Jesus as if it were fishing. He means that, just as fishermen catch many fish, so Simon and Andrew will help many people believe. If possible, preserve the metaphor here, since it relates directly to what Simon and Andrew were doing when Jesus saw them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea as a simile. Alternate translation: “I will make you to become people who collect men for me, just as you now collect fish”

871:17i2srrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsἀνθρώπων1

Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of humans” or “of men and women”

881:18tnucrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἀφέντες τὰ δίκτυα1

See how you expressed the idea of “net-casting” in 1:16. Alternate translation: “having stopped fishing”

891:18gviarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ1

Here, the phrase they followed him indicates that they traveled with Jesus and were his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they became his disciples” or “they traveled with him as his students”

901:19xqa0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπροβὰς ὀλίγον1

Here Mark means that Jesus walked a short distance beside the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having gone a short way along the shore”

911:19rpejrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsἸάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα1

Here Mark introduces two more new characters into the story. Consider how you might introduce new characters into a story, and follow that form here. You may need to rearrange some elements of the sentence to do so. Alternate translation: “two men who were in a boat, mending their nets. They were James, the son of Zebedee, and his brother John”

921:19iwe4rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinshipτὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ1

Mark never says whether James or John was older, but he mentions James first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that John was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother”

931:19xl2mrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτὰ δίκτυα1

Translate the word nets as you did in 1:18. Alternate translation: “the tools they used for fishing”

941:20zjz5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς1

Here Mark implies that Jesus called them to “come after him,” that is, to travel with him and be his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he called them to come after him” or “he called them to travel with him as his students”

951:20b2ciἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ1

See how you expressed the similar clause “they followed him” in 1:18. Alternate translation: “they became his disciples” or “they traveled with him as his students”

961:20f77brc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἀπῆλθον1

Here, they refers to James and John. It does not refer to the servants, who stayed in the boat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to James and John more directly. Alternate translation: “James and John went away”

971:21xu4frc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsεἰσπορεύονται1

The pronoun they refers to Jesus and the four disciples he just called to follow him: Simon, Andrew, James, and John. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples enter”

981:21guzxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomτοῖς Σάββασιν1

Here Mark uses the phrase on the Sabbaths to indicate that this event occurred on one specific Sabbath day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on one of the Sabbath days” or “during a Sabbath day”

991:22bsc9rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultκαὶ ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ; ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “And he was teaching them as having authority and not as the scribes. So, they were astonished at his teaching”

1001:22mio6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus taught. Alternate translation: “his teaching astonished them”

1011:22axnorc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἐξεπλήσσοντο1

The pronoun they refers to the people who in the “synagogue” (see 1:21). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “those who were in the synagogue were astonished”

1021:22gmptrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of teaching, you could express the same idea in another way. Mark could be focusing primarily on: (1) the way in which Jesus taught. Alternate translation: “at how he taught” (2) what Jesus taught. Alternate translation: “at what he taught”

1031:22e9gfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐξουσίαν ἔχων1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one having been authorized”

1041:22kmxfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisκαὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς1

Mark is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to put a comma before it. Alternate translation: “and he was not teaching them as the scribes were teaching them”

1051:23l591rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsἦν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ1

Here Mark is introducing this man as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man in their synagogue. He had an unclean spirit”

1061:23kzkorc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsτῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν1

The pronoun their refers to the Jewish people living in this region. Mark means that this is the same synagogue that Jesus was teaching in. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “that Jewish synagogue” or “that synagogue”

1071:23w7z2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ1

Here Mark implies that an unclean spirit, or demon, was possessing or controlling this man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a demon-possessed man” or “a man controlled by an unclean spirit”

1081:24edx0rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγων1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he asked”

1091:24ra8grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ?1

The demon is using the question form to confront Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is nothing to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth!”

1101:24jl0lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomτί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί1

Here, the question What to us and to you asks whether you and us have anything in common or have any reason to be together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What do you and we have in common” or “What reason do you have to get involved with us”

1111:24qsigrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἡμῖν & ἡμᾶς1

In both places, the pronoun us could refer to: (1) the demon and other demons like it. Alternate translation: “to us demons … all of us demons” (2) the multiple demons controlling the man. Alternate translation: “to us who control this man … us who control this man”

1121:24m8gzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς?1

This sentence could be: (1) a rhetorical question. In this case, the demon uses the question form to indicate what it thinks Jesus has come to do. Alternate translation: “I know that you have come to destroy us!” or “You have come to destroy us.” (2) a true question. In this case, the demon is asking Jesus whether his mission includes destroying the demons. Alternate translation: “Tell me, have you come to destroy us?”

1131:24xscprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ1

Here, the demon could be using the possessive form to describe a Holy One: (1) whom God has made holy in a special way. Alternate translation: “the one whom God has made holy in a special way” (2) whom God sent. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” or “the Holy One whom God sent”

1141:25dgy3rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγων1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he commanded”

1151:25hs43rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveφιμώθητι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Stop speaking” or “Keep quiet”

1161:25gdm4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ1

Here Jesus is commanding the demon to stop possessing or controlling the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “stop controlling him” or “cease possessing him”

1171:26bpiirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitσπαράξαν αὐτὸν1

Here Mark is referring to a fit or seizure in which a person cannot control his or her body, which shakes violently. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having caused him to have a seizure”

1181:26hvbxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomφωνῆσαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ1

Here, the phrase cried out with a loud voice means that the demon raised the volume of its voice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having yelled loudly”

1191:26uuivrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐξῆλθεν ἐξ αὐτοῦ1

See how you translated the similar phrase in 1:25. Alternate translation: “stopped controlling him” or “ceased possessing him”

1201:27oi1erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐθαμβήθησαν ἅπαντες1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say what did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus did and taught. Alternate translation: “what they saw and heard amazed all of them”

1211:27miqcrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγοντας1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they asked”

1221:27z90brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί ἐστιν τοῦτο?1

The people in the synagogue are using the question form to express their surprise and amazement. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We are impressed.” or “This is amazing!”

1231:27ahqjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureδιδαχὴ καινή κατ’ ἐξουσίαν! καὶ τοῖς πνεύμασι τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις ἐπιτάσσει1

Here, the phrase according to authority could go with: (1) A new teaching. Alternate translation: “A new teaching, one according to authority! And he commands the unclean spirits” (2) And he commands the unclean spirits. Alternate translation: “A new teaching! According to authority he commands even the unclean spirits”

1241:27zuvlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsκατ’ ἐξουσίαν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from one having been authorized” or “that sounds authoritative”

1251:28pzq8rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstoryκαὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας1

This sentence marks the end of this story by describing how people in the area responded. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “After that, the hearing of him immediately went out everywhere into the whole surrounding region of Galilee”

1261:28hrbhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personificationἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς1

Mark speaks of the hearing of him as if it were something that could go out actively by itself. This expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who then told even more people about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people immediately spread the hearing of him”

1271:28kv2urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξῆλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “came out”

1281:28mpzhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ1

Here, Mark is using the possessive form to describe what people were hearing about Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what people were hearing about Jesus” or “the news about him”

1291:28lombrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας1

Here, Mark could be using the possessive form to describe a surrounding region that is: (1) the region of Galilee. Alternate translation: “the whole surrounding region, which is Galilee” (2) the area within Galilee that is near Capernaum. Alternate translation: “all the regions of Galilee that surround Capernaum” (3) made up of the regions that border on Galilee. Alternate translation: “all the regions that surround Galilee”

1301:29q252rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ εὐθὺς1

Here, the phrase And immediately introduces the next major event in the story. Mark implies that this event began soon after the event he just finished narrating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that”

1311:29uyuyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξελθόντες1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone out”

1321:29jpbmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἦλθον εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Σίμωνος καὶ Ἀνδρέου, μετὰ Ἰακώβου καὶ Ἰωάννου1

Here Mark implies that Jesus and his four disciples (Simon, Andrew, James, and John) together went to the house of Simon and Andrew. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus went with Simon and Andrew into their home, and James and John went with them”

1331:29ybs7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἦλθον1

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “they went”

1341:30bvvlrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundἡ δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα καὶ εὐθὺς1

Here Mark provides background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “While all that was happening, the mother-in-law of Simon was sick with a fever and was lying down in the house. Immediately”

1351:30gwkxrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsἡ δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα1

Here Mark introduces the mother-in-law of Simon as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “Now the mother-in-law of Simon was in the house. She was lying down, being sick with a fever”

1361:30dxakrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinshipἡ & πενθερὰ1

The word mother-in-law refers to the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.

1371:30vnp5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownπυρέσσουσα1

A fever is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. People with fevers feel sick and weak. If your reader would not be familiar with fevers, you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate Translation: “having a high body temperature” or “being ill with an elevated temperature”

1381:30hysqrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsλέγουσιν1

Here, the pronoun they refers to people who were in the house of Simon and Andrew. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to these people. Alternate translation: “some people who were in the house speak”

1391:31bzd2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-eventsἤγειρεν αὐτὴν, κρατήσας τῆς χειρός1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause describes what Jesus did before what the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “having taken hold of her hand, he raised her up”

1401:31sff6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personificationἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός1

Here Mark speaks of the fever as if it were a person that left her. He means that she was no longer sick with the fever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she was no longer sick with a fever” or “her fever was gone”

1411:31wi9grc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownὁ πυρετός1

See how you translated fever in 1:30. Alternate translation: “the high body temperature” or “the elevated temperature”

1421:31i5brrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitδιηκόνει αὐτοῖς1

Here Mark implies that she took food and offered it to Jesus and his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “she was giving them food”

1431:32h0y2rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventδὲ1

Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”

1441:32ytjqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὅτε ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος1

The implication is that the people waited until the sun set because that marked the end of the Sabbath, and they could then do the work of bringing the sick to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “after the sun set and the Sabbath had ended”

1451:32ph2trc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἔφερον1

Here, the pronoun they refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “other people were bringing”

1461:32d1i7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleπάντας1

Mark says all here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “a large group of”

1471:32hg82rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of sickness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sick people”

1481:32y4kyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveτοὺς δαιμονιζομένους1

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom demons possessed”

1491:33grp2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyὅλη ἡ πόλις1

Here, the word city represents the people who lived in the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone in the city”

1501:33pa4frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleὅλη1

Mark says whole here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “majority of”

1511:33k4dlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἦν & ἐπισυνηγμένη1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered together” or “came together”

1521:33vkx2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπρὸς τὴν θύραν1

Here Mark implies that the door is the entrance to house where Simon and Andrew lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the door of the house of Simon and Andrew” or “at the door of the house where Jesus was”

1531:34ogirrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκακῶς ἔχοντας1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of sickness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “men and women who were ill”

1541:34a168rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultοὐκ ἤφιεν λαλεῖν τὰ δαιμόνια, ὅτι ᾔδεισαν αὐτόν1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because the demons knew him, he was not permitting them to speak”

1551:34m04orc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitᾔδεισαν αὐτόν1

Here Mark implies that the demons knew that Jesus was the Christ, the Son of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they knew who he really was” or “they knew that he was the Christ”

1561:35mffzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπρωῒ ἔννυχα λείαν1

Here Mark is referring to a time early in morning before the sun rose. Consider how you might naturally refer to this time period in your language. Alternate translation: “early the next day, before dawn”

1571:35dmovrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐξῆλθεν καὶ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς ἔρημον τόπον1

Here Mark implies that Jesus went out of Simon and Andrew’s house and then went away from the town of Capernaum into a desolate place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he went out of Simon and Andrew’s house and went away from the town of Capernaum to a desolate area”

1581:35y1bprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξῆλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came out”

1591:36sy21rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ1

Here Mark is referring to other people who were there with Simon in the house, including Andrew, James, and John and probably other people who were staying there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more explicitly to people who were staying at the house of Simon. Alternate translation: “the other people staying in his house”

1601:36emicrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleκατεδίωξεν1

Here Mark speaks as if Simon and the ones with him were hunting Jesus down or trying to capture him. He uses the word pursued as an overstatement to emphasize how urgently they were looking for Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “looked everywhere” or “diligently looked”

1611:37p2s3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπάντες ζητοῦσίν σε1

Here the disciples imply that they think that Jesus should come back with them to All the people who are seeking him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “All are seeking you! Will you come back with us?”

1621:37o3hnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπάντες1

Mark is using the adjective All as a noun to mean all the people in Capernaum. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “All people”

1631:37vgc7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleπάντες1

Simon and those with him say All here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Very many”

1641:38tzvbrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις, ἵνα καὶ ἐκεῖ κηρύξω; εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ ἐξῆλθον1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the result that the first clauses describe. Alternate translation: “Because I went out to preach in many places, let us go elsewhere, into the surrounding towns, so that I may preach there also”

1651:38plm9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ1

Here Jesus implies that he will not go back to Capernaum to meet all the people who were looking for him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Instead of going back to Capernaum, let us go elsewhere”

1661:38z53zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfoἐξῆλθον1

Here Jesus does not start where he went out from. He may be referring to how he left Capernaum, or he may be referring to how he came to the world as a human being, or he may be implying to both of these meanings. If possible, do not indicate where Jesus went out from. Alternate translation: “I came” or “I went here”

1671:38lz0frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξῆλθον1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “I came out”

1681:38jh2zrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsεἰς τοῦτο1

The pronoun this refers to Jesus preaching in the surrounding towns. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to that action more directly. Alternate translation: “to do that very thing” or “to preach in many places”

1691:39pu9krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheἦλθεν κηρύσσων & εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν1

Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. However, it was only Jesus who was preaching and casting out demons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, went in all Galilee, and he was preaching”

1701:39lb9trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἦλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he went”

1711:39sntprc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsτὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν1

The pronoun their refers to the Jewish people living in Galilee. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish synagogues” or “the synagogues in that area”

1721:40wrydrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτὸν λεπρὸς1

Here Mark introduces a leper as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a man who was a leper. He comes to Jesus”

1731:40fn8yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχεται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “goes”

1741:40kq50rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionγονυπετῶν1

In this man’s culture, kneeling down before a person was a way to honor a greater person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what kneeling down means. Alternate translation: “prostrating himself before him” or “bowing down to him in respect”

1751:40mwv9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarativeδύνασαί με καθαρίσαι1

The man is using this statement to make a request. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in request form. Alternate translation: “please make me clean”

1761:40uotmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitμε καθαρίσαι1

The man talks about becoming clean ceremonially, but it is implicit that he has become unclean because of his leprosy, so he is primarily asking Jesus to heal him of this disease. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to heal my disease”

1771:41l9jgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsσπλαγχνισθεὶς1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of compassion, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having sympathized with him”

1781:41jz24rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsσπλαγχνισθεὶς1

Many ancient manuscripts read having had compassion. The ULT follows that reading. A few ancient manuscripts read “having become angry.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

1791:41qjz4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitθέλω1

Here Jesus implies that he is willing to cleanse or heal the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am willing to cleanse you”

1801:42lc7brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personificationἀπῆλθεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα1

Here, Mark speaks of the man’s leprosy as if it were a person who departed from him. He means that the man no longer had leprosy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his leprosy was gone” or “he was no longer a leper”

1811:42lkksrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐκαθερίσθη1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “he was clean” or “Jesus had made him clean”

1821:43-44iw7trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-eventsκαὶ ἐμβριμησάμενος αὐτῷ, εὐθὺς ἐξέβαλεν αὐτόν & καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, ὅρα μηδενὶ, μηδὲν εἴπῃς; ἀλλὰ ὕπαγε, σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου ἃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς1

Jesus strictly warned the man using the words recorded in 1:44 before he sent him away. It might be helpful to make it clear that Jesus strictly warned the man before he sent him away. Alternate translation: “While he was immediately sending him away, he strictly warned him by saying to him, ‘See that you say nothing to anyone, but go, show yourself to the priest, and offer for your cleansing what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them.’” or “He immediately sent him away. Before he went, Jesus strictly warned him, saying to him, ‘See that you say nothing to anyone, but go, show yourself to the priest, and offer for your cleansing what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them.’”

1831:44xc4drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitμηδενὶ, μηδὲν εἴπῃς1

The implication is that the man is not to tell anyone that Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you tell no one that I healed you”

1841:44k2e0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesμηδενὶ, μηδὲν εἴπῃς1

The words translated nothing and anyone are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “you certainly do not say anything to anyone”

1851:44xhu8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitσεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ1

Jesus told the man to show himself to the priest so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest for inspection if they had been unclean but were now clean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “ask to be inspected by the priest” or “let yourself be examined by the priest”

1861:44he7vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπροσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου ἃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς1

Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to make a specific sacrifice. This made the person ceremonially clean, and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the sacrifice that Moses commanded so that you could become ceremonially clean once again”

1871:44w6b2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς1

Here Jesus means that the man should show himself to the priest and offer the gift to prove or provide testimony that he had been healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for a testimony to them that you have been cleansed”

1881:44plofrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsεἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of testimony, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that it testifies to them”

1891:44a6tjrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοῖς1

The pronoun them could refer to: (1) Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “to people” (2) the priests specifically. Alternate translation: “to the priests”

1901:45yjjcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξελθὼν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”

1911:45i91arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismκηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον1

The phrases to proclaim often and to report the word mean similar things. Mark is using the two phrases together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single clause. Alternate translation: “to proclaim the word much” or “to report the word much”

1921:45ov5crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸν λόγον1

Here, word represents what the man said about how Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what Jesus had done for him”

1931:45b9n2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὥστε μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν εἰσελθεῖν1

Here Mark implies that Jesus was able no longer to enter into a town openly because people who had heard about him would crowd around him so much. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “so that, because so many people would crowd around him, he was able no longer to enter into a town openly”

1941:45tq0wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἤρχοντο1

In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of coming. Alternate translation: “they were going”

1951:45z363rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleπάντοθεν1

The phrase from all sides is an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” or “from very many places”

1962:introzhb50

Mark 2 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

  1. Jesus’ early ministry (1:14–3:6)
    • Jesus heals a paralytic (2:1–12)
    • Jesus calls Levi and dines at his house (2:13–17)
    • Jesus brings something new (2:18–22)
    • Picking heads of grain on the Sabbath (2:22–28)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

“Sinners”

When Mark uses the word “sinners,” he is describing a group of people whom many Jewish religious groups would have considered to be living in ways that were improper for those who were part of God’s people. Some of these people may have committed significant sins, while others may have disagreed with many of the Jewish religious groups about how Jews could properly behave. If possible, use a word or phrase that identifies people who are not living as many religious groups think that people should live. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

Fasting and feasting

In Jesus’ culture, people would “fast,” or abstain from eating for a period of time, in order to honor God or to repent of their sins. They would “feast,” or eat a lot of food, when they were celebrating some important event, such as a wedding. Consider how you will refer to these behaviors in 2:15–22, in which Jesus feasts and teaches about why he and his disciples do not fast. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])

The Sabbath

In the law that God gave to Moses, God commanded the Israelites to rest on the seventh day, which was called the Sabbath. The Jewish religious leaders disagreed with each other about what kinds of things a person could do on the Sabbath and still rest as God had commanded. In 2:22–28, the Pharisees and Jesus engage in these kinds of debates about the Sabbath. Jesus disagrees with how the Pharisees understand the Sabbath, and he argues for a different view. If your readers may not understand what the Sabbath is and why Jesus and the Pharisees are debating about it, you may need to include some information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

The short parables in 2:19–22

In these verses, Jesus gives three short parables that emphasize how certain things do not go well together. Fasting does not happen during a wedding celebration. An unshrunk piece of cloth does not make a good patch for an old garment. Old wineskins do not make good containers for fresh wine that still needs to ferment. Jesus tells these parables to illustrate how his ministry and preaching do not match well with how people had previously done things. In other words, Jesus wants people to expect what he does to be new, and this may require thinking and doing many new things. You should preserve these parables, since they are not direct metaphors. If necessary, you could introduce them in such a way that your readers recognize that they are parables or illustrations. See the notes on each verse for possible translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogues between Jesus and other individuals. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

The historic present

To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 14, 17, 18, 25. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])

1972:1j6parc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomδι’ ἡμερῶν1

Here, the phrase after {some} days indicates that the events Mark is about to narrate occurred a few, but not very many, days after the event he just narrated, the healing of the leper. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that indicates that a few days passed between the previous event and this event. Alternate translation: “a few days later”

1982:1ir5jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἠκούσθη1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was people who were in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “the people there heard”

1992:1afvirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐν οἴκῳ1

Here Mark implies that this house was Jesus’ home while he was in Capernaum. This house could belong to: (1) Simon and Andrew, since he stayed at their house previously (see 1:29). Alternate translation: “in Simon and Andrew’s house” (2) Jesus and his relatives, who may have moved to Capernaum. Alternate translation: “in his house”

2002:2zja1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπολλοὶ1

Mark is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women”

2012:2pv8erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσυνήχθησαν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered” or “came together”

2022:2m8pwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomμηκέτι χωρεῖν1

Here, the clause it could no longer receive means that the house was so full that no one else could fit inside. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “there was no space left” or “no one else could fit”

2032:2ilsurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitμηδὲ τὰ πρὸς τὴν θύραν1

Here Mark means that there were so many people even outside the house that no one could get near the door. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and no one could even get to the door” or “and there was no space even at the door into the house”

2042:2zkkarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸν λόγον1

Mark is using the term word to mean the gospel, that Jesus preached using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel”

2052:3sotmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔρχονται φέροντες πρὸς αὐτὸν παραλυτικὸν, αἰρόμενον ὑπὸ τεσσάρων1

Here Mark could be implying that: (1) more than four people came, but only four of them were carrying the paralytic. Alternate translation: “people come bringing to him a paralytic, being carried by four of them” (2) four people came and were carrying the paralytic. Alternate translation: “four men come bringing to him a paralytic, whom they were carrying”

2062:3h1t1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχονται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “they go”

2072:3s21grc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownπαραλυτικὸν1

A paralytic is someone who is not able to use or control some or all of his or her arms and legs because of injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a paralyzed person” or “a person who could not move his limbs”

2082:3k1evrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveαἰρόμενον ὑπὸ τεσσάρων1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom four men were carrying”

2092:3i2wurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitαἰρόμενον1

As the next verse states, the four men carried the paralytic on a “mat.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea explicit here. Alternate translation: “being carried on a mat”

2102:4gbvnrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultμὴ δυνάμενοι προσενέγκαι αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “when, because of the crowd, they were not able to bring to him”

2112:4i44brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπροσενέγκαι αὐτῷ1

Here Mark implies that they were not able to bring the paralytic to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to bring the paralytic to Jesus”

2122:4v6marc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι1

In the region where Jesus lived, houses usually had flat roofs that could be reached by staircases on the outside of the houses. These roofs were usually made of wooden beams, branches, and packed dirt or clay. Here Mark describes how these people dug through the branches and clay to create a hole in the roof through which they could lower the paralytic on his mat. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of roof, you could use descriptive phrases, or you could use more general terms. Alternate translation: “they demolished the part of the flat roof above where he was, and having dug a hole in it, they lower” or “they cut a hole in the roof and lower through it”

2132:4rrvfrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequentialἐξορύξαντες1

Here Mark uses the phrase having dug {it} out to indicate that they finished making a hole before they lowered the man down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this sequence more explicitly. Alternate translation: “once they had dug it out” or “after digging it out”

2142:4q22brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν1

Here Mark implies that they first climbed up onto the roof before they removed it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they climbed onto the roof of the house where he was and removed it”

2152:4ouxrrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownκράβαττον1

A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bed, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a stretcher”

2162:4b32frc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownὁ παραλυτικὸς1

See how you translated the word paralytic in 2:3. Alternate translation: “the paralyzed person” or “the person who could not move his limbs”

2172:5trg9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἰδὼν & τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν1

Here Mark implies that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having recognized that they were convinced that he could heal the paralytic”

2182:5u57mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how they trusted”

2192:5kuvmrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτῷ παραλυτικῷ1

See how you translated the word paralytic in 2:3. Alternate translation: “to the paralyzed person” or “to the person who could not move his limbs”

2202:5hzg6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorτέκνον1

Here Jesus calls the paralytic Child to indicate that he cares for him. The word also implies that the paralytic was younger than Jesus. The paralytic was not actually Jesus’ son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form of address that an older person would use to show that they care for a younger person. Alternate translation: “My friend” or “Young one”

2212:5lix5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus. Alternate translation: “I forgive your sins”

2222:6ihb1rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδέ1

Here, the word But introduces something that was happening while Jesus was speaking to the paralytic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that happened at the same time as something that has already been narrated. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “While that was happening,”

2232:6le6vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν1

In Mark’s culture, hearts are the places where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate hearts by referring to the places where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in their heads” or “within themselves”

2242:7yr5arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ?1

The scribes are using the question form to show that they disapprove of how Jesus was speaking. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is not right for this one to speak in this way.” or “This one should not be speaking in this way!”

2252:7fp38rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptionsτίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός1

If, in your language, it would appear that the scribes were making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Only one, God, is able to forgive sins, right?” or “Who is able to forgive sins? It is only God, right?”

2262:7sj6jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός?1

The scribes are using the question form to indicate that they are confident that only God can forgive sins. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one is able to forgive sins except one, God.” or “No one can ever forgive sins except one, God!”

2272:8h3zprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ1

Here Mark implies that Jesus knew what the scribes were thinking even though they did not say it out loud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having known in his spirit their thoughts,”

2282:8niy6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ1

Here, the word spirit refers to inner parts of Jesus, the parts where he thought and willed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the inner part of Jesus or to Jesus more generally. Alternate translation: “in his mind” or “in himself”

2292:8wga7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the scribes. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What you are debating in your hearts is wrong.” or “Stop debating in your hearts whether I am blaspheming!”

2302:8vfkdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularδιαλογίζεσθε & ὑμῶν1

Because Jesus is speaking to the scribes, the words you and your are plural.

2312:8s3m6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν1

See how you translated hearts in 2:1. Alternate translation: “in your heads” or “within yourselves”

2322:9wv5drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει?1

Jesus is using the question form to show the scribes which of these things is easier to say. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. He could mean: (1) that saying Your sins are forgiven is easier than saying Get up and take up your mat and walk. This is because it is easy to show that someone is lying when they try to heal a paralytic, but it is not easy to show that someone is lying when they claim to forgive sins. Alternate translation: “It is easier to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven,’ than to say, ‘Get up and take up your mat and walk.’” (2) that both things are equally easy to say. Alternate translation: “Saying ‘Your sins are forgiven’ is just as easy as saying, ‘Get up and take up your mat and walk.’”

2332:9q905rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesεἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this sentence so that there are no quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to say to the paralytic that his sins are forgiven or to tell him to get up and take up his mat and walk”

2342:9r5bqrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτῷ παραλυτικῷ1

See how you translated the word paralytic in 2:3. Alternate translation: “to the paralyzed person” or “to the person who could not move his limbs”

2352:9aiifrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is the person speaking. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins”

2362:9nmp7rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτὸν κράβαττόν σου1

See how you translated mat in 2:4. Alternate translation: “your stretcher”

2372:10cmmsrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces a slight contrast with the comparison in the previous verse. Jesus now shows that he will both forgive and heal the paralytic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a slight contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “But now,” or “Leaving that aside,”

2382:10g4jnrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goalἵνα & εἰδῆτε ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, (λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ)1

Here, the phrase in order that introduces the purpose for which Jesus says to the paralytic the commands that he gives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that provides the stated purpose for which a person performs an action. Alternate translation: “here is what I will do so that you might know that the Son of Man has authority on the earth to forgive sins.’ Then he says to the paralytic,”

2392:10jhy6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularεἰδῆτε1

Because Jesus is speaking to the scribes, the word you is plural.

2402:10jsyprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου1

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, have”

2412:10ipggrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου1

Here Jesus for the first time in Mark uses the title Son of Man to refer to himself. He is using the title to refer to himself, a human, and also to implicitly identify himself with the important and powerful figure named “the son of man” in the Old Testament book of Daniel (see Daniel 7:13–14). See the book introduction for more information about this title. Consider how you might best translate this title here and throughout the rest of Mark. Alternate translation: “the Human One” or “the one called Son of Man”

2422:10uedrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐξουσίαν ἔχει1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has been authorized”

2432:10t8qyrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτῷ παραλυτικῷ1

See how you translated the word paralytic in 2:3. Alternate translation: “to the paralyzed person” or “to the person who could not move his limbs”

2442:11f369rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperativeτὸν κράβαττόν σου1

See how you translated mat in 2:4. Alternate translation: “your stretcher”

2452:12la3irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἠγέρθη, καὶ εὐθὺς ἄρας τὸν κράβαττον, ἐξῆλθεν1

The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having been healed, he got up, immediately took up the mat, went out”

2462:12ki94rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτὸν κράβαττον1

See how you translated mat in 2:4. Alternate translation: “the stretcher”

2472:12e0xsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξῆλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came out”

2482:12c6zxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπάντων & πάντας1

In both places, Mark is using the adjective all as a noun to mean all the people who were there. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “all the people there … all those people”

2492:12zid9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐξίστασθαι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “marveled”

2502:12btimrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsλέγοντας, ὅτι οὕτως οὐδέποτε εἴδομεν1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that they had never seen thus”

2512:12q3u6rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγοντας1

If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

2522:13ma6frc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”

2532:13eaevrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξῆλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came out”

2542:13zecnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἤρχετο1

In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of coming. Alternate translation: “was going”

2552:14xi5prc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsεἶδεν Λευεὶν τὸν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου, καθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον1

Here Mark introduces a tax collector named Levi as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “he saw a man who was called Levi, the son of Alphaeus. Levi was sitting at the tax collector’s office”

2562:14sc4grc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesἉλφαίου1

The word Alphaeus is the name of a man.

2572:14jhhzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον1

Here Mark means that Levi worked as a tax collector. He would sit at the tax collector’s office and make sure that people paid their taxes to the Roman empire, who had control over this area. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who worked to collect taxes for the Romans at the tax collection office”

2582:14ekv0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἀκολούθει μοι & ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ1

Here, the phrase Follow me is a command to travel with Jesus and be his disciple. Similarly, the phrase he followed him indicates that Levi did travel with Jesus and become his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be my disciple … he was his disciple” or “Come with me as my student … he went with him as his student”

2592:15e2bzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomκαὶ γίνεται1

Here, the phrase And it happens {that} introduces something that happened soon after what Mark previously narrated. If it would be helpful in your language, you use a word or phrase that introduces an event that came soon after the previous event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,”

2602:15zafqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκατακεῖσθαι1

In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “was sitting down to eat” or “was eating”

2612:15zqcurc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesγὰρ1

Here, the word for introduces an explanation that gives further information about the people who were dining with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “and indeed”

2622:15l0onrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἦσαν & πολλοὶ1

The pronoun they could refer to: (1) the tax collectors and sinners who were dining with Jesus. Alternate translation: “the tax collectors and sinners were many” (2) Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “his disciples were many”

2632:15bwv2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ1

Here, the phrase they were following him indicates that these people were traveling with Jesus and were his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were his disciples” or “they were traveling with him as his students”

2642:16rwu1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionοἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν Φαρισαίων1

Here, Mark is using the possessive form to describe scribes who were also Pharisees. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the scribes, ones who were Pharisees” or “some scribes, who were also Pharisees”

2652:16b1birc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει?1

The scribes of the Pharisees are using the question form to criticize what Jesus is doing. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “He has no reason to eat with tax collectors and sinners.” or “He should by no means eat with tax collectors and sinners!”

2662:17ak1urc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbsοὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες1

Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the following sentence, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you could translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor, but people who are unwell do”

2672:17c62jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ironyοἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones having sickness have need of a physician”

2682:17lh4lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisοἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of sickness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ones who are sick”

2692:17re1urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomοὐκ ἦλθον1

Here, the word come refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I did not come to this world” or “I am not acting”

2702:17lgl4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjδικαίους1

Jesus is using the adjective righteous as a noun to mean righteous people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people”

2712:17ca4erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners”

2722:18j1h2rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later,”

2732:18y7bmrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες & καὶ1

Here Mark introduces background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “it happened that the disciples of John and the Pharisees were fasting. And”

2742:18z394rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἔρχονται1

The pronoun they refers to some people who asked Jesus this question. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people without identifying who they are. Alternate translation: “certain people come”

2752:18nywlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureδιὰ τί οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων νηστεύουσιν, οἱ δὲ σοὶ μαθηταὶ οὐ νηστεύουσιν1

If it would be helpful in your language, you could turn this sentence into two sentences, one giving the reason for the question, and the other asking the question. Alternate translation: “The disciples of John and the disciples of the Pharisees fast. For what reason do your disciples not fast?”

2762:19-20l0f0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parablesμὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? ὅσον χρόνον ἔχουσιν τὸν νυμφίον μετ’ αὐτῶν, οὐ δύνανται νηστεύειν & ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ τότε νηστεύσουσιν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ1

To help the people who asked him the question understand why his disciples do not fast, Jesus offers a brief illustration. He wants them to think of him as if he were a bridegroom and of his disciples as if they were the sons of the bridal chamber. You should preserve the form of the parable, but if it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that Jesus is like the bridegroom, and his disciples are like the sons of the bridal chamber. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? As much time as they have the bridegroom with them, they are not able to fast. But days will come when the bridegroom will be taken away from them, and in those days, then they will fast. I am like the bridegroom, and my disciples are like the sons of the bridal chamber.”

2772:19eke3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionμὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν?1

Jesus is using the question form to teach the people who asked him the question. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are certainly not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them.” or “The sons of bridal chamber cannot fast while the bridegroom is still with them!”

2782:19wetbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomοἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος1

The expression sons of describes people who share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of being an integral part of a wedding. These are the male friends who attend the groom during the ceremony and the festivities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The groom’s attendants”

2792:20y79orc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐλεύσονται & ἡμέραι ὅταν & ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ1

Here Jesus is using the word days to refer to a particular time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a time will come when … in that time” or “there will be a time when … at that time”

2802:20vg2urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἀπαρθῇ & ὁ νυμφίος1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone will take the bridegroom away”

2812:20vfc8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoτότε & ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ1

The expression in those days, then contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “in those days”

2822:21vdzarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parablesοὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν; εἰ δὲ μή αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται.1

To help the people who asked the question understand why his disciples do not fast, Jesus offers another brief illustration. He wants them to think of the new things that he teaches and does as a patch of unshrunk cloth and of the current ways of doing things as if they were an old garment. You should preserve the form of the parable, but if it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that what Jesus does and teaches is like the patch of unshrunk cloth, and the normal way of doing things is like an old garment. Alternate translation: “no one sews a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment, but if not, the patch tears away from it, the new from the old, and a worse tear happens. What I say and do is like the unshrunk cloth, and the normal way of doing things is like an old garment.”

2832:21v6xcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν1

Here Jesus refers to the practice of patching a hole or tear in a garment by sewing or attaching a patch to the garment to cover the hole or tear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “no one patches an old garment with a patch of unshrunk cloth”

2842:21vzsfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypoεἰ δὲ μή1

Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “but if someone actually did” or “but were a person to do that”

2852:21opbtrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitαἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ1

Here Jesus implies that the patch will tear away when the garment is washed, because the patch will shrink and rip the old garment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the garment is washed, the patch shrinks and tears away from it”

2862:21m3sxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ1

Jesus is using the adjectives new and old as nouns to mean new and old cloth. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the new patch from the old garment”

2872:22q5fgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parablesκαὶ οὐδεὶς βάλλει οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς; εἰ δὲ μή ῥήξει ὁ οἶνος τοὺς ἀσκούς, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἀπόλλυται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοί; ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς1

To help the people who asked the question understand why his disciples do not fast, Jesus offers another brief illustration. He wants them to think of the new things that he teaches and does as new wine and of the current ways of doing things as if they were old wineskins. You should preserve the form of the parable, but if it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that what Jesus does and teaches is like the new wine, and the normal way of doing things is like old wineskins. Alternate translation: “And no one puts new wine into old wineskins, but if not, the wine will burst the wineskins and the wine and the wineskins are destroyed, but new wine into new wineskins. What I say and do is like the new wine, and the normal way of doing things is like the old wineskins.”

2882:22fk15rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypoεἰ δὲ μή ῥήξει ὁ οἶνος τοὺς ἀσκούς, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἀπόλλυται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοί1

Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “but if someone actually did, the wine would burst the wineskins and the wine and the wineskins would be destroyed” or “but were a person to do that, the wine would burst the wineskins and the wine and the wineskins would be destroyed”

2892:22alserc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitῥήξει ὁ οἶνος τοὺς ἀσκούς1

Here Jesus implies that the new wine, when it ferments, will expand and burst the wineskins, which are old and so no longer able to stretch. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the wine ferments, the wineskins cannot stretch and will burst”

2902:22n0iyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveὁ οἶνος ἀπόλλυται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοί1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wine and the wineskins become useless” or “this destroys the wine and the wineskins”

2912:22dgczrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but people put new wine into new wineskins”

2922:23bb93rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ ἐγένετο1

Here, the phrase And it happened {that} introduces the next event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you use a word or phrase that introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,” or “One time,”

2932:23u6udrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐν τοῖς Σάββασιν1

Here Mark uses the phrase on the Sabbaths to indicate that this event occurred on one specific Sabbath day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on one of the Sabbath days” or “during a Sabbath day”

2942:23gwirrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheαὐτὸν & παραπορεύεσθαι1

Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, was passing”

2952:23ko42rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτῶν σπορίμων1

The word grainfields refers to places where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually ground and made into bread. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of field, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “fields where grain is grown”

2962:23s8rgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἤρξαντο ὁδὸν ποιεῖν1

Here, the phrase to make a way means that the disciples were traveling or walking along. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “also began to travel along” or “started to go with him”

2972:23jya1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας1

Here Mark implies that the disciples ate the heads of grain after picking them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “picking and eating the heads of grain”

2982:23k3parc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτοὺς στάχυας1

The heads are the topmost part of the grain plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant, which are the parts that people eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tops of the grain plants” or “the edible parts of the grain plants”

2992:24qybirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsἴδε1

Here, the word Behold is meant to draw the attention of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks the person to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “See” or “Listen:”

3002:24h41arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν?1

The Pharisees are using the question form to confront Jesus about the behavior of his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “they are doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths.” or “they should certainly not be doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths!”

3012:24ec3urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν1

The Pharisees considered even the small action of picking heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. This kind of work was prohibited on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “are they harvesting grain, which is work that is not lawful to do on the Sabbaths”

3022:24bf8wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomτοῖς Σάββασιν1

See how you translated this phrase in 2:23. Alternate translation: “on any of the Sabbath days” or “during a Sabbath day”

3032:25-26g8sfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionοὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ & πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπὶ Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, οὓς οὐκ ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἱερεῖς; καὶ ἔδωκεν καὶ τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ οὖσιν?1

Jesus is using the question form to show the Pharisees that they should have learned a principle from the story about David that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have not understood what you have read about what David did when he had need and was hungry, he and the ones with him—how he went into the house of God in the time of Abiathar the high priest and ate the loaves of the presence, which is not lawful to eat except for the priests, and he also gave to the ones being with him.”

3042:25-26jyt2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ & πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπὶ Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, οὓς οὐκ ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἱερεῖς; καὶ ἔδωκεν καὶ τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ οὖσιν?1

Here Jesus refers to a story about David before he became king. The current king, Saul was trying to kill David. So, David ran away to the priest who was serving God at the time, Abiathar. David and the men who ran away with him were very hungry, so they asked the Abiathar for food. Abiathar gave them the special bread that was laid out in God’s presence every day, and David and his men ate this bread. You can read this story in 1 Samuel 21:1–6. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some extra information in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Have you never read what David did when he had need and was hungry after he and the ones with him escaped from King Saul, who wanted to kill him? He visited the high priest Abiathar, went into the house of God, and ate the loaves of the presence, which was not lawful to eat except for the priests. He also gave some of it to the ones being with him.”

3052:25wxd7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularοὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε1

Because Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, the word you is plural.

3062:25cjzxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitχρείαν ἔσχεν1

Here Jesus is implying that David did not have everything that he needed, especially food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he had need of something to eat”

3072:26nionrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goεἰσῆλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came”

3082:26xeacrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ1

Here Jesus uses the phrase the house of God to refer to the tabernacle, the place where God’s presence was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” or “the sanctuary”

3092:26y57jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως1

The phrase the loaves of the presence refers to loaves of bread that were placed every day on a table in the tabernacle or temple as an offering to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the loaves that were presented to God” or “the loaves of bread that were placed in God’s presence every morning”

3102:26wz3grc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptionsοὓς οὐκ ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἱερεῖς1

If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “which is lawful for only the priests to eat”

3112:27fse5rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbsτὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο, καὶ οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον1

Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that God set up the Sabbath for the sake of people. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Humans were made first, and then the Sabbath was set up because of them. It is not true that the Sabbath was set up first, and then humans were made because of it”

3122:27i374rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveτὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for man”

3132:27v3mbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounτὸν ἄνθρωπον & ὁ ἄνθρωπος1

The word man represents men and women in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “people … people”

3142:27s2ydrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisοὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “man was made not for the Sabbath” or “it is not that God made man for the Sabbath”

3152:28wgwurc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultὥστε1

Here, the word Therefore introduces a conclusion or inference that Jesus draws from what he just said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that” or “In the end, then”

3162:28kq1crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου1

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am”

3172:28twr4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionΚύριός & καὶ τοῦ Σαββάτου1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a Lord who rules over the Sabbath. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has authority over even the Sabbath” or “rules over even the Sabbath”

3183:introx9690

Mark 3 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

  1. Jesus’ early ministry (1:14–3:6)
    • Healing a man on the Sabbath
  2. Jesus teaches and performs miracles (3:7–6:6)
    • Jesus ministers to many people (3:7–12)
    • Jesus appoints the twelve apostles (3:13–19)
    • Jesus and his family, part one (3:20–21)
    • Jesus and the scribes debate whether he has a demon (3:22–30)
    • Jesus and his family, part two (3:31–35)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Sabbath

In this chapter, just as in chapter 2, the Pharisees and Jesus are in conflict about the Sabbath. For more information about the Sabbath, see the General Notes to chapter 2.

Blaspheming against the Spirit

In 3:29, Jesus speaks about blaspheming against the Spirit. He indicates that God will forgive all kinds of sins, but he will not forgive people who blaspheme against the Holy Spirit. Jesus says these things because the Pharisees said that he cast out demons by the power of Beelzebul. Jesus implies that he actually cast out demons by the power of the Holy Spirit. So, since the Pharisees have called the Holy Spirit Beelzebul, they have blasphemed or spoken against the Spirit. Christians debate what counts as this kind of blasphemy and why God will not forgive people for it. In your translation, you should not be more specific than Jesus is. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

The parable about the strong man

In 3:27, Jesus describes how thieves must subdue and tie up a strong man before they can steal things from his house. Jesus does not directly state how to apply this proverb. However, most Christians think that Satan is like the strong man, and the demons that Jesus casts out are like the strong man’s things. In this case, Jesus is like the thieves who tie up the strong man. Jesus is saying that, since he can cast out demons, it proves that he has subdued and conquered Satan, just as thieves can only steal things after they have subdued the strong man. You should not include this extra information in your translation, but if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include it in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])

Jesus’ mother and brothers

In 3:31–35, Jesus’ mother and brothers arrive and want to talk with Jesus. In response, Jesus says that his disciples, those who do God’s will, are his mother and brother and sister. In other words, Jesus calls his disciples, who are those who do God’s will, his family members. He means that they are as close and important to him as his own family. This is an important metaphor that appears throughout the Bible, so preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

The 12 disciples

The following are the lists of the 12 disciples in Matthew, Mark, and Luke:

In Matthew 10:2–4:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.

In Mark 3:16–19:

Simon (Peter), James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Andrew, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.

In Luke 6:14:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James son of Alphaeus, Simon the Zealot, Judas son of James, and Judas Iscariot.

These lists do not always follow the same order or use the same names for the disciples. In that culture, people often had two or three names. For example, it is likely that that Thaddaeus was also named Judas or Jude. So, do not harmonize these lists by using the same sequence or names in each case. You should translate Mark’s list as Mark presents it.

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogues between Jesus and other individuals. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

The historic present

To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 3, 4, 5, 13, 20, 31, 32, 33, and 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])

3193:1bm6zrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”

3203:1mjfarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπάλιν εἰς συναγωγήν1

Here Mark implies that this is a synagogue that Jesus has already visited, most likely the one in Capernaum (see 1:21). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “again into the synagogue in Capernaum”

3213:1rn8yrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsἦν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος, ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα1

Here Mark introduces a man with a withered hand as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a certain man was in the synagogue, and he had a withered hand”

3223:1ye6drc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα1

This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. Use a word or phrase that expresses this idea clearly. Alternate translation: “having a shriveled hand” or “whose hand was atrophied”

3233:2mw6trc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultπαρετήρουν αὐτὸν, εἰ τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύσει αὐτόν, ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the last clause gives the reason for the result that the first and second clauses describe. Alternate translation: “And they wanted to accuse him. So, they were watching him closely, if he will heal him on the Sabbaths”

3243:2vr25rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsπαρετήρουν αὐτὸν & κατηγορήσωσιν1

The pronouns they and they refer to the Pharisees who were there, as 3:6 shows. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees were watching him closely … they might accuse”

3253:2dw2wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomτοῖς Σάββασιν1

See how you translated this phrase in 2:23. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day” or “during a Sabbath day”

3263:2q35xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ1

Here Mark implies that they would accuse Jesus of breaking the Sabbath commandments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might accuse him of wrongdoing” or “they might accuse him of breaking the law of Moses”

3273:3pi5hrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἔχοντι ξηράν1

See how you expressed this idea in 3:1. Alternate translation: “having the shriveled hand” or “whose hand was atrophied”

3283:3nm6wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον1

Here, the implication is that Jesus wanted this man to stand where everyone could see him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up where everyone can see you”

3293:4dujnrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοῖς & οἱ1

Just as in 3:2, the pronouns them and they refer to the Pharisees who were there, as 3:6 shows. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “to the Pharisees … they”

3303:4mh3zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Pharisees. He knows that they would agree with what his question implies. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you realize that it is lawful on the Sabbaths to do good and not to do harm; to save a life and not to kill.” or “Surely you know that it is lawful on the Sabbaths to do good and not to do harm; to save a life and not to kill!”

3313:4zvlnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomτοῖς Σάββασιν1

See how you translated this phrase in 2:23. Alternate translation: “on any of the Sabbath days” or “during a Sabbath day”

3323:4fodzἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι1

Alternate translation: “to help people or to hurt people”

3333:4vz6crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “is it lawful on the Sabbaths to save a life or to kill”

3343:4nut4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomψυχὴν σῶσαι1

Here, the phrase save a life refers to preventing a person from dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to rescue from death” or “to keep people from dying”

3353:5x9lnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsμετ’ ὀργῆς1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of anger, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in an angry way”

3363:5los0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσυνλυπούμενος ἐπὶ τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say what caused the action, it is clear from the context that it was the hardness of their heart. Alternate translation: “the hardness of their heart grieving him”

3373:5thekrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of hardness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how hard their heart was”

3383:5n4eprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorτῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν1

Here, Jesus is speaking of the Pharisees’ heart as if it were characterized by hardness. He means that the Pharisees are stubborn and refuse to listen and learn. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their stubbornness” or “their unwillingness to listen”

3393:5zr89rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsτῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν1

If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one heart, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “of their hearts”

3403:5itqurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperativeἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρα σου1

This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “I heal you. Now stretch out your hand!”

3413:5c3qerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἀπεκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand” or “his hand became healthy”

3423:6nmkbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξελθόντες1

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”

3433:6nvk1rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownμετὰ τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν συμβούλιον ἐποίουν κατ’ αὐτοῦ1

The Herodians were a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a short phrase to describe them. Alternate translation: “were making counsel against him with people who wanted King Herod to continue to rule”

3443:6qu9orc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomμετὰ τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν συμβούλιον ἐποίουν κατ’ αὐτοῦ1

Here, the phrase were making counsel with the Herodians against him indicates that the Pharisees were working together with the Herodians to figure out ways to harm Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were making plans with the Herodians concerning Jesus” or “were coming up with ideas with the Herodians about how they could harm Jesus”

3453:7-8bi1brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureκαὶ πολὺ πλῆθος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἠκολούθησεν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας & καὶ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰδουμαίας, καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, καὶ περὶ Τύρον καὶ Σιδῶνα; πλῆθος πολύ ἀκούοντες ὅσα ἐποίει, ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν1

Here Mark twice uses the phrase a great multitude. He could be: (1) distinguishing between two groups, one group from Galilee who followed Jesus to the Sea of Galilee, and one group from all the other areas who traveled to meet Jesus by the Sea of Galilee. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to create a verse bridge for these two verses. Alternate translation: “and a great multitude followed from Galilee. And hearing how much he was doing, a great multitude from Judea and from Jerusalem and from Idumea and beyond the Jordan and around Tyre and Sidon came to him” (2) referring twice to the same group of people, who came from all these areas. Alternate translation: “and a great multitude followed from Galilee and from Judea and from Jerusalem and from Idumea and beyond the Jordan and around Tyre and Sidon. That great multitude, hearing how much he was doing, came to him”

3463:8nibmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου1

Here, the phrase beyond the Jordan refers to regions to the east of the Jordan River. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the areas on the east side of the Jordan River”

3473:8mm5vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὅσα ἐποίει1

Here Mark refers to the powerful and amazing things that Jesus was doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the amazing things that he was doing” or “about all the miracles he was doing”

3483:8weierc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἦλθον1

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”

3493:9-10ib6urc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridgeκαὶ εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἵνα μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν & πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας1

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 3:9 and 3:10 into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include the reason why Jesus wants to get into a boat before he gives his disciples instructions about the boat. Alternate translation: “And he healed many, so that as many as had afflictions pressed against him so that they might touch him. So, because of the crowd, he spoke to his disciples so that a small boat might be ready for him, so that the crowd might not press against him”

3503:9tozrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsεἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἵνα μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples, ‘Make sure that a small boat is waiting for me because of the crowd, so that they do not press against me.’”

3513:9lmvbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον1

Here Mark implies that Jesus plans to get into this small boat to get away from the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a small boat might be ready for him to embark on to get away from the crowd”

3523:9zu5erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitμὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν1

Here Mark implies that Jesus is concerned that the crowd will press against him and crush or injure him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might not press against him and injure him” or “they might not hurt him”

3533:10e86src://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a reason why Jesus was concerned about people pressing against him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for something, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is why Jesus wanted a boat:” or “Indeed,”

3543:10ywtbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπολλοὺς1

Mark is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women”

3553:10qyyvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsεἶχον μάστιγας1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of afflictions, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “were afflicted”

3563:10bkh0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ1

Here Mark implies that the people in the crowd pressed against each other, or were shoving and pushing each other, in order to get to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “pressed against each other to reach him” or “shoved each other around”

3573:10ge71rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται1

Here Mark implies that they wanted to touch Jesus because they thought that touching him would heal them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “so that they might touch him and be healed”

3583:11ca5irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπροσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα1

Here Mark implies that the unclean spirits forced the people whom they were possessing to do these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they were making the people they possessed fall down before him and cry out, saying”

3593:11tfulrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionπροσέπιπτον αὐτῷ1

In Mark’s culture, the phrase falling down before him refers to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground in front of someone. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “they were throwing themselves on the ground before him” or “they were lying down before him to show respect”

3603:11ogevrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγοντα1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

3613:11xf41rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciplesὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ1

Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.

3623:12w7torc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsπολλὰ & αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ αὐτὸν φανερὸν ποιήσωσιν1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “them much, ‘Do not make me known.’”

3633:12wyparc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitμὴ αὐτὸν φανερὸν ποιήσωσιν1

Here, the phrase make him known refers to telling people who Jesus was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might not say who he was” or “they might not speak about him”

3643:13zq1lrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”

3653:13dfy5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἀναβαίνει1

In a context such as this, your language might say “comes” instead of goes. Alternate translation: “he comes up”

3663:13fatxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfoτὸ ὄρος1

Mark does not clarify what mountain this is or how high up it is. If possible, use a general word for a hill or small mountain without indicating one particular place. Alternate translation: “a high place” or “a small mountain”

3673:14vjl5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjδώδεκα1

Mark is using the number 12 as a noun to mean 12 men. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “12 people”

3683:14v0y4rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsοὓς καὶ ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν1

Many ancient manuscripts read whom he also named apostles. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

3693:14ild2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὦσιν μετ’ αὐτοῦ1

Here Mark means that these 12 men would go wherever Jesus went, listen to what he said, and spend much time with him as his closest disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might go everywhere with him” or “they might always follow him”

3703:15c2wcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἔχειν ἐξουσίαν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be authorized”

3713:16ndtwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα: καὶ1

Here Mark repeats a phrase that he already used in 3:14. He does not mean that Jesus appointed the Twelve again. Rather, he is using this phrase to introduce who these Twelve were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Here are the names of the Twelve that he appointed:”

3723:16ywlirc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsκαὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα1

Many ancient manuscripts read And he appointed the Twelve. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

3733:16ozlirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτοὺς δώδεκα1

Mark is using the adjective Twelve as a noun to refer to Jesus’ closest disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”

3743:16bt0frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαὶ ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον1

Here Mark introduces the first person in the list of the Twelve, and he clarifies that Jesus gave a new name to Simon: Peter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates both that Simon is the first in the list of twelve men and that Jesus named him Peter. Alternate translation: “and they were Simon, to whom he gave the name Peter”

3753:17puodrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinshipτὸν ἀδελφὸν τοῦ Ἰακώβου1

Mark never says whether James or John was older, but he mentions James first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that John was younger. Alternate translation: “the younger brother of James”

3763:17n1berc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterateΒοανηργές1

The word Boanerges is a Hebrew word. Mark has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. Since Mark states what this word means at the end of the verse, you also should spell it out the way it sounds in your language.

3773:17n4gyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomυἱοὶ βροντῆς1

The expression Sons of describes people who shares the qualities of something. In this case, the name indicates that James and John share the qualities of Thunder. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People Like Thunder” or “Thunder-Like”

3783:18bugzrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΘαδδαῖον1

The word Thaddaeus is the name of a man.

3793:18tgmgrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterateτὸν Καναναῖον1

Cananaios is a word borrowed from Aramaic that describes someone as a “zealot,” that is, someone who is very zealous about something. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. If you translate the word’s meaning, Cananaios could be: (1) a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One”

3803:19r3zsrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν1

Mark writes who also handed him over to provide some extra information about what Judas did to Jesus later. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “who would later also hand him over”

3813:20d9uyrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”

3823:20qy7grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheἔρχεται1

Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, comes”

3833:20whejrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχεται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “he goes”

3843:20jxr5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοἶκον1

This is probably the same house that Mark mentioned in 2:1. See how you expressed the idea there. Alternate translation: “Simon and Andrew’s house” or “his house”

3853:20v0y9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitμὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν1

Here Mark implies that the crowd was so large that Jesus and his disciples did not have time, or perhaps even space, to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they were so busy that they could not even eat bread” or “they had no opportunity even to eat bread”

3863:20rq6krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheἄρτον φαγεῖν1

Mark is using bread to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to eat anything”

3873:21koc1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomοἱ παρ’ αὐτοῦ1

Here the phrase the ones from him could refer to: (1) Jesus’ relatives, most specifically his mother and brothers, who are the ones who arrive at the house in 3:31. Alternate translation: “his family” (2) Jesus’ friends from his hometown, Nazareth. Alternate translation: “his friends”

3883:21ar7crc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultἐξῆλθον κρατῆσαι αὐτόν; ἔλεγον γὰρ, ὅτι ἐξέστη1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “were saying, ‘He is out of his mind.’ Therefore, they went out to seize him”

3893:21sgbarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξῆλθον1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “came out”

3903:21hjdbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκρατῆσαι αὐτόν1

Here Mark implies that the ones from him intend to compel Jesus to return with them in their custody or control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to take him into their custody” or “to restrain him”

3913:21vqygrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἔλεγον & ὅτι ἐξέστη1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were saying that he was out of his mind”

3923:21uyl8rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἔλεγον1

The pronoun they could refer to: (1) the ones from him. Alternate translation: “the ones from him were saying” or “these ones were saying” (2) people in general. Alternate translation: “people were saying”

3933:21mf5qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐξέστη1

Here, the clause He is out of his mind means that these people think that Jesus is insane, that is, acting irrationally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He is crazy” or “He is acting irrationally”

3943:22e45nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguishοἱ γραμματεῖς, οἱ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων καταβάντες ἔλεγον1

Here Mark uses the phrase having come down from Jerusalem to distinguish these scribes from any other scribes. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “the scribes, the ones having come down from Jerusalem, were saying”

3953:22a971rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goκαταβάντες1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone down”

3963:22egv4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἔλεγον, ὅτι Βεελζεβοὺλ ἔχει; καὶ, ὅτι ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων, ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια1

It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “were saying that he had Beelzebul and that by the ruler of the demons he was casting out the demons.”

3973:22prj1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomΒεελζεβοὺλ ἔχει1

Here the scribes mean that Jesus is possessed or controlled by Beelzebul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He is possessed by Beelzebul” or “Beelzebul possesses him”

3983:22mhmwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων1

Here the scribes mean that Jesus has power from the ruler of the demons to cast out demons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “By the power of the ruler of the demons” or “As he is empowered by the ruler of the demons”

3993:22t3udrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων1

The phrase the ruler of the demons refers to the devil, that is, Beelzebul. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons,”

4003:23iuqwrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοὺς1

The pronoun them refers to the scribes and the people who were nearby. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the scribes and the rest of the people” or “the people who were nearby”

4013:23q8f3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionπῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the scribes. The question shows that it does not make any sense for Satan to cast out Satan. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Satan cannot cast out Satan.” or “It makes no sense for Satan to cast out Satan!”

4023:23xb13rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheδύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν1

In both places, Satan represents people who act by the power of Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are Satan’s followers able to cast out Satan’s followers” or “are those who act by Satan’s power able to cast out others who also act by Satan’s power”

4033:24j5svrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parablesκαὶ ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ βασιλεία ἐκείνη1

To teach the people, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this illustration: If a kingdom has been divided against itself, that kingdom is not able to stand”

4043:24my56rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypoἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ βασιλεία ἐκείνη1

Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if a kingdom were divided against itself. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine a kingdom that has been divided against itself. That kingdom is not able to stand”

4053:24b4z4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyβασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ1

Here, the word kingdom represents the people who live in that kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people in one kingdom have been divided against each other”

4063:24mc3nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “attacks itself”

4073:24k3bzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorοὐ δύναται σταθῆναι1

Here, the phrase is not able to stand means that the kingdom will not exist much longer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will fall” or “will no longer exist”

4083:25dm6jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parablesκαὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι1

To teach the people, Jesus offers a second story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to another illustration: If a house has been divided against itself, that house will not be able to stand”

4093:25dlevrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypoἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι1

Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if a house were divided against itself. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine a house that has been divided against itself. That house will not be able to stand”

4103:25zcr1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyοἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ1

Here, the word house represents the people who live in that house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people in one house have been divided against each other”

4113:25jagurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “attacks itself”

4123:25w62brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorοὐ δυνήσεται & σταθῆναι1

Here, the phrase will not be able to stand means that the house will not exist much longer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will fall” or “will no longer exist”

4133:26w7narc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypoεἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη, οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει1

Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if Satan rose up against himself and was divided. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine that Satan rose up against himself and was divided. In that case, he would not be able to stand, but he would have an end”

4143:26g3obrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη1

Jesus is using Satan to represent Satan and his demons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Satan and the demons that obey him rose up against themselves and were divided”

4153:26niiorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη1

The phrases rose up against himself and was divided mean similar things. Jesus is using the two phrases together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single clause. Alternate translation: “was divided against himself”

4163:26vc3rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐμερίσθη1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “attacked himself”

4173:26vif7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismοὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει1

The clauses he is not able to stand and he has an end mean similar things. The first clause states the meaning negatively, and the second clause states the meaning positively. Jesus is using the two phrases together for emphasis. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “he is not able to stand; yes, he has an end” or “he has his end”

4183:26df2frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorοὐ δύναται στῆναι1

Here, the phrase is not able to stand means that Satan will not have authority or power much longer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will no longer have power” or “he will not remain in control”

4193:26m3pnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτέλος ἔχει1

Here, the word end refers to a time when Satan no longer has power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “his rule ends” or “his authority fails”

4203:27mvr6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parablesἀλλ’ οὐ δύναται οὐδεὶς1

To teach the people, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But listen to this story: No one is able”

4213:27rzbbrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastἀλλ’1

Here, the word But introduces what is true in contrast to the hypothetical situations he has been using to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces what is true in contrast to a hypothetical situation, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In reality, though,” or “However, as it really is,”

4223:27x9lkrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptionsοὐ δύναται οὐδεὶς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ εἰσελθὼν τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ διαρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον τὸν ἰσχυρὸν δήσῃ1

If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “no one, unless he has first bound the strong man, is able, entering into the house of that strong man, to steal his belongings”

4233:27i7trrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounμὴ πρῶτον & δήσῃ & διαρπάσει1

Although the term he in both these places is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person has not first bound … that person will plunder”

4243:27o503rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοῦ διαρπάσει1

Here, the word he refers to the person who is stealing. The word his refers to the strong man. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the thief will plunder the strong man’s”

4253:28-29m0s5rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptionsπάντα ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ αἱ βλασφημίαι, ὅσα ἐὰν βλασφημήσωσιν & ὃς δ’ ἂν βλασφημήσῃ εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον1

If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only sin or blasphemy that will not be forgiven the sons of men is the blasphemy against the Holy Spirit. Whoever does that” or “most sins and blasphemies, as much as they blaspheme, will be forgiven the sons of men, but the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven. Whoever has done that”

4263:28w02frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularὑμῖν1

Because Jesus is speaking to the crowd, the word you is singular.

4273:28x85urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπάντα ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ αἱ βλασφημίαι, ὅσα ἐὰν βλασφημήσωσιν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will forgive the sons of men for all the sins and the blasphemies, as much as they may blaspheme”

4283:28moeqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπάντα ἀφεθήσεται & τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ αἱ βλασφημίαι, ὅσα ἐὰν βλασφημήσωσιν1

Here Jesus is indicating that God forgives all kinds of sins and blasphemies, not that God will forgive every single sin or blasphemy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all sins and blasphemies, as much as they may blaspheme, can be forgiven” or “all kinds of sins and blasphemies, as much as they may blaspheme, will be forgiven men”

4293:28vbwarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsπάντα ἀφεθήσεται & τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ αἱ βλασφημίαι, ὅσα ἐὰν βλασφημήσωσιν1

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of sins and blasphemies, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “all sinful and blasphemous things, as much as they may blaspheme, will be forgiven” or “whenever anyone sins or blasphemes in any way, it will be forgiven”

4303:28gg74rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoἀφεθήσεται & αἱ βλασφημίαι, ὅσα ἐὰν βλασφημήσωσιν1

The expression whatever they may blaspheme contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “all the blasphemies will be forgiven”

4313:28p6szrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomτοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων1

Here, the phrase the sons of men refers to people in general, both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “humans”

4323:29ips3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsοὐκ ἔχει ἄφεσιν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of forgiveness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will not be forgiven”

4333:29kx41rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomεἰς τὸν αἰῶνα1

Here, the phrase to eternity means that something lasts forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forever”

4343:29zznrrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsἔνοχός & αἰωνίου ἁμαρτήματος1

Many ancient manuscripts read guilty of an eternal sin. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “deserving of eternal judgment.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

4353:29xea7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitαἰωνίου ἁμαρτήματος1

Here Jesus means that the sin has eternal consequences. In other words, the person who commits this sin will always be guilty for it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a sin with eternal consequences” or “eternally of this sin”

4363:30yt1arc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultὅτι1

Here, the word because introduces a reason why Jesus gave the teaching that Mark quotes in 3:23–29. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of reason. Alternate translation: “which things he said because” or “and the reason for his teaching was that”

4373:30etf1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἔλεγον, πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were saying that he had an unclean spirit”

4383:30sfa2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomπνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει1

Here the scribes meant that they thought that Jesus was possessed or controlled by an unclean spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He is possessed by an unclean spirit” or “An unclean spirit possesses him”

4393:31c8oarc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”

4403:31gef8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinshipοἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ1

These were Jesus' younger brothers. They were sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you could use it here.

4413:31xxfhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχονται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “go”

4423:31d6w3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔξω στήκοντες1

Here Mark implies that they are standing outside the house that Jesus is in, most likely the house mentioned in 3:20. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “standing outside the house” or “standing outside the place where Jesus was teaching”

4433:31pu1src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτὸν καλοῦντες αὐτόν1

Here Mark means that Jesus’ mother and brothers sent a person to Jesus to ask him to come out and meet them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they sent a messenger to him to summon him” or “they had someone go in and tell him to come out”

4443:32n20mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsλέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου, ἔξω ζητοῦσίν σε1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “they say to him that his mother and his mothers were seeking him outside”

4453:32dkbmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsἰδοὺ1

Here, the word Behold is intended to draw the attention of Jesus and to ask him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Excuse me”

4463:32tivdrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinshipοἱ ἀδελφοί σου1

See how you translated brothers in 3:31.

4473:32kucsrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsοἱ ἀδελφοί σου1

Many ancient manuscripts read your brothers. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “your brothers and your sisters.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

4483:32lbfzἔξω ζητοῦσίν σε1

Alternate translation: “want to see you outside” or “are outside, and they want to talk with you”

4493:33qe8crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?1

Jesus is using the question form to teach his audience about whom he considers to be part of his family. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Since Jesus answers the question in 3:34–35, you should not include an implied answer here. Alternate translation: “I will inform you about whom I call my mother and my brothers.” or “Let me tell you whom I love as if they were my mother or my brothers.”

4503:33j6u0rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinshipοἱ ἀδελφοί μου1

See how you translated brothers in 3:31.

4513:34j305rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ μου1

Here, the word Behold indicates that the audience should look where Jesus looked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Consider these people to be my mother” or “These are my mother”

4523:34aw65rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου1

Here Jesus speaks of the ones sitting in a circle around him as if they were his mother and brothers. He means that he considers them to be part of his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning of the metaphor more explicitly. Alternate translation: “those whom I call my mother and my brothers” or “the people I love as if they were my mother and my brothers”

4533:34bouyrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinshipοἱ ἀδελφοί μου1

See how you translated brothers in 3:31.

4543:35wmifrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces an explanation concerning why Jesus can call the people who are sitting around him his mother and brothers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “I say that because”

4553:35dr45rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of will, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what God desires”

4563:35yr9irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorοὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν1

Here Jesus speaks of everyone who does God’s will as if they were his brother and sister and mother. He means that he considers them to be part of his family. Express the idea as you did in the previous verse (3:34). Alternate translation: “I call this one my brother and sister and mother” or “this is a person whom I love as if he or she were my brother and sister and mother”

4574:introf5ua0

Mark 4 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

  1. Jesus teaches and performs miracles (3:7–6:6)
    • The parable of the sower (4:1–9)
    • Jesus explains the parable of the sower (4:10–20)
    • Jesus teaches about secrets and knowledge (4:21–25)
    • The parable of the seeds growing by themselves (4:26–29)
    • The parable of the mustard seed (4:30–32)
    • Summary statement (4:33–34)
    • Jesus calms a storm (4:35–41)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which is a quotation from Isaiah 6:9–10.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Farming

Jesus refers to several different farming practices in this chapter. In his culture, farmers often threw seeds over their fields, a process called sowing. After throwing the seeds, they would use a tool called a plow to cover the seeds with dirt. Then, they would water and take care of the seeds until they sprouted and grew. Finally, when the plants produced grain or other kinds of crops, they would cut down the plants, separate the edible parts from the inedible parts, and store the edible parts in a safe place. See the notes on the verses in which Jesus discusses farming practices for specific information and translation options.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Parables

Throughout this chapter, Jesus uses several parables to teach the crowds and his disciples. Each parable is a short story that includes a specific lesson. Jesus uses parables to teach so that people who already know his message will learn more but people who do not know his message will not learn anything (see 4:11–12). Jesus explains one of the parables, but he does not explain any of the others. Possible explanations for each parable are included below, but only for help in translation. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of any parable more than Jesus does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])

  • The parable of the sower—In 4:3–9, Jesus tells a story about a man who sows seed and about what happens to the seed. Jesus explains this parable in 4:14–20. Even with this explanation, Christians debate who the sower is, what the seed represents, and what the different areas in the field represent. The sower could be Jesus himself, God, or anyone who preaches the gospel. The seed could be the gospel or the person who hears the gospel. The different areas in the field could be regions or areas where people hear the gospel, different kinds of people, or different ways of responding to the gospel. Most likely, the seed and the area in the field together describe what happens when people respond to the gospel in these four ways.

  • The parable of the seeds growing by themselves—In 4:26–29, Jesus tells a story about a farmer who sows seed. The seed sprouts, grows, and produces a crop all by itself, and the farmer does not know how it happens. However, when the crop is ready, he harvests it. Most likely, Jesus is describing how God’s kingdom grows and expands, even without help from people. By the time God judges everyone, which is like a harvest, the kingdom will be very large and productive, even though people do not always know how that happens.

  • The parable of the mustard seed—In 4:30–32, Jesus tells a story about how a very small seed (a mustard seed) grows into a very large plant. Most likely, he is describing how his group of followers was very small but will eventually become very large. Jesus mentions that birds nest in the shadow of this large plant. Some people think that Jesus is referring to passages like Ezekiel 17:23, which could suggest that the birds represent Gentiles who become part of God’s kingdom. Others think that the detail about the birds simply illustrates how large the plant is. If possible, your translation should allow for all of these interpretations.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in teaching that Jesus gives to his disciples and to the crowds. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

The historic present

To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 13, 35, 36, 37 and 38. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])

4584:1q0xerc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “One day,”

4594:1cqq0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleὄχλος πλεῖστος1

Mark says the largest crowd here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “a huge crowd” or “an enormous crowd”

4604:1ufxnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσυνάγεται πρὸς αὐτὸν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered to him” or “came to listen to him”

4614:1i95erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ1

In Jesus’ culture, teachers usually sat down when they were going to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “sat down on the sea to instruct them” or “sat down on the sea as a teacher does”

4624:1bzp0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ1

Here Mark means that Jesus sat down in the boat, which was floating on the sea. Jesus did not sit directly on top of the water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the boat as it was on the sea” or “in it”

4634:1fnuhπρὸς τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς1

Alternate translation: “on the shore”

4644:2h2a9rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “here is what he taught:”

4654:3vqh3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parablesἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων1

To teach the people in the crowd, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: Behold, the sower went out”

4664:3gmdirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperativeἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ1

Here, the words Listen and Behold draw the attention of the audience and ask them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express these words with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Picture this:” or “Pay attention to this:”

4674:3w0ngrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων1

Here Jesus introduces a sower as a character in his story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a sower. He went out”

4684:4xqj5rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ ἐγένετο1

Here, the phrase And it happened that introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next action, or you could leave And it happened that untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”

4694:4zc07rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐν τῷ σπείρειν1

While there are many ways to sow or plant seeds, here Jesus is describing a practice in which farmers pick up handfuls of seed and throw them so that they are scattered all over the top of the soil. This method is a quick and easy way to plant seeds in large fields, but some seeds land on ground that is not good for them to grow in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit what kind of sowing this is. Alternate translation: “as he threw the seeds over the ground” or “as he scattered the seeds over the field”

4704:4si37rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, καὶ ἦλθεν τὰ πετεινὰ καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτό1

Here Jesus implies that the seeds that fall beside the road do not sink into the ground. Instead, they just sit on top of the hard-packed dirt by the road and are unprotected from birds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “some fell on the hard ground beside the road, and the birds came and easily devoured them”

4714:4w50src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjὃ1

Jesus is using the adjective some as a noun to mean some of the seeds. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “some seed”

4724:4ob8jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounτὰ πετεινὰ1

The phrase the birds represents any birds, not particular birds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “birds”

4734:4j2w9rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτό1

Here, although the pronoun it is singular, it refers to the seeds that the farmer sowed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the plural form here. Alternate translation: “them”

4744:5wuw2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjἄλλο1

Jesus is using the adjective other as a noun to mean some of the rest of the seed that did not fall beside the road. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “some of the rest of the seed”

4754:5w3g2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸ πετρῶδες, ὅπου οὐκ εἶχεν γῆν πολλήν1

Here Jesus describes an area that has a thin layer of soil on top of a layer of rocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that describes this kind of area. Alternate translation: “a thin layer of soil on top of rocks” or “a rocky area, where there was very little soil”

4764:5uhlrrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsἄλλο & οὐκ εἶχεν & ἐξανέτειλεν & τὸ μὴ ἔχειν1

In this verse, the word other and the word it throughout the verse are singular in form, but they refer to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “others … they did not have … they sprang up … they did not have”

4774:5hyj8rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultεὐθὺς ἐξανέτειλεν διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος γῆς1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because it did not have deep soil, immediately it sprang up”

4784:5u5rzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐξανέτειλεν1

Here, the phrase sprang up refers to how plants sprout or begin to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “it came up” or “it began to grow”

4794:6z2elrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος1

Here, the phrase the sun rose refers to the sun coming up over the horizon in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sun came up” or “the sun began to shine in the morning”

4804:6bm38rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἐκαυματίσθη & τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη1

Here, although the pronoun it is singular throughout the verse, it refers to the seeds that the farmer sowed in 4:5. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the plural form here. Alternate translation: “they were scorched … they had no root, they withered”

4814:6ee49rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐκαυματίσθη1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the sun. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched it”

4824:6yzk1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleτὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν1

Jesus says no root here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it had almost no root” or “it had very small roots”

4834:7dfphrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsἄλλο & αὐτό & οὐκ ἔδωκεν1

In this verse, the word other and the word it throughout the verse are singular in form, but they refer to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “others … them … they did not produce”

4844:7bw62rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjἄλλο1

Jesus is using the adjective other as a noun to mean some of the rest of the seed that did not fall beside the road or on rocky soil. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated the word in 4:5. Alternate translation: “some of the rest of the seed”

4854:7f0j8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ συνέπνιξαν αὐτό1

Here Jesus means that the thorns grew quickly and took all the nutrients, water, and sunlight, so the farmer’s plants could not grow well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the thorns grew very large and crowded it out” or “the thorns grew faster and kept it from growing well”

4864:7fgz4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαρπὸν οὐκ ἔδωκεν1

Here the word fruit refers to the crop that the plants that grew from the seeds should have produced. Since the farmer is sowing wheat seeds, this crop would have been more wheat seeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it did not produce more seeds” or “when it sprouted it did not produce a harvest”

4874:7pj8brc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsκαρπὸν1

Here, the word fruit is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fruits”

4884:8oo4grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjἄλλα1

Jesus is using the adjective others as a noun to mean some of the rest of the seeds that did not fall beside the road, on rocky soil, or onto thorns. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “some of the rest of the seeds”

4894:8u327rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequentialἐδίδου καρπὸν, ἀναβαίνοντα καὶ αὐξανόμενα1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the phrases growing up and being increased describe something that happened before what the phrase it was giving fruit describes. Alternate translation: “growing up and being increased, it was giving fruit”

4904:8b0ofrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐδίδου καρπὸν1

Here the word fruit refers to the crop that the plants that grew from the seeds produced. Since the farmer is sowing wheat seeds, this crop would be more seeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it was producing more seeds” or “it sprouted and produced a harvest”

4914:8istorc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἐδίδου1

Here, although the pronoun it is singular, it refers to the seeds that the farmer sowed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the plural form here. Alternate translation: “they were giving”

4924:8yzp8rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsκαρπὸν1

Here, the word fruit is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fruits”

4934:8c0r5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletἀναβαίνοντα καὶ αὐξανόμενα1

The terms growing up and being increased mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “growing very large” or “quickly increasing in size”

4944:8cukqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveαὐξανόμενα1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “increasing”

4954:8ym3urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν1

Here Jesus means that each of the plants produced either 30, 60, or 100 new seeds. Jesus does not mean that there were only three plants. Scholars estimate that these numbers of seeds are very good in Jesus’ time period, although not impossible or unheard of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “some plants were producing 30 seeds, and some plants were producing 60 seeds, and other plants were producing 100 seeds” or “they were bearing many times more than the farmer planted: one group of plants 30 times more, and one group of plants 60 times more, and one group of plants 100 times more”

4964:8d5q7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν1

Jesus is using the number one as a noun to mean one of the plants. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “one plant was bearing 30, and one plant, 60, and one plant, 100”

4974:8v3srrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “one was bearing 60, and one was bearing 100”

4984:9p2usrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω1

Here, the phrase ears to hear represents the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Whoever wishes to understand, let him understand and obey” or “Whoever can listen to me should pay attention”

4994:9qxy4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω1

Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, not about other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person plural here. Alternate translation: “You who have ears to hear should hear” or “If you have ears to hear, then hear”

5004:9f0tyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3pἀκουέτω1

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he should hear”

5014:9fr1yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsἀκουέτω1

Although the term him is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “let that person hear”

5024:10u2njrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας1

The phrase he was alone does not mean that there was no one at all with Jesus. Rather, it means that the crowds were gone, and Jesus was only with the 12 disciples and some of his other close followers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the crowds left” or “when the crowds were gone”

5034:10nlf4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomοἱ περὶ αὐτὸν1

Here, the phrase the ones around him refers to disciples who were near Jesus at the time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the disciples who were near him”

5044:10kqczrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτοῖς δώδεκα1

See how you translated the phrase the Twelve in 3:16. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”

5054:10hvgdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἠρώτων αὐτὸν & τὰς παραβολάς1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “were asking him, ‘Please tell us about the parables’”

5064:11t9eerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveδέδοται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has given”

5074:11rs81rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτὸ μυστήριον & τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the mystery that is about the kingdom of God. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the mystery concerning the kingdom of God”

5084:11q2azrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἐκείνοις & τοῖς ἔξω1

Here Jesus speaks of people who are not his disciples as if they were outside. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to those, the ones who are not my disciples”

5094:11espnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται1

Here Jesus implies that everything is what is he teaches, and he only teaches in parables. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “everything I teach is in parables” or “I use parables whenever I teach anything”

5104:12c18brc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goalἵνα1

Here, the phrase so that introduces the purpose for which Jesus uses parables when teaching people who are not his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “which is true in order that” or “and that is so that”

5114:12e33yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesἵνα βλέποντες, βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν; καὶ ἀκούοντες, ἀκούωσι καὶ μὴ συνιῶσιν; μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ ἀφεθῇ αὐτοῖς1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “so that, as the Scriptures say, looking, they may look but may not see, and hearing, they may hear but may not understand, lest they might turn back, and it might be forgiven to them”

5124:12ydqtrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsἵνα1

Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Isaiah 6:9–10. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that, in the words of one of the prophets,” or “so that, as Isaiah the prophet wrote in the Scriptures,”

5134:12p4fvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorβλέποντες, βλέπωσι & ἀκούοντες, ἀκούωσι1

Here the author of the quotation repeats the words look and hear in order to emphasize that the people really do look and hear. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. Otherwise, you could express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “They will certainly look … they will certainly hear” or “They will indeed look … they will indeed hear”

5144:12p9yrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἐπιστρέψωσιν1

The author of the quotation is speaking of the people of Israel as if they had been traveling somewhere and had taken the wrong way and needed to turn back onto the right way. So, to turn back would be to start listening to and obeying God again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might start obeying God again”

5154:12g14prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἀφεθῇ αὐτοῖς1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “they might receive forgiveness” or “God might give them forgiveness”

5164:13fs1vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionοὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You do not understand this parable. Because of that, you will not understand all the parables.” or “If you do not understand this parable, you cannot understand all the parables!”

5174:14m72prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον σπείρει1

Here Jesus speaks about what the word as if it were what the sower sows in the parable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “what the sower sows is like the word”

5184:14xdajrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸν λόγον σπείρει1

See how you translated “sow” in 4:4. Alternate translation: “throws the word like seeds over the ground” or “scatters the word like seeds over the field”

5194:14rp6hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸν λόγον1

Jesus is using the term word to mean the gospel, which people preach using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel”

5204:15j8irrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδέ1

Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”

5214:15p68urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorοὗτοι & εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν1

Here Jesus speaks about what happens to these people as if it were what happened in the parable when the seeds were sown beside the road. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “what happens to some people is like what happened to the seeds that were sown beside the road”

5224:15jzokrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσπείρεται ὁ λόγος & τὸν ἐσπαρμένον1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the actions, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone is sowing the word … that someone sowed”

5234:15xea4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyὁ λόγος & τὸν λόγον1

Just as in 4:14, Jesus is using the term word to mean the gospel, which people preach using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel … the gospel”

5244:15gcuhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorεὐθὺς ἔρχεται ὁ Σατανᾶς, καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐσπαρμένον εἰς αὐτούς1

Here Jesus speaks about the gospel as if it were seeds that had been sown in people. He speaks of Satan as if he were a bird that swoops down and takes away the seeds. Since these figures of speech connect to the parable that Jesus told, if possible you should preserve them or express the ideas in simile form. Alternate translation: “Satan immediately comes like a bird and takes away the word, which had been sown like seeds in them”

5254:16jm75rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ & ὁμοίως1

Here, the phrase And similarly indicates that Jesus is about to describe what happens to other people and that what happens is similar to what happened to the people he described in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar event or experience. Alternate translation: “Likewise” or “In a similar way”

5264:16ty3qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simileοὗτοί εἰσιν & οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι; οἳ1

Here Jesus speaks about what happens to these people as if it were what happened in the parable when the seeds were sown on the rocky ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “what happened to the seeds having been sown on the rocky ground is like what happens to those who”

5274:16d7eprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσπειρόμενοι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the farmer who was sowing seed. Alternate translation: “whom the farmer sowed”

5284:16l3oerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὰ πετρώδη1

Here, just as in 4:5, Jesus refers to an area that has a thin layer of soil on top of a layer of rocks. Express the idea as you did in that verse. Alternate translation: “a thin layer of soil on top of rocks” or “a rocky area”

5294:16gdq7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸν λόγον1

Just as in 4:14, Jesus is using the term word to mean the gospel, which people preach using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel”

5304:16fcfjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsμετὰ χαρᾶς1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of joy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “joyfully”

5314:17s057rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ1

Here, the word and introduces what happens to these people in contrast with how they at first received the good news. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but”

5324:17p5frrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorοὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιροί εἰσιν1

Here Jesus speaks about these people as if they were the plants in the parable that had no root and were only temporary since they withered when the sun rose. Since this figure of speech connects to the parable that Jesus told, if possible you should preserve it or express the ideas in simile form. Alternate translation: “they are like plants with no roots that do not live for long”

5334:17s5mhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleοὐκ & ῥίζαν1

Here, just as in 4:6, Jesus says no root as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “almost no root” or “very small roots”

5344:17mwg2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsγενομένης θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ1

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of tribulation and persecution, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “when they are afflicted or persecuted”

5354:17hqvwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸν λόγον1

Just as in 4:14, Jesus is using the term word to mean the gospel, which people preach using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel”

5364:17cazbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσκανδαλίζονται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they stumble”

5374:17t21wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorσκανδαλίζονται1

Here, Jesus speaks of ceasing to believe the gospel as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the stop believing” or “they cease to trust the good news”

5384:18uu9brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι1

Here Jesus speaks about what happens to these people as if it were what happened in the parable when the seeds were sown into the thorns. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “what happened to the seeds having been sown into the thorns is like what happens to others”

5394:18wlabrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσπειρόμενοι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the farmer who was sowing seed. Alternate translation: “whom the farmer sowed”

5404:18o3pbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸν λόγον1

Just as in 4:14, Jesus is using the term word to mean the gospel, which people preach using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel”

5414:19glokrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ1

Here, the word and introduces what happens to these people in contrast with how they received the good news. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but”

5424:19wa3krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsαἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος, καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου, καὶ αἱ περὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι1

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of worries, deceitfulness, and desires, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “they worry about this age and are deceived by riches and desire other things. These things”

5434:19r7ezrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionαἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe worries that are related to this age. In other words, the worries are about things and problems that exist in this age or world. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the worries about things in this age” or “the worries about what happens in this age”

5444:19k04frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe riches that are characterized by deceitfulness. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “deceitful riches” or “riches that deceive”

5454:19g1v0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personificationεἰσπορευόμεναι1

Here Jesus speaks as if the worries of the age and the deceitfulness of riches and the desires concerning other things were people who could be entering in a place. He means that these things begin to be part of these people’s lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which these people start to experience” or “which characterize these people’s lives”

5464:19s7s7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorσυνπνίγουσιν τὸν λόγον καὶ ἄκαρπος γίνεται1

Here Jesus continues to speak about what happens to these people as if it were what happened in the parable when the seeds were sown into the thorns. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “prevent the word from being effective, just as the thorns choked the seeds and made them unfruitful”

5474:19zg3crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸν λόγον1

Just as in 4:14, Jesus is using the term word to mean the gospel, which people preach using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel”

5484:20axh1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες; οἵτινες ἀκούουσιν τὸν λόγον καὶ παραδέχονται καὶ καρποφοροῦσιν, ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν1

Here Jesus speaks about what happens to this person as if it were what happened in the parable when the seeds were sown on the good soil and produced crops of various sizes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “what happened to the seeds sown on the good soil is like what happens to the one hearing the word and receiving it. That person will be like a seed that bears fruit—one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100”

5494:20tdwjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσπαρέντες1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the farmer who was sowing seed. Alternate translation: “whom the farmer sowed”

5504:20cxfwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸν λόγον1

Just as in 4:14, Jesus is using the term word to mean the gospel, which people preach using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel”

5514:20xbq0rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsκαρποφοροῦσιν1

Here, the word fruit is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “bear fruits”

5524:20pwiwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν1

Here Jesus means that each of the plants produced either 30, 60, or 100 new seeds. Jesus does not mean that there were only three plants. Scholars estimate that these numbers of seeds are very good in Jesus’ time period, although not impossible or unheard of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. See how you expressed the idea in 4:8. Alternate translation: “some producing 30 seeds, and some producing 60 seeds, and some producing 100 seeds”

5534:20d3r7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “one was bearing 30, and one was bearing 60, and one was bearing 100”

5544:20a9ybrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν1

Jesus is using the number one as a noun to mean one of the plants. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “one plant, 30, and one plant, 60, and one plant, 100”

5554:21enzzrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοῖς1

The pronoun them could refer to: (1) all the people who were nearby, including both the disciples and the crowds. Alternate translation: “to the disciples and the crowds” or “everyone who was with him” (2) just the disciples. Alternate translation: “to the disciples”

5564:21nn7erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionμήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην? οὐχ ἵνα ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν τεθῇ?1

Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “The lamp does not come so that it might be put under a basket or under the bed but so that it might be put on the lampstand.” or “The lamp certainly does not come so that it might be put under a basket or under the bed! No, it comes so that it might be put on the lampstand!”

5574:21l79prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounμήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην? οὐχ ἵνα ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν τεθῇ1

The words The lamp, the basket, the bed, and the lampstand represent lamps, baskets, beds, and lampstands in general, not one particular lamp, basket, bed, or lampstand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Lamps do not come so that they might be put under baskets or under beds, do they? Is it not so that they might be put on lampstands”

5584:21zzw7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personificationμήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος1

Here Jesus speaks as if the lamp were a person who could come. He means that someone lights the lamp and brings it into a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The lamp is not lit … is it” or “The lamp is not brought into a house … is it”

5594:21dkq7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveτεθῇ & οὐχ ἵνα & τεθῇ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone might put it … Is it not so that someone might put it”

5604:21u7lqrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον1

A basket is a large circular container that stores food or other items. If someone put a lamp under this kind of container, it would completely hide the light from the lamp. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “in a box” or “under a container that hides its light”

5614:21y7f9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην1

A bed is a piece of furniture that people would lie on when they were eating or sleeping. Most likely, this kind of bed had short legs that raised it off the floor. If someone put a lamp under this kind of furniture, it would hide the light from the lamp. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “under a couch” or “under furniture”

5624:21gc4src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν1

Here Jesus implies that the lamp can illuminate a large area when it is on a lampstand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on the lampstand to that it illuminates the whole room” or “on the lampstand where it lights up the area”

5634:22pjxirc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesγάρ1

Here, the word For introduces an explanation of the illustration that Jesus gave in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “As you can see,” or “And so,”

5644:22ov23rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbsοὐ & ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν1

Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that things that are hidden or secret only in order that they might be revealed or come into visibility. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “things are not hidden except so that they might be revealed. Things have not become secret except so that they might come into visibility”

5654:22kc6krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismοὐ & ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν1

These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses into one. Alternate translation: “it is not hidden except so that it might be revealed; yes, it has not become secret except so that it might come into visibility” or “it is not hidden except so that it will come into visibility”

5664:22y5knrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptionsοὐ & ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν1

If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making statements here and then contradicting them, you could reword this sentence to avoid using exception clauses. Alternate translation: “it is only hidden so that it might be revealed, and it has only become secret so that it might come into visibility”

5674:22hou4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveοὐ & ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the actions, you could: (1) use indefinite subjects. Alternate translation: “they do not hide it except so that they might reveal it, nor do they make it secret except so that they might bring it into visibility” (2) indicate that God did them. Alternate translation: “God has not hidden it except so that he might reveal it, nor has he made it secret except so that he might bring it into visibility”

5684:22x0dprc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsοὐ & ἐστιν & οὐδὲ ἐγένετο1

The pronoun it in both places refers generally to anything. Jesus may more specifically have in mind the meaning of his preaching or the kingdom of God. However, since Jesus uses a general proverb form, if possible you also should use a general form that could refer to many things. Alternate translation: “nothing is … nothing has become” or “something is not … nor has something become”

5694:22h8pkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of visibility, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it might become visible”

5704:22qzfxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν1

Here, the phrase it will come into visibility means that something will be revealed or become known. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it will be known”

5714:23k1a8εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω1

See how you translated the similar sentence in 4:9.

5724:24r2r1rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοῖς1

Here, just as in 4:21, the pronoun them could refer to: (1) all the people who were nearby, including both the disciples and the crowds. Alternate translation: “to the disciples and the crowds” or “everyone who was with him” (2) just the disciples. Alternate translation: “to the disciples”

5734:24d1bsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorβλέπετε1

Here Jesus speaks as if people who Watch things that they hear. He means that they need to pay attention to what they hear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to”

5744:24en93rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbsἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν1

Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb. He could be using it to teach: (1) that people learn and understand only whatever they chose to listen carefully to. Alternate translation: “Whatever you pay attention to is what you will learn and know” or “How you listen shows what you will know and understand” (2) that people eventually experience for themselves how they have treated other people. Alternate translation: “what you give to others is what you will get and acquire in return” or “what you do to others will be done to you”

5754:24zis1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of measure, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you measure”

5764:24c4xprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will measure it to you, and he will add it to you”

5774:24lqorrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν1

In both places, the word it refers to what you measure. Jesus is speaking in general about anything that people measure, so you should avoid making the phrase specific. Alternate translation: “the same thing will be measured to you, and it will be added to you” or “that very thing will be measured to you, and it will be added to you”

5784:24sbmkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomπροστεθήσεται ὑμῖν1

Here Jesus uses the phrase will be added to you to indicate that God will give all what is measured. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it will be given to you”

5794:25xmehrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said in the previous verse about paying careful attention to what one hears. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is what I mean:” or “To put it another way,”

5804:25nkthrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbsὃς & ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ; καὶ ὃς οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ1

Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that people who have something usually gain more of it, while people who have very little usually lose everything. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “people who have things receive more, and people who do not have things lose what they used to have”

5814:25arv6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὃς & ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ; καὶ ὃς οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ1

Here Jesus implies that what the person has or does not have is knowledge or understanding about the good news that Jesus proclaims. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he who has understanding, it will be given to him, and he who does not have understanding, even what he has will be taken away from him” or “he who has knowledge about the gospel, more will be given to him, and he who does not have knowledge about the gospel, even what knowledge he has will be taken away from him”

5824:25i24lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveδοθήσεται & ἀρθήσεται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will give … God will take away”

5834:25jfogrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsὃς & αὐτῷ & ὃς οὐκ ἔχει & ἔχει & αὐτοῦ1

Although the terms he and him are masculine in this verse, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “the person who … to that person … the person who does not have … that person … him or her”

5844:25ocegrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ1

Here, the word and introduces a person who does not have in contrast to the person who has. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but”

5854:25emrzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleὃς οὐκ ἔχει1

Jesus says he who does not have here as a generalization for emphasis. It is clear in the second half of the sentence that the person did have something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “he who has almost nothing” or “he who does not have much”

5864:26n1mqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parablesοὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ: ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς1

To teach his audience, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story. Thus is the kingdom of God: As a man throws seed on the ground”

5874:26r5n7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simileοὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ: ὡς ἄνθρωπος1

Jesus is saying that the kingdom of God is like a man who throws seed on the ground. The following verses will give further information about this comparison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different form that introduces this kind of comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like a man who”

5884:26htarrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsἄνθρωπος1

Here and in the following verses, Jesus tells a story about a specific man. It is not important for the story whether the person is a man or a woman. If you have a form that refers to any person without identifying a gender, you could use it here. Otherwise, you could identify the person as a man, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “a person”

5894:26in2lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitβάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς1

While there are many ways to sow or plant seeds, here Jesus is describing a practice in which a farmer picks up handfuls of seed and throws them so that they are scattered all over the top of the soil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what the man is doing. Alternate translation: “sows the seed on the earth” or “scatters the seeds over the field”

5904:26gd9brc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsτὸν σπόρον1

Here, the word seed is singular in form, but it refers to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the seeds”

5914:27b0usrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomκαθεύδῃ καὶ ἐγείρηται, νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν1

Here Jesus means that the farmer sleeps at night and gets up when it is day. This indicates that the farmer lives a normal life and does what he normally does over a period of many days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he sleeps at night and gets up in the morning each day” or “he lives a normal life over the next days”

5924:27dgymrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsὁ σπόρος1

See how you translated the seed in 4:26. Alternate translation: “the seeds”

5934:27pul0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὡς1

Here Jesus implies that the farmer does not understand the process by which the seed sprouts and grows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “how the seed does that” or “the way in which that happens”

5944:27yqr9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounsαὐτός1

Jesus uses the word himself to emphasize how significant it was that the farmer does not know. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “he indeed”

5954:28b4xlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personificationἡ γῆ καρποφορεῖ1

Here, Jesus speaks of The soil as if it were a person who could produce a crop. He means that the plants grow out of the soil and produce a crop. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The crop grows from the soil” or “Each plant sprouts out of the soil to produce a crop”

5964:28dcwqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomαὐτομάτη1

Here, the phrase of its own accord indicates that the soil produced the crop without help or assistance from anyone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by itself” or “without any help”

5974:28cew8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownχόρτον1

Here, the word blade refers to a leaf of the grain plant. This is the first part of the plant that comes up through the soil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a leaf” or “a sprout”

5984:28i7lqrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownστάχυν & τῷ στάχυϊ1

The head is the topmost part of the grain plant. The head holds the mature grain or seeds of the plant, which are the parts that people eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the top of the grain plant … the top of the grain plant” or “the edible part of the grain plant … the edible part of the grain plant”

5994:28gesiπλήρης σῖτον1

Alternate translation: “full-grown grain” or “grain that is ready to eat”

6004:29s2cfrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsπαραδοῖ ὁ καρπός1

Here, the word fruit is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits, or seeds of grain, as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “grain seeds hand over”

6014:29hepgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomπαραδοῖ ὁ καρπός1

Here, the clause the fruit hands over means that the crop of grain is ripe and ready to be used for food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fruit is ripe” or “the fruit is ready”

6024:29hdp8rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultεὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον, ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because the harvest has come, he immediately sends the sickle”

6034:29ah9drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸ δρέπανον1

Here, the sickle represents workers who use sickles to harvest the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people with sickles” or “workers who use sickles to harvest the crop”

6044:29yd1drc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownδρέπανον1

A sickle is a tool with a curved blade that agricultural workers use to cut down standing crops in order to harvest them. If your readers would not be familiar with what a sickle is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sharp harvesting tool”

6054:29hx6vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomπαρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός1

Here, the clause the harvest has come means that it is the right time for the harvest to begin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is harvest time” or “it is the right time for the harvest”

6064:30ivk2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionπῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν?1

Jesus is using the question form to introduce what he is about to teach. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We will now compare the kingdom of God to something. We will put it in a parable.”

6074:30v30arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveπῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν1

By we, Jesus means himself and his audience, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Jesus uses this form because he wants his audience to be involved in thinking about how parables can help explain the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “What would be a good comparison for us to use for the kingdom of God, or what parable could we use for it”

6084:30lj2frc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesἢ1

Here, the word or introduces another similar question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a related question, or you could leave or untranslated. Alternate translation: “and” or “or again,”

6094:30jdufrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν1

Here Jesus speaks as if the kingdom of God were an object that he could put in a parable, which he speaks about as if it were a container. He means that he can explain the kingdom of God by using a parable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with what parable will we describe it” or “what parable can we use to explain it”

6104:31qvr0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parablesὡς κόκκῳ σινάπεως1

To teach his audience, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: It is like a mustard seed”

6114:31l8ghrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownκόκκῳ σινάπεως1

A mustard seed is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of seed, in your translation you could use the name of another seed like it, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed”

6124:31-32dfkfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoὃς ὅταν σπαρῇ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, μικρότερον ὂν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς & καὶ ὅταν σπαρῇ, ἀναβαίνει1

Here Jesus repeats the clause when it has been sown. This was a natural way in his language to describe the seed and the action. If repeating this clause would be redundant in your language, you could rearrange the clauses and only include the repeated clause once. Alternate translation: “which, being the smallest of all the seeds on the earth, when it has been sown, grows”

6134:31w4l5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσπαρῇ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “a person has sown it” or “they have sown it”

6144:31jf5brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleμικρότερον & πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων1

Jesus says smallest of all the seeds here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “one of the smallest seeds” or “smaller than most seeds”

6154:32osdkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσπαρῇ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. See how you expressed the idea in 4:31. Alternate translation: “a person has sown it” or “they have sown it”

6164:32p9ntrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownπάντων τῶν λαχάνων1

The phrase vegetable plants refers to plants that people grow so that they can eat them or parts of them. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “all the other plants that people grow to eat” or “all the plants that people have in their gardens”

6174:32x1xhποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους1

Alternate translation: “it grows large branches”

6184:32tyokrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoτὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ1

In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “the birds”

6194:32lu6urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκατασκηνοῦν1

Here, the word nest could indicate that: (1) the birds are building nests in the shadow of the mustard plant. Alternate translation: “build nests” (2) the birds are perching or resting in the shadow of the mustard plant. Alternate translation: “perch” or “roost”

6204:32dywvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὑπὸ τὴν σκιὰν αὐτοῦ1

Here, the phrase in its shadow could imply that the birds are nesting: (1) in the lower branches of the plant, which are in the shadow of the higher branches. Alternate translation: “in its shadow in the lower branches” (2) on the ground that is in the shadow of the plant. Alternate translation: “in its shadow on the ground”

6214:33-34y7i2rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstoryκαὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς, ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν & χωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς, κατ’ ἰδίαν δὲ τοῖς ἰδίοις μαθηταῖς, ἐπέλυεν πάντα1

This sentence marks the end of Jesus’ teaching by summarizing how Jesus taught the crowds. Use a natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a speech. Alternate translation: “Before he stopped teaching them, he used many such parables to speak the word to them, just as they were able to hear; but he did not speak to them without a parable, but by himself he explained everything to his own disciples”

6224:33nfckrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸν λόγον1

Mark is using the term word to mean the gospel, which Jesus preached using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel”

6234:33vofcrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοῖς1

The pronoun them refers to the people who were there with him, not just the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “to the crowds” or “to the people who were near him”

6244:33u82irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν1

Here Mark could mean that: (1) Jesus told his audience as much as he knew that they could hear. Alternate translation: “teaching them all the things that they were able to hear” (2) Jesus spoke to his audience in a way that he knew they could hear. Alternate translation: “teaching them in a way that they could hear”

6254:33kol8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀκούειν1

Here Mark uses the word hear to refer to both hearing and understanding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to realize what he meant”

6264:34oo4trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesχωρὶς & παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative word not and the negative preposition without. Alternate translation: “he was only speaking to them with a parable”

6274:34gp99rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπάντα1

Here, the word everything refers to every parable that Jesus spoke to the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “every parable”

6284:35jz5xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰς τὸ πέραν1

Here Jesus implies that he wants to go with the disciples to the other side of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the lake” or “to the opposite side of the Sea of Galilee”

6294:36y2y2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπαραλαμβάνουσιν αὐτὸν1

Here Mark implies that they took Jesus across the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they take him across the lake with them”

6304:36iybdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὡς ἦν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ1

Here Mark means that Jesus was already in the boat, so they could leave right away (see 4:1). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as he was already in the boat” or “using the boat he was sitting in”

6314:36z8gsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἄλλα πλοῖα ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ1

Here Mark implies that other people got into boats and sailed with Jesus and his disciples across the lake. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “many people got into other boats to sail with him”

6324:37fmgzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐπέβαλλεν εἰς1

When waves are breaking into a boat, they are high enough that they come over the side of the boat and splash water into it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were coming over the sides into”

6334:37oad8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἤδη γεμίζεσθαι τὸ πλοῖον1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the waves. Alternate translation: “the waves were already filling the boat”

6344:38cetsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounsαὐτὸς ἦν1

Mark uses the word himself to emphasize how significant it was that Jesus was in the stern, sleeping. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “as for Jesus, he was”

6354:38uauqrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτῇ πρύμνῃ1

The word stern is a nautical term that means the back of a ship. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you could state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “the back end of the boat”

6364:38lwedrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτὸ προσκεφάλαιον1

A cushion is a soft object that person would lie or rest on. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of object, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the sleeping pad” or “a soft surface”

6374:38b4xbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionοὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα?1

The disciples are using the question form to show Jesus that they are afraid and to convince him to do something to help them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “it should be a concern to you that we are perishing.” or “it is clearly not a concern to you that we are perishing!”

6384:38viz2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsοὐ μέλει σοι1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of concern, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “does it not concern you”

6394:38fu0nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularσοι1

Because the disciples are speaking to Jesus, the word you here is singular.

6404:38qtb3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveἀπολλύμεθα1

Here, the word we includes both Jesus and the disciples. Your language may require you to mark this form.

6414:39yym6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletσιώπα, πεφίμωσο1

The terms Be silent and Be still mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Be very calm!” or “Be completely still!”

6424:39mnsarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularσιώπα, πεφίμωσο1

Because Jesus is speaking to the sea, the commands Be silent and Be still are singular.

6434:39ydoarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐγένετο γαλήνη μεγάλη1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of calm, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sea became very calm”

6444:40w5n4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples for being cowardly and for not yet having faith. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “You should not be cowardly. I am disappointed that you do not have more faith.” or “Do not be cowardly! You should already have faith!”

6454:40t6qfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsοὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Jesus could be implying that this faith is in: (1) God. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet believe God” (2) himself. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet trust me”

6464:41txh1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐφοβήθησαν φόβον μέγαν1

Here, the phrase feared a great fear means that they were extremely afraid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were extremely afraid” or “they were terrified”

6474:41u8e1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureτίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ?1

If it would be helpful in your language, you could turn this into two sentences, one asking the question, and the other giving the reason for the question. Alternate translation: “Who then is this? Even the wind and the sea obey him!”

6484:41biogτίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ1

This is a genuine question, not a statement in question form. The disciples are looking for information about what kind of person Jesus could be if he can do these things. Alternate translation: “Who then is this person, for even the wind and the sea obey him”

6494:41hc6src://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultτίς ἄρα1

Here, the word then indicates that the disciples ask this question in response to what Jesus has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “So then, who” or “Given what he just did, who”

6505:introlh250

Mark 5 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

  1. Jesus teaches and performs miracles (3:7–6:6)
    • Casting demons out of a man (5:1–20)
    • Healing a woman and resurrecting a girl (5:21–43)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Resurrecting the dead

In 5:21–24 and 5:35–43, Mark narrates how Jesus raised a girl from the dead. While Jesus describes her as only “sleeping,” he uses this word to indicate that the girl will “wake up” from being dead. The story clearly indicates that the girl had died and that Jesus raises her from the dead by touching her.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

How to refer to the demons and the demon-possessed man

In 5:1–20, Jesus encounters a man whom demons had possessed. As Jesus interacts with this man, it becomes clear that there are three different entities who are involved. First, there is the man himself, but what he says and does is only what the demons want him to do. Second, there is a specific demon who seems to act as the spokesperson or leader for multiple demons. Third, there are the other demons, of whom there are so many that the man is called “Legion.” As Mark narrates the story, he sometimes refers to the man, sometimes to the individual demon, and sometimes to all the demons. Further, it is not always clear which of these three entities speaks and is spoken to by Jesus. Consider how you might refer to a demon-possessed person in this situation. If possible, preserve Mark’s switches between singular and plural, since learning that there are many demons is an important part of the story. Further, Mark implies that the man and the demons are so closely connected that referring to what the man did is the same as referring to what the demons did, and vice versa.

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogues between Jesus and other individuals. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

The historic present

To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 7, 9, 15, 19, 22, 23, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40 and 41. If it would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])

6515:1fix1rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”

6525:1gt8arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἦλθον1

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “they came”

6535:1vsc7rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesτῶν Γερασηνῶν1

The name Gerasenes refers to the people who lived in and near the town of Gerasa.

6545:1dzc1rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsτῶν Γερασηνῶν1

Many ancient manuscripts read Gerasenes. The ULT follows that reading. Some ancient manuscripts read “Gadarenes,” and other ancient manuscripts read “Gergesenes.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

6555:2pf16rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξελθόντος1

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”

6565:2zwtqrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsὑπήντησεν αὐτῷ ἐκ τῶν μνημείων ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ1

Here Mark introduces a man with an unclean spirit as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a certain man came from the tombs to meet him. This man had an unclean spirit”

6575:3pinmrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundὃς τὴν κατοίκησιν εἶχεν ἐν τοῖς μνήμασιν1

Here Mark provides background information that will help readers understand what happens next. This background information continues in 5:4 and 5:5. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “and here is what that man was like. He had his dwelling in the tombs”

6585:3-4nll4rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridgeκαὶ οὐδὲ ἁλύσει οὐκέτι οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο αὐτὸν δῆσαι & διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσι δεδέσθαι, καὶ διεσπάσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι1

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 5:3 and 5:4 into a verse bridge in order to include the basis for the claim that no one was able to bind him anymore before the claim. Alternate translation: “and he had often been bound with shackles and chains, and the chains had been torn apart by him and the shackles had been shattered. So, no one was strong enough to subdue him or to bind him anymore, not even with a chain”

6595:3pjsxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὐκέτι οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο αὐτὸν δῆσαι1

Here Mark implies that people tried to bind this man to keep him from hurting people and breaking things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “no one was able to bind him anymore to keep him from hurting others” or “no one was able to use bonds to restrain him anymore”

6605:3dryirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐκέτι οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο1

The words translated no one and anymore are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “people were able … no longer”

6615:3nsolrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἁλύσει1

A chain is a long, flexible fastener that is made from multiple rings of metal connected together. Chains are usually used to secure objects or bind things together. If your readers would not be familiar with chains, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “with metal links connected together”

6625:4da4xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveαὐτὸν πολλάκις & δεδέσθαι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the people who lived nearby. Alternate translation: “the people who lived there had often bound him”

6635:4fk7trc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownπέδαις & τὰς πέδας1

The word shackles refers to pieces of metal that are fastened around the ankles of prisoners. These pieces of metal are connected together by ropes or chains, which prevent the prisoners from moving quickly or far. If your readers would not be familiar with shackles, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “with leg irons … the leg irons” or “with strong restraints … the restraints”

6645:4dk1lrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἁλύσεσι & τὰς ἁλύσεις1

See how you translated the word chains in 5:3. Alternate translation: “metal links connected together … the metal links”

6655:4rjo3rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ2

Here, the word and introduces what the demon-possessed man did in contrast to what the people who tied him up wanted him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but”

6665:4nep6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveδιεσπάσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had torn apart the chains and had shattered the shackles”

6675:5ohvkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomδιὰ παντὸς νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας1

Here, the phrase throughout every night and day indicates that this man was crying out and cutting himself with stones during both the day and the night. This means that he was doing those things very often every day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the time” or “during every day and every night”

6685:6y6c2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν1

Here Mark stops giving background information and returns to the events in the story that he is telling. He implies that the man saw Jesus when he arrived in the boat from the other side of the Sea of Galilee (see 5:1–2). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Now, having seen Jesus from a distance when he got out of the boat”

6695:6w9zdrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionπροσεκύνησεν αὐτῷ1

In the Jesus’ culture, bowing down to a person was a way to honor a greater person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what bowing down means. Alternate translation: “prostrated himself before him” or “bowed down to him in respect”

6705:7-8ux6urc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridgeκαὶ κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ λέγει, τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί Ἰησοῦ, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου? ὁρκίζω σε τὸν Θεόν, μή με βασανίσῃς & ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ, ἔξελθε, τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου1

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 5:7 and 5:8 into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include the reason why the man cried out as he did before stating that the man cried out. Alternate translation: “And Jesus was saying to him, ‘Come out from the man, unclean spirit.’ So, crying out with a loud voice, he says, ‘What to me and to you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? I make you swear by God, do not torment me.’”

6715:7x6qjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomκράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ1

Here, the phrase crying out with a loud voice means that the demon raised the volume of its voice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having yelled loudly”

6725:7ppu5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί Ἰησοῦ, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου?1

The man, controlled by the demon, is using the question form to insist on something urgently. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is nothing to me and to you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God!”

6735:7fatrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomτί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί1

Here, the question What to me and to you asks whether you and me have anything in common or have any reason to be together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What do you and I have in common” or “What reason do you have to get involved with me”

6745:7kd19rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciplesΥἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου1

Son of the Most High God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.

6755:7urq0rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulaὁρκίζω σε τὸν Θεόν1

Here the man, controlled by the demon, puts Jesus under oath, or makes him swear by God that he will not torment him. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “I make you swear before God” or “I require that you solemnly promise God”

6765:8ahtnrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the man, controlled by the demon, acted as he did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for an action, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “He said that because” or “That was because”

6775:9h6chrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultΛεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν.1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “We are many, so my name is Legion”

6785:9oa64rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΛεγιὼν1

A Legion is the name of a group of about 6,000 soldiers. So, translate the word Legion with a word in your language that refers to a large number of soldiers. You could show that this was the name of the man by using the convention in your language for proper names. Alternate translation: “is Army” or “is Battalion” or “is Brigade”

6795:9pdyprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπολλοί ἐσμεν1

Here the demon indicates that he is speaking for many demons who are together controlling the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I and the other demons with me are many”

6805:10gtq4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsπολλὰ, ἵνα μὴ αὐτὰ ἀποστείλῃ ἔξω τῆς χώρας1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “much, ‘Do not send us demons out of this region’” or “much, ‘Do not send the legion of demons out of this region’”

6815:11jvrkrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundδὲ1

Mark uses the word But to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. It does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “At the same time,”

6825:12ttpurc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγοντες1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

6835:12kkf9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπέμψον ἡμᾶς εἰς τοὺς χοίρους1

Here the demons imply that they want Jesus to Send them into the pigs when Jesus casts them out of the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Whenever you cast us out of this man, send us into the pigs”

6845:12trn9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperativeπέμψον1

This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you send”

6855:12zmsprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveἡμᾶς & εἰσέλθωμεν1

Here, the words us and we refer only to the demons, not to Jesus or any of his disciples. Your language may require you to mark this form.

6865:12z2j0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰς αὐτοὺς εἰσέλθωμεν1

Here the demons speak of wanting to enter into the herd of pigs. They mean that they want to enter and control the pigs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “we might enter into them and possess them”

6875:13iff6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς1

Here Mark implies that Jesus permitted the demons to enter into the pigs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he permitted them to enter into the pigs”

6885:13lfgrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he told them, ‘You may do so’”

6895:13lv3qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐξελθόντα1

Here Mark implies that the demons came out of the man whom they had been controlling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come out of the man whom they had been possessing”

6905:13ntl1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξελθόντα1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone out”

6915:13zsd6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰσῆλθον εἰς τοὺς χοίρους1

See how you translated the similar phrase in 5:12. Alternate translation: “entered into the pigs and possessed them”

6925:13a28zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὡς δισχίλιοι1

Here Mark indicates that the herd was made up of about 2,000 pigs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which was made up of about 2,000 pigs” or “about 2,000 pigs in all”

6935:13tdfkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐπνίγοντο1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “died by drowning”

6945:14cw1grc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsκαὶ οἱ βόσκοντες αὐτοὺς ἔφυγον1

Here Mark introduces the ones feeding them as new characters in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing new characters. Alternate translation: “And the ones feeding them were there. They ran away”

6955:14e32pοἱ βόσκοντες αὐτοὺς1

Alternate translation: “the ones who were herding the pigs”

6965:14m4r2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merismεἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς1

Here, Mark is referring to that whole region by naming its two primary parts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “throughout the whole area”

6975:14zserrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς1

Here, the city is most likely Gerasa, since Jesus got out of the boat near this town (see 5:1). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the town of Gerasa and in the countryside around it”

6985:14hlenrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἐξῆλθον1

The pronoun they refers to the people who were living in the city and in the countryside. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in those places went out”

6995:14y60prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξῆλθον1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “they came out”

7005:15yghhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχονται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “they go”

7015:15g5j1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸν δαιμονιζόμενον1

Here Mark is referring to the man who had been demon-possessed until Jesus forced the demons out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the one who used to be demon-possessed”

7025:15jkqarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveτὸν δαιμονιζόμενον1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom the demons possessed”

7035:15vvsfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἱματισμένον καὶ σωφρονοῦντα1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wearing clothes and having a sound mind”

7045:15fb4brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomσωφρονοῦντα1

Here, the phrase being sound-minded means that the man was acting rationally and thinking like a normal person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thinking sanely” or “acting rationally”

7055:15dg5orc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomτὸν ἐσχηκότα τὸν λεγεῶνα1

Here Mark means that the man had been possessed or controlled by the legion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one that had been possessed by the legion” or “the one whom the legion had possessed”

7065:15qih4rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτὸν λεγεῶνα1

See how you translated the word legion in Mark 5:9. Here, however, the word is a not a name, so use the appropriate form to refer to a large number of demons. Alternate translation: “the army” or “the battalion” or “the brigade”

7075:15ntu4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐφοβήθησαν1

The implication is that they were afraid of what else such a powerful person as Jesus might do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what else Jesus might do, since they recognized what great power he had”

7085:16yy4brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοἱ ἰδόντες1

Here Mark implies that these people saw what happened to the man and the pigs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “those who had seen what had happened”

7095:16is0rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτῷ δαιμονιζομένῳ1

Here Mark is referring to the man who had been demon-possessed until Jesus forced the demons out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar phrase in 5:15. Alternate translation: “to the one who used to be demon-possessed”

7105:16nivbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveτῷ δαιμονιζομένῳ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the one whom the demons possessed”

7115:17hhqmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsαὐτὸν ἀπελθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “him, ‘Please depart from our region’”

7125:18z69mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὁ δαιμονισθεὶς1

Here Mark is referring to the man who had been demon-possessed until Jesus forced the demons out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar phrase in 5:15. Alternate translation: “the one who used to be demon-possessed”

7135:18ayyhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveὁ δαιμονισθεὶς1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom the demons had possessed”

7145:18pup5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsαὐτὸν & ἵνα μετ’ αὐτοῦ ᾖ1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “him, ‘Please let me be with you!’”

7155:18gbnirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomμετ’ αὐτοῦ ᾖ1

Here Mark means that the man wanted to go wherever Jesus went, listen to what he said, and spend much time with him as a disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he might go with him” or “he might follow him”

7165:19m8oqrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces what Jesus said in contrast to what the man wanted him to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “But”

7175:19p7iqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτοὺς σούς1

Here, the phrase translated your {people} could refer to: (1) the man’s family, relatives, and friends. Alternate translation: “the people you know” (2) just the man’s family. Alternate translation: “your family”

7185:19dxnprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismὅσα ὁ Κύριός σοι πεποίηκεν, καὶ ἠλέησέν σε1

The phrases has done for you and had mercy on you mean similar things. Jesus is using the two phrases together for emphasis. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two phrases. Alternate translation: “as much as the Lord has done for you; yes, as much as he has had mercy on you” or “as much as the Lord has mercifully done for you”

7195:19h82trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὁ Κύριός & πεποίηκεν1

Here, the phrase the Lord could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “God, the Lord, has done” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “I, the Lord, have done”

7205:19e4y6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἠλέησέν σε1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of mercy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “been merciful to you”

7215:20g8edrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesτῇ Δεκαπόλει1

The word Decapolis is a name for a region to the southeast of Galilee. The nadaughtersans “the Ten Towns.”

7225:20y8vnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπάντες1

Mark is using the adjective all as a noun to mean all the people who heard what the man proclaimed. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all the people who listened to him”

7235:21lbcdrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ διαπεράσαντος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ πάλιν εἰς τὸ πέραν, συνήχθη ὄχλος πολὺς ἐπ’ αὐτόν, καὶ ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν1

This verse introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “At that time, Jesus crossed over again to the other side in the boat. When he arrived, a great crowd was gathered around him, and he was beside the sea.”

7245:21pf3xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheδιαπεράσαντος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ1

Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, along with his disciples, having crossed over”

7255:21wzusrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰς τὸ πέραν1

Here Mark implies that Jesus crossed over to the other side of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the lake” or “to the opposite side of the Sea of Galilee”

7265:21mtolrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσυνήχθη1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered” or “came together”

7275:22ilnkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsἰδοὺ1

Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly”

7285:22s3xerc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsἔρχεται εἷς τῶν ἀρχισυναγώγων ὀνόματι Ἰάειρος1

Here Mark introduces the synagogue ruler as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “a man comes. He was one of the synagogue rulers, Jairus by name”

7295:22v1dmrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesἸάειρος1

The word Jairus is the name of a man.

7305:22u1rxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχεται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “goes”

7315:22uedsrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionπίπτει πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ1

In Jesus’ culture, falling at someone’s feet was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “he throws himself on the ground” or “he falls at his feet to show respect”

7325:23oku2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsλέγων1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

7335:23x9qgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismἐσχάτως ἔχει1

Jairus is using the phrase is having {her} end to indicate that his daughter is about to die. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is on her deathbed” or “will soon breath her last” or “will die soon”

7345:23jd27rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultἵνα ἐλθὼν, ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ1

Here, the phrase so that introduces what Jairus wants Jesus to do in response to what Jairus has told him about his daughter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduce a desired response to a situation. Alternate translation: “so I ask that you, coming, lay your hands on her” or “and so, coming, I wish that you will lay your hands on her”

7355:23budrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐλθὼν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of coming. Alternate translation: “going”

7365:23kzz8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσωθῇ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Jesus. Alternate translation: “you might heal her”

7375:24ptj7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheἀπῆλθεν1

Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, went away”

7385:25e2czrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsγυνὴ οὖσα ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος δώδεκα ἔτη1

Here Mark introduces this woman as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a woman there. She had been with a flow of blood for 12 years”

7395:25h58wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismοὖσα ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος1

Mark uses the phrase a flow of blood to refer discreetly to her condition or illness. She was probably experiencing menstrual bleeding at many times, even when it was not the normal time for that. If your language has a polite way of referring to this condition, you could use that expression here, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “suffering from abnormal menstruation” or “suffering from frequent menstrual bleeding”

7405:26mn67rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundκαὶ πολλὰ παθοῦσα ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἰατρῶν1

Here Mark provides background information that will help readers understand what happens next. This background information continues in the first part of 5:27. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “and in the past having suffered much from many physicians”

7415:26dus5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπολλὰ παθοῦσα ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἰατρῶν1

Here Mark could mean that the woman: (1) suffered from the treatments that the physicians used. Alternate translation: “having suffered much from the physicians’ treatments” or “being made to suffer by many physicians” (2) suffering while being treated by the physicians. Alternate translation: “having suffered much as physicians tried to treat her”

7425:26ogxdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitδαπανήσασα τὰ παρ’ ἑαυτῆς πάντα1

Here Mark implies that she spent everything {that was} from herself to pay the physicians to treat her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having spent everything that was from herself to pay for her treatments”

7435:26k9yjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomτὰ παρ’ ἑαυτῆς πάντα1

Here, the phrase everything {that was} from herself refers to all the money and belongings that the woman had. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that she had” or “all her money and possessions”

7445:26ewnxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomεἰς τὸ χεῖρον ἐλθοῦσα1

Here, the phrase having come to the worse means that the woman’s situation was getting worse. In other words, she was becoming more sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “getting worse” or “worsening”

7455:27-28lhrlrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridgeἀκούσασα τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἐλθοῦσα ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ ὄπισθεν, ἥψατο τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ & ἔλεγεν γὰρ, ὅτι ἐὰν ἅψωμαι κἂν τῶν ἱματίων αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι1

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 5:27 and 5:28 into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include what the woman is thinking before she acts based on what she is thinking. Alternate translation: “heard the things about Jesus. She was saying, ‘If I touch just his clothes, I will be saved.’ So, having come up behind him in the crowd, she touched his cloak.”

7465:27z2hgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ1

Here Mark implies that the woman heard the things that Jesus had done to heal people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that Jesus had healed people”

7475:27qittrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐλθοῦσα1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone up”

7485:27lfzgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfoἥψατο τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ1

Here Mark does not explain why she touched the edge of his cloak. Since Mark does explain it in the next verse, you should not explain its meaning here.

7495:28alc9rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the woman touched Jesus’ clothes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for an action, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is why she did that:” or “She did that because”

7505:28ru14rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἔλεγεν & ὅτι ἐὰν ἅψωμαι κἂν τῶν ἱματίων αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “she was saying that if she could touch just his clothes, she would be saved”

7515:28ob1prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔλεγεν1

Here Mark implies that the woman was saying these things to herself or that she was thinking these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “she was saying to herself” or “she was thinking”

7525:28krs2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἅψωμαι κἂν1

Here, the word just indicates that the woman thinks that, to be healed, she does not need to do anything more than touch Jesus’ clothes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all I do is touch” or “I can just touch”

7535:28wge2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσωθήσομαι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could indicate that is God or Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “God will save me” or “he will save me”

7545:29ku4krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐξηράνθη1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “dried up” or “ceased”

7555:29c1vzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could indicate that is God or Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “God had healed her from the disease” or “Jesus had healed her from the disease”

7565:29fsztrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of affliction, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from how she was afflicted”

7575:30zk5xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐπιγνοὺς ἐν ἑαυτῷ1

Here Mark means that Jesus realized that power had gone out from him because of something inside him, not because he saw or felt what the woman had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having sensed” or “having felt inside”

7585:30ma2brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν1

When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt the power going out from him to heal her. However, this does not mean that Jesus no longer had that power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the power from him effecting somebody else” or “the power from him healing someone”

7595:30m1sirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of power, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that something powerful had happened because of him” or “that how powerful he was had accomplished something”

7605:31pgpcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitβλέπεις τὸν ὄχλον συνθλίβοντά σε1

By saying this, the disciples were implying that anyone could have touched Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You see the crowd pressing around you, so any one of them might have touched you”

7615:31t31qκαὶ λέγεις, τίς μου ἥψατο?1

Here, the disciples could be: (1) making a statement that quotes Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “and you are asking, ‘Who touched me?’” (2) asking a rhetorical question that implies that Jesus’ question is unreasonable. Alternate translation: “so why do you say, ‘Who touched me?’”

7625:31qfp2rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ2

Here, the word and introduces what Jesus asked in contrast to the situation that he was in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but” or “yet”

7635:31cxmkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesλέγεις, τίς μου ἥψατο1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you ask who touched you.”

7645:31l40wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ironyλέγεις1

Here the disciples repeat what Jesus said to show that they think this is an unreasonable or silly question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you still say” or “for some reason you say”

7655:32ts64rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces what Jesus did in contrast to what the disciples suggested he do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “Despite that,”

7665:32x9gwrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsτοῦτο ποιήσασαν1

The pronoun this refers to touching Jesus’ clothing. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to this action more directly. Alternate translation: “having touched his robe” or “having done the touching”

7675:33e8xtrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultφοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα, εἰδυῖα ὃ γέγονεν αὐτῇ, ἦλθεν1

Here, the phrase having known what had happened to her gives a reason for why the woman behaved as she did. It could most specifically give the reason for why: (1) she came to Jesus. Alternate translation: “having become afraid and trembling, came because she knew what had happened to her” (2) she was afraid and trembling. Alternate translation: “having become afraid and trembling because she knew what had happened to her, came”

7685:33r3a0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadysφοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα1

This phrase expresses a single idea by using two terms connected with and. The word trembling tells how the woman physically experienced being afraid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use and. Alternate translation: “trembling with fear” or “trembling fearfully”

7695:33uefxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἦλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”

7705:33fxxfrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionπροσέπεσεν αὐτῷ1

In the Jesus’ culture, falling down before a person was a way to honor a greater person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what falling down means. Alternate translation: “prostrated herself before him” or “bowed down to him in respect”

7715:33b6kzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsεἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of truth, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “truthfully told him everything”

7725:33b39mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν1

Here Mark implies that the woman told the whole truth about what she had done and what happened to her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the whole truth about what she had done” or “the whole truth about the events that had just occurred”

7735:34k971rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

7745:34gbk8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorθυγάτηρ1

Here Jesus calls the woman Daughter to indicate that he cares for her. The word also implies that the woman was younger than Jesus. The woman was not actually Jesus’ daughter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form of address that an older person would use to show that they care for a younger person. Alternate translation: “My friend” or “Dear woman”

7755:34unp0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you believed, and that has caused you to be saved”

7765:34sbvmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personificationἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε1

Jesus speaks of the woman’s faith as if it had actively saved her. He means that her faith was the necessary condition for the healing that she received from God. Alternate translation: “because of your faith, you have been saved”

7775:34lfh7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomὕπαγε εἰς εἰρήνην1

This is a way of saying goodbye and giving a blessing at the same time. Alternate translation: “May God give you peace as you go” or “As you go, do not worry anymore,”

7785:34h342rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsεἰς εἰρήνην1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of peace, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “peacefully”

7795:34d8uzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἴσθι ὑγιὴς ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγός σου1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no longer have your affliction” or “be healthy, without your affliction”

7805:34sgvsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγός σου1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of affliction, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from how you were afflicted”

7815:35n9nmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος1

Here Mark implies that Jesus was still saying what Mark recorded in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “He still saying those things” or “He still speaking to the woman”

7825:35gyx6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχονται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “they go”

7835:35cxr4rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἔρχονται1

The pronoun they refers to people who were at Jairus’ house. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “people come”

7845:35sau6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου1

Here, the synagogue ruler represents the house of the synagogue ruler. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the synagogue ruler’s home”

7855:35iftjrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγοντες1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

7865:35t2wdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον?1

The people from Jairus’ house are using the question form to suggest how Jairus should behave. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no need to bother the teacher further.” or “It is useless to bother the teacher further!”

7875:35vqt0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον?1

This question implies that Jesus will not be able to do anything to help, since the girl is dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Since there is nothing more that Jesus can do for you, why make him come to your house”

7885:36r1jwπαρακούσας1

Here, the word translated having overheard could mean that Jesus: (1) listened in on the conversation between the messengers and Jairus. Alternate translation: “having listened in on” (2) ignored what the messengers told Jairus. Alternate translation: “having ignored” or “having disregarded”

7895:36edb0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸν λόγον λαλούμενον1

Here, word represents what the messengers said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what they spoke” or “the news they brought”

7905:36wuejrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveλαλούμενον1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the people who came from Jairus’ house. Alternate translation: “that those people spoke”

7915:36q8atrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπίστευε1

Here Jesus implies that Jairus, the synagogue ruler, should believe in Jesus, specifically that Jesus can help his daughter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “believe in me” or “believe that I can save your daughter”

7925:37g616rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptionsοὐκ ἀφῆκεν οὐδένα μετ’ αὐτοῦ συνακολουθῆσαι, εἰ μὴ τὸν Πέτρον, καὶ Ἰάκωβον, καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἰακώβου1

If, in your language, it would appear that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “he allowed only Peter and James and John the brother of James to accompany him”

7935:37kk98rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitαὐτοῦ1

Here Mark implies that Jairus, the synagogue ruler, went with Jesus as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “him and the synagogue ruler” or “him and Jairus”

7945:37pshlrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinshipτὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἰακώβου1

Mark never says whether James or John was older, but he mentions James first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that John was younger. See how you expressed the idea in 1:19. Alternate translation: “the younger brother of James”

7955:38nb2wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔρχονται1

Here Mark implies that Peter, James, John, and Jairus were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they come” or “Jesus, Jairus, and the three disciples come”

7965:38pcgirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχονται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “he goes”

7975:38flu7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadysθόρυβον, καὶ κλαίοντας καὶ ἀλαλάζοντας πολλά1

This phrase expresses a single idea by using two terms connected with and. The phrase weeping and much wailing explains what actions created the commotion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use and. Alternate translation: “a commotion, including weeping and much wailing” or “a commotion caused by weeping and much wailing”

7985:38u8zerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletκλαίοντας καὶ ἀλαλάζοντας πολλά1

The terms weeping and much wailing mean similar things. Mark is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “very much mourning” or “a great deal of weeping”

7995:39atr1rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultτί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε? τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “The child did not die but is sleeping. So, why are you being disturbed and weeping?”

8005:39a3ihrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the people who were at the house. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Stop being disturbed and weeping.” or “This is not a time to be disturbed and weeping!”

8015:39p5ahrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveθορυβεῖσθε1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are you making a commotion” or “are you being noisy”

8025:39t35hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularθορυβεῖσθε1

Because Jesus is speaking to many people in the house, the word you is plural.

8035:39dzrkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸ παιδίον1

Here, the word child refers to a very young woman. Mark clarifies in 5:42 that she was about 12 years old. Use a word or phrase in your language that refers to a girl who is about this age. Alternate translation: “The young girl”

8045:40g8k1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτοὺς μετ’ αὐτοῦ1

Here Mark is referring to the three disciples (Peter, James, and John) whom Jesus took with him (see 5:37). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the three disciples”

8055:41hx3crc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterateταλιθὰ, κοῦμ! ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον τὸ κοράσιον, σοὶ λέγω ἔγειρε!1

The phrase Talitha, koum is an Aramaic phrase. Mark spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he explained what it meant: Little girl, I say to you, arise. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “‘Talitha, koum!’ which is Aramaic for, ‘Little girl, I say to you, arise.’”

8065:41igcwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which we translate as,”

8075:42lfi6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureκαὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα & καὶ ἐξέστησαν εὐθὺς ἐκστάσει μεγάλῃ1

In this verse, Mark introduces some extra information about the little girl: she was 12 years old. Consider where you might include this information and how you might introduce it. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl, who was 12 years, rose up and was walking, and they were immediately astonished with great amazement” or “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking, and they were immediately astonished with great amazement. Now the little girl was 12 years.”

8085:42edfvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀνέστη1

Here, the phrase rose up indicates both that the girl came back to life and that she stood up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “came back to life and got up”

8095:42j8lqrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesγὰρ1

Here, the word for introduces an explanation that indicates that the little girl was old enough to walk. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave for untranslated. Alternate translation: “she was able to walk because” or “as a matter of act,”

8105:42pt5trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἦν & ἐτῶν δώδεκα1

Here Mark means that the little girl was 12 years old. Use whatever form your language commonly uses to indicate how old someone is. Alternate translation: “she had lived 12 years” or “she was 12 years of age”

8115:42m49crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐξέστησαν εὐθὺς1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they immediately marveled”

8125:42p1dyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐξέστησαν εὐθὺς ἐκστάσει μεγάλῃ1

Here, the phrase astonished with great amazement means that they were extremely astonished. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were immediately extremely astonished” or “they were immediately totally amazed”

8135:42atv7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐκστάσει μεγάλῃ1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of amazement, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and greatly amazed”

8145:43po7src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsαὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἵνα μηδεὶς γνοῖ τοῦτο1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “them much, ‘No one must know about this’”

8155:43wcr2μηδεὶς γνοῖ τοῦτο1

Alternate translation: “they should let no one know about this”

8165:43n29krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsεἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he said, ‘Something should be given to her to eat’”

8175:43j8rorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveδοθῆναι αὐτῇ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that would be the girl’s parents. Alternate translation: “her parents should give her something”

8186:introkl7n0

Mark 6 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

  1. Jesus teaches and performs miracles (3:7–6:6)
    • Jesus teaches in his hometown (6:1–6)
  2. Jesus expands his ministry and encounters opposition (6:7–8:21)
    • Jesus sends out the Twelve (6:7–13)
    • Herod hears about Jesus (6:14–16)
    • Flashback: Herod executes John the Baptist (6:17–29)
    • Jesus feeds 5,000 men (6:30–44)
    • Jesus walks on water (6:45–52)
    • Jesus heals people in the region of Gennesaret (6:53–56)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Jesus’ instructions on how to travel

Jesus instructs the disciples not to bring money, food, or extra clothing with them when they travel and preach the good news. Instead, he wants the disciples to rely on the hospitality of people they visit. Make sure that your translation indicates that the disciples should not pack money, food, or extra clothing because they will be staying with people who welcome and provide for them.

Herod and Herodias

The man named “King Herod” (6:14) ruled over the area to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee, which is where Jesus spent much of his ministry. Herodias was married to Herod’s brother Philip, and the two of them had a daughter. However, Herodias divorced Philip and married Herod, who had also divorced his previous wife. Since the Jewish law condemned anyone who married his brother’s wife while his brother was still alive (see Leviticus 20:21), John the Baptist rebuked Herod for doing this. It was in response to this rebuke that Herod had John the Baptist put in prison and eventually executed. Make sure that your translation accurately refers to the relationships between Herod, Herodias, and Herodias’ daughter.

The miracle of multiplying food

In 6:30–44, Mark tells a story in which Jesus provides 5,000 men with food. They were in a place where no people lived, and all the food that Jesus and his disciples had were five loaves of bread and two fish. Despite that, Jesus used the five loaves of bread and the two fish to feed everyone who was there. Mark does not tell us exactly how Jesus did this, but he does say that there were more leftovers than what they started with. Your translation should not explain how Jesus multiplied the food, but it should be clear that he did a miracle.

The miracle of walking on water

In 6:45–52, Mark tells a story in which Jesus walks on top of the Sea of Galilee, even though there was a storm. When Jesus climbs into the boat that the disciples were in, the storm miraculously stops. Your translation should not explain exactly how Jesus walked on the water, but it should be clear that Jesus walking on the water and the storm stopping were both miracles.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

The flashback to John’s death

In this chapter, Mark includes a story that happened before the stories that appear before and after it in his narrative. Previously, Mark narrates how Jesus sent out the Twelve (6:7–13). Then, he describes how people, and especially Herod Antipas, respond to Jesus (see 6:14–16). Then, to explain how Herod responded to Jesus, Mark includes a story that happened earlier. This type of storytelling is called a flashback. Here, the flashback tells about how John the Baptist died (see 6:17–29). In 6:30, Mark returns to the main narrative and tells what happened after the events recorded in 6:7–13. Make sure that you use a form that shows your readers that 6:17–29 is a flashback that describes something that happened previously, and 6:30 continues with the main narrative. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when Jesus is talking to his disciples. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

The historic present

To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 7, 30, 31, 37, 38, 45, 48, and 50. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])

8196:1mi7zrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later,” or “Then”

8206:1lpcirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξῆλθεν & ἔρχεται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went or “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “he came out … goes”

8216:1jcu8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐκεῖθεν1

Here, the word there refers to the house of Jairus, the synagogue ruler. His house was in the town of Capernaum. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from Jairus’ house” or “from Capernaum”

8226:1vf56rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ1

Here, the phrase his hometown refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “his hometown, Nazareth”

8236:2qu8wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveοἱ πολλοὶ ἀκούοντες ἐξεπλήσσοντο λέγοντες1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus and what he said and did. Alternate translation: “he astonished many of the ones hearing him, who were saying” or “what he said astonished many of the ones hearing him, who were saying”

8246:2uf10rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοἱ πολλοὶ ἀκούοντες1

Here, the phrase translated the many ones hearing him could refer to: (1) the many people who were hearing him. In this case, all of the many people were astonished. Alternate translation: “all the many people hearing him” (2) many of the people who were hearing him. In this case, not all of the people were astonished. Alternate translation: “many of the ones hearing him”

8256:2xeh7rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγοντες1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

8266:2bpq5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionπόθεν τούτῳ ταῦτα, καὶ τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ, καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις τοιαῦται διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ γινόμεναι?1

The people in Jesus’ hometown are using the question form to express their surprise that Jesus has wisdom and can do miracles. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We are surprised to see this one doing these things, and we are surprised that this one has been given the wisdom and such miracles happening by his hands.” or “We have no idea where these things that this one does are from, and we do not know what the wisdom that has been given to this one is, and such miracles happening by his hands!”

8276:2s2jgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomπόθεν τούτῳ ταῦτα1

Here, the phrase From where to this one {are} these things asks about the source from which this one, Jesus, was able to do these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What is the source of these things for this one” or “How is this one able to do these things”

8286:2cpf0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ, καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις τοιαῦται1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of wisdom, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how is he as wise as he has been enabled to be, and what are these miracles”

8296:2y4xjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “that someone has given to this one”

8306:2inszrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheδιὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ1

These people are using hands to represent Jesus acting powerfully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by him” or “through his actions”

8316:3s3wlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionοὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς?1

The people are using the question form to show that they know Jesus and his family. They mean that Jesus is just an ordinary person. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “He is only a carpenter, the son of Mary and a brother of James, Joseph, Judas, and Simon. His sisters are here with us.” or “He is only a carpenter! He is the son of Mary a brother of James and Joseph and Judas and Simon! His sisters are right here with us!”

8326:3no4rrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownὁ τέκτων1

The word carpenter refers to someone who builds things with wood. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of worker, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the man who builds with wood” or “the construction worker”

8336:3i9qirc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinshipἀδελφὸς1

Jesus was the older brother of these men. They were sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, Jesus was actually their half-brother. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “older brother,” you could use it here.

8346:3tlubrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesἸωσῆτος & Ἰούδα & Σίμωνος1

The words Joses, Judas, and Simon are the names of men.

8356:3cxgxrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinshipαἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ1

These were Jesus' younger sisters. They were daughteres of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-sisters. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger sister,” you could use it here.

8366:3d2g7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ1

Here Mark speaks as if Jesus were a lump or rock that the people in Jesus’ hometown were stumbling on. He means that these people were offended by him and rejected him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were offended by him” or “they did not listen to him”

8376:3m412rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they were stumbling on him”

8386:4b42wrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptionsοὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ1

If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “A prophet is only without honor”

8396:4l436rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐκ ἔστιν & ἄτιμος1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the negative preposition without. Alternate translation: “has honor” or “is always honored”

8406:4yg9crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἄτιμος1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of honor, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “dishonored” or “treated dishonorably”

8416:4y2oarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ1

Here Jesus uses three terms that refer to people who know the prophet well. The list starts with the broadest category (hometown) and ends with the most specific category (his house). If you have three terms that refer to different groups of people who know a person, you could use them here. Alternatively, if it would be clearer for your readers, you could use one or two terms. Alternate translation: “except among his relatives” or “in his hometown and among his family”

8426:4mgbprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ1

Jesus uses the phrase in his house to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “among his father, mother, or siblings”

8436:5qajxrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptionsοὐκ ἐδύνατο ἐκεῖ ποιῆσαι οὐδεμίαν δύναμιν, εἰ μὴ ὀλίγοις ἀρρώστοις, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας, ἐθεράπευσεν1

If, in your language, it would appear that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only miracles he was able to do there were healing some sick people, having laid his hands on them”

8446:5ystkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐκ ἐδύνατο ἐκεῖ ποιῆσαι οὐδεμίαν δύναμιν1

The words translated not and any are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “he was able to do not even one miracle there”

8456:6-7swqhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureκαὶ ἐθαύμασεν διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν. καὶ περιῆγεν τὰς κώμας, κύκλῳ διδάσκων & καὶ προσκαλεῖται τοὺς δώδεκα, καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοὺς ἀποστέλλειν δύο δύο, καὶ ἐδίδου αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν ἀκαθάρτων1

Here, the clause he was going around the villages teaching could be: (1) the end of the story about Jesus visiting his hometown. Alternate translation: “And he was amazed because of their unbelief, and he was going around the villages in a circle teaching. And he calls the Twelve and began to send them out two by two, and he was giving them authority over the unclean spirits” (2) the beginning of the story about how Jesus sent out the twelve disciples. Alternate translation: “And he was amazed because of their unbelief. And he was going around the villages in a circle teaching, and he calls the Twelve and began to send them out two by two, and he was giving them authority over the unclean spirits”

8466:6e1bbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐθαύμασεν διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was their unbelief. Alternate translation: “their unbelief amazed him”

8476:6j8morc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsδιὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of unbelief, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they did not believe”

8486:6h8f8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὰς κώμας1

Here Mark is referring to the villages in a specific area. He probably means the area near Nazareth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these villages are in a specific region. Alternate translation: “the villages of that region”

8496:6fs98rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὰς κώμας, κύκλῳ1

Here, the phrase in a circle indicates that Jesus went from village to village in the general pattern of a circle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the villages in a circular pattern” or “around the villages, one by one,”

8506:7tdsprc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”

8516:7fd56rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἤρξατο αὐτοὺς ἀποστέλλειν1

Here, the phrase began to send them out indicates that Jesus prepared them for when he would send them out. The Twelve do not actually leave on their mission until 5:12. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “prepared to send them out” or “began to get them ready to send them out”

8526:7d6sxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomδύο δύο1

Here, the phrase two by two means that Jesus sent out the Twelve in six groups with two disciples in each group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in pairs” or “in sets of two”

8536:7ldbvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐδίδου αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν ἀκαθάρτων1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he was empowering them to control the unclean spirits”

8546:8-9pydlrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridgeκαὶ παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον, μὴ ἄρτον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ εἰς τὴν ζώνην χαλκόν & ἀλλὰ ὑποδεδεμένους σανδάλια, καὶ μὴ ἐνδύσησθε δύο χιτῶνας1

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 6:8 and 6:9 into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to put all the negative and positive commands together. Alternate translation: “and he commanded them that they should take nothing for the road—no bread, no bag, no money in the belt—and, ‘You may not wear two tunics.’ However, he allowed them to take a staff and to put on sandals.”

8556:8-9arcbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsαὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον, μὴ ἄρτον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ εἰς τὴν ζώνην χαλκόν & ἀλλὰ ὑποδεδεμένους σανδάλια, καὶ μὴ ἐνδύσησθε δύο χιτῶνας1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation for all these commands. Alternate translation: “them, ‘Take nothing for the road except only a staff—no bread, no bag, no money in the belt—but having put on sandals, and you may not wear two tunics.’”

8566:8k5hlrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptionsμηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον1

If, in your language, it would appear that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only thing they should take for the road was a staff”

8576:8r5sorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyὁδὸν1

Here, road represents a journey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the journey”

8586:8t9a2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheμὴ ἄρτον1

Mark is using bread to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “nothing to eat”

8596:8ykr9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownπήραν1

The term bag means something a traveler would use to carry things that were needed on a journey. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “knapsack”

8606:8rm8zrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownεἰς τὴν ζώνην1

In Jesus’ culture, people would often wrap their money up in long strips of cloth and then tie them around their waists as belts. This was a way to keep the money safe while the people were traveling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “in their money bag” or “to have with you as you travel”

8616:8y56yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounτὴν ζώνην1

The word belt represents belts in general, not one particular belt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “their belts”

8626:9p4hdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsκαὶ μὴ ἐνδύσησθε δύο χιτῶνας1

If you preserved the indirect quotation in the previous clauses, it may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here also. Alternate translation: “and not wearing two tunics”

8636:9g5gqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitδύο χιτῶνας1

Here Jesus implies that they should bring only one tunic instead of two. In other words, they should not bring an extra one in case they needed it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a second tunic” or “a spare tunic”

8646:10cblnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰσέλθητε εἰς οἰκίαν1

Here Jesus implies that they enter this house as a guest who has been invited to stay there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you enter into a house as a guest” or “you are invited to stay at a house”

8656:10iccorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐκεῖθεν1

Here, the word there refers to the city or village that the house is in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from that city or village”

8666:11uh18rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyὃς ἂν τόπος μὴ δέξηται1

Here, place represents represents the people who live in that place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when the people in any place do not receive”

8676:11oa4prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐκπορευόμενοι1

In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “coming out”

8686:11b2kbrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν1

This action was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a house or city to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture in your culture, you could consider referring to it here, or you could explain the meaning of the action. Alternate translation: “wash the dirt of that place off your hands” or “shake off the dust that is under your feet to sever your relationship with that place and”

8696:11njlkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς1

Here Jesus implies that the testimony indicates that these people are in danger of being punished by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for a testimony that they will be punished”

8706:11q73qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsεἰς μαρτύριον1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of testimony, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to testify”

8716:11pkdcrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsεἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς1

Most ancient manuscripts end the verse with the words for a testimony against them. The ULT follows that reading. Some ancient manuscripts include another sentence after these words: “Truly I say to you, it will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah in the day of judgment than for that city.” This sentence was probably added from Matthew 10:15. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, it is recommended that you use the reading of the ULT.

8726:12qkz5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξελθόντες1

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”

8736:12hqcorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἐκήρυξαν ἵνα μετανοῶσιν1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “they proclaimed, ‘You should repent’”

8746:12gkv2rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsμετανοῶσιν1

The pronoun they refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “everyone should repent” or “men and women should repent”

8756:13bf3vrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionἤλειφον ἐλαίῳ πολλοὺς ἀρρώστους1

In Jesus’ culture, anointing people with oil was both a simple medical treatment and also a way to ask God to show favor to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what anointing people with oil means. Alternate translation: “anointing many sick people with oil to help them” or “anointing many sick people with oil to show God’s blessing”

8766:14ykourc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsκαὶ ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης1

Here Mark introduces King Herod as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “Now the ruler over that area was King Herod. And he heard about Jesus”

8776:14btoirc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” or “Sometime later,”

8786:14lyizrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης, φανερὸν γὰρ ἐγένετο τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because his name became known, King Herod heard about him”

8796:14rzorrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ1

Here, name represents the person or news about that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he” or “stories about him”

8806:14sx0rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται ἐκ νεκρῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐνεργοῦσιν αἱ δυνάμεις ἐν αὐτῷ1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were saying that John the Baptist had been raised from the dead, and because of this the powers worked in him”

8816:14qzxurc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἔλεγον1

The pronoun they refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “many were saying” or “people were saying”

8826:14ylqmrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsἔλεγον1

Some ancient manuscripts read they were saying. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “he was saying.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

8836:14wixkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἸωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται ἐκ νεκρῶν1

These people are implying that Jesus is actually John the Baptist, who has been raised from the dead and now goes by the name Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “This man Jesus is actually John the Baptist raised from the dead” or “John the Baptist has been raised from the dead and is now called Jesus”

8846:14vxo7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἸωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται1

Here, the word** raised** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist has been restored to life”

8856:14ly7zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἸωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, these people could be implying that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God has raised John the Baptist” (2) John himself did it. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist has risen”

8866:14wbgyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjἐκ νεκρῶν1

These people are using the adjective dead as a noun in order to refer to all people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from among the dead people” or “from the corpses”

8876:14s0lerc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultδιὰ τοῦτο1

Here, the phrase because of this introduces the result of what these people think about John being raised from the dead. They think that Jesus has powers because he has already been raised from the dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because he has been raised,”

8886:14emjvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personificationἐνεργοῦσιν αἱ δυνάμεις ἐν αὐτῷ1

Here these people speak as if the powers were people that could work in Jesus. They mean that Jesus is powerful and can do powerful things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has his powers” or “he is very powerful”

8896:15n8sqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι προφήτης, ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν1

It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “But others were saying that he was Elijah. But others were saying that he was a prophet, like one of the prophets”

8906:15s5cqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisπροφήτης1

These people are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “He is a prophet”

8916:15xninrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἷς τῶν προφητῶν1

Here these people are referring to the famous prophets who lived many years earlier. There are many stories in the Old Testament about the amazing things these prophets did and said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these specific prophets more explicitly. Alternate translation: “one of the famous prophets from the Scriptures” or “one of the ancient prophets”

8926:16a5hbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα, Ἰωάννην οὗτος ἠγέρθη1

Here, the phrase this one refers directly back to {The one} whom I beheaded, John. Herod expresses the idea in this way to introduce the person he is talking about and then explain what he thinks has happened to that person. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the phrase this one would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “The one whom I beheaded, John, has been raised”

8936:16tc0trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα, Ἰωάννην οὗτος ἠγέρθη1

Herod is implying that Jesus is actually John, who has been raised and now goes by the name Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “This man Jesus is actually the one whom I beheaded, John, who has been raised” or “The one whom I beheaded, John, this one has been raised and is now called Jesus”

8946:16ym2wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα1

Here Herod implies that he had his soldiers behead John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “my soldiers beheaded” or “I had my soldiers behead”

8956:16oidbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomοὗτος ἠγέρθη1

See how you expressed the similar phrase in 6:14. Alternate translation: “has been restored to life”

8966:16n6nqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveοὗτος ἠγέρθη1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, Herod could be implying that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God has raised this one” (2) John himself did it. Alternate translation: “this one has risen”

8976:17-18recprc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridgeαὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν & ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου1

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 6:17 and 6:18 into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include the reasons why Herod seized John and bound him in prison before stating that he did those things. Alternate translation: “For Herod had married Herodias, the wife of his brother Philip. Then, John was saying to Herod, ‘It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother.’ So, because of Herodias, Herod himself, having sent, seized John and bound him in prison.”

8986:17ojtdrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-backgroundγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces background information that tells about how John died. This background information continues in 6:18–29. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information, not the next event in the story. Alternate translation: “Now sometime earlier,” or “By this time, John had already died. Here is what happened:”

8996:17kphwrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultαὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these elements, since the second half of the verse gives reasons for the result that the first half of the verse describes. Alternate translation: “Herod married Herodias, the wife of his brother Philip. Because of her, Herod himself, having sent, seized John and bound him in prison”

9006:17vpr7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitαὐτὸς & ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ1

Here Mark implies that Herod sent his soldiers to do these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Herod himself, having sent his soldiers, had them seize John and bind him in prison”

9016:17wailrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounsαὐτὸς & ὁ Ἡρῴδης1

Mark uses the word himself to emphasize how significant it was that Herod was the one did these things. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “it was Herod who” or “indeed Herod”

9026:17gimyrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsἩρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν1

Here Mark introduces Herodias as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a woman named Herodias, who was the wife of his brother Philip, because he married her”

9036:17ywv7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν1

Here Matthew implies that Herod married Herodias after she divorced Philip, Herod’s brother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whom he married after she divorced his brother Philip” or “who had been the wife of his brother Philip, because he married her after she divorced Philip”

9046:17sf6rrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΦιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ1

The word Philip is the name of a man. This is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples.

9056:17szokrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinshipτοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ1

It is not certain whether Philip was older or younger than Herod, but it is slightly more likely that he was older. So, if you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that Philip was older. Alternate translation: “his older brother”

9066:18a46wrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a reason why Herod put John in prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “He did that because”

9076:18e2exrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsτῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “to Herod that it was not lawful for him to have the wife of his brother”

9086:18vl4jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularσοι & σου1

Because John is speaking to Herod, the words you and your are singular.

9096:18psjwrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinshipἀδελφοῦ σου1

See how you translated brother in 6:17. Alternate translation: “of your older brother”

9106:19-20lj6src://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridgeἡ δὲ Ἡρῳδιὰς ἐνεῖχεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο & ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν Ἰωάννην, εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον, καὶ συνετήρει αὐτόν; καὶ ἀκούσας αὐτοῦ, πολλὰ ἠπόρει, καὶ ἡδέως αὐτοῦ ἤκουεν1

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 6:19 and 6:20 into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include the reasons why Herodias was not able to kill John before stating that she was not able to kill him. Alternate translation: “But Herodias was angry with him and was wanting to kill him. But Herod was fearing John, knowing him {to be} a righteous and holy man, and he was keeping him safe, and having heard him, he was much perplexed, yet he was listening to him gladly. So, Herodias was not able to kill him”

9116:19x35vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι1

Here Mark implies that Herodias wanted to send someone to kill John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “was wanting to have him killed” or “was wanting to have Herod’s soldiers kill him”

9126:19ujerrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ2

Here, the word and introduces Herodias could actually do in contrast with what she wanted to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but”

9136:19ft31rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisοὐκ ἠδύνατο1

Mark is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “she was not able to kill him”

9146:20lmbcrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a reason why Herodias was not able to kill John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for something, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “which was because” or “since”

9156:20k13zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitσυνετήρει αὐτόν1

Here Mark implies that Herod kept John safe while he was in jail. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he was keeping him safe in prison”

9166:20zcw0rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsπολλὰ ἠπόρει1

Many ancient manuscripts read he was much perplexed. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “he was doing many things.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

9176:20kcivrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπολλὰ ἠπόρει1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what John said. Alternate translation: “what John said perplexed him much”

9186:20l3morc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ4

Here, the word and introduces how Herod listened to John in contrast with how he was perplexed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “yet”

9196:21l96urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitγενομένης ἡμέρας εὐκαίρου1

Here Mark implies that it was an opportune day for Herodias to convince Herod to have John executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a good opportunity for Herodias to kill John having come” or “a day having come when it was a good time for Herodias to have Herod execute John”

9206:21m54qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitδεῖπνον ἐποίησεν1

Here Mark implies that Herod had his servants make a dinner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “had his servants make a dinner”

9216:21vg8xrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ1

In some cultures, people celebrate a birthday, the day that someone was born. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of celebration, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “for his birthday celebration” or “for celebrations on the anniversary of his birth”

9226:21kxrurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ1

Here, the phrase his great ones refers to the important people in Herod’s court. They were probably high-ranking officials who served under Herod. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “his high-ranking courtiers” or “the important people in his court”

9236:21s0y7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorτοῖς πρώτοις τῆς Γαλιλαίας1

Here, Mark refers to important or respected people as if they were first. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the respected of Galilee” or “the significant ones of Galilee”

9246:21eouorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτοῖς πρώτοις1

Mark is using the adjective first as a noun to mean first people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “for the first people” or “for the people who were first”

9256:22mjajrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsκαὶ εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος, καὶ ὀρχησαμένης καὶ ἀρεσάσης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ καὶ τοῖς συνανακειμένοις & ὁ βασιλεὺς1

Here Mark introduces Herod’s daughter as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “a young woman entered. She was his daughter, of Herodias. She danced and pleased Herod and the ones reclining to eat with him, so the king”

9266:22qd9crc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsτῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος1

Some ancient manuscripts read his daughter, of Herodias. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the daughter of Herodias herself.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

9276:22a1d7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος1

The phrase translated his daughter, of Herodias could indicate that: (1) the young woman, who is not named, was the daughter of Herodias and so also Herod’s stepdaughter. Alternate translation: “the daughter of Herodias, Herod’s stepdaughter” (2) the young woman, named Herodias, was the daughter of Herod. She had the same name as the woman Herod had married. Alternate translation: “Herod’s daughter Herodias”

9286:22tni8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτοῖς συνανακειμένοις1

In Herod’s culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, at a table when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “the ones sitting down to eat with him” or “the ones eating with him”

9296:22cxf5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsεἶπεν & τῷ κορασίῳ, αἴτησόν με ὃ ἐὰν θέλῃς, καὶ δώσω σοι1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “told the girl that she should him whatever she desired, and he would give it to her”

9306:22mpv4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτῷ κορασίῳ1

Here, the word girl refers to a woman who has reached puberty but who is still young, probably between 12 and 20 years old. Use a word in your language that refers generally to a young woman who has reached puberty. Alternate translation: “to the young lady”

9316:22jmdlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularαἴτησόν & θέλῃς & σοι1

Because Herod is speaking to the girl, the command Ask and the word you throughout this verse are singular.

9326:23tvwjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsαὐτῇ, ὅτι ἐάν με αἰτήσῃς, δώσω σοι, ἕως ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “her that if she asked him, he would give it to her, up to half of his kingdom”

9336:23er6jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularαἰτήσῃς & σοι1

Because Herod is speaking to the girl, the word you is singular throughout this verse.

9346:23vwbxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleἕως ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου1

Herod says up to half of my kingdom here as an overstatement for emphasis. He means that he will definitely give the young woman what she asks for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Herod is making an overstatement, or you could express the idea more generally. Alternate translation: “even if it were up to half of my kingdom” or “no matter how valuable” or “even if it is very difficult to give”

9356:24fn58rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξελθοῦσα1

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”

9366:24b57yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsεἶπεν τῇ μητρὶ αὐτῆς, τί αἰτήσωμαι? ἡ δὲ εἶπεν, τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτίζοντος1

It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “she asked her mother what she should ask. And her mother said that she should ask for the head of John the Baptist”

9376:24wlxmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτῇ μητρὶ αὐτῆς1

Here Mark implies that her mother is Herodias, Herod’s wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to Herodias, her mother”

9386:24skbrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisτὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτίζοντος1

The mother is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “You should ask for the head of John the Baptist”

9396:24v8circ://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτίζοντος1

Here the mother is implying that the daughter should ask King Herod to behead John the Baptist and then present his severed head to her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The head of John Baptist after he has been beheaded” or “The head of John the Baptist severed from his body”

9406:25caz0μετὰ σπουδῆς1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of haste, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “quickly” or “hurriedly”

9416:25v2q6rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγουσα1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and she said”

9426:25ap2wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitθέλω ἵνα ἐξαυτῆς δῷς μοι ἐπὶ πίνακι τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ1

Here the woman implies that she wants Herod to have John killed by having his head cut off and brought to her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I desire that you would have one of your soldiers at once behead John the Baptist and then give me his head here on a platter”

9436:25h3x7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularδῷς1

Because the girl is speaking to Herod, the word you is singular.

9446:25icqirc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownπίνακι1

A platter is a large, flat serving dish. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of dish, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a tray” or “a large serving plate”

9456:26lh9kπερίλυπος γενόμενος1

Alternate translation: “feeling very sorry”

9466:26c1gnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitδιὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους1

Here Mark indicates two reasons why Herod kept his word. First, he had made oaths that he did not want to break. Second, he had promised in front of the ones reclining to eat with him, and it would be embarrassing and shameful to break his promise when everyone had heard it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these reasons more explicit. Alternate translation: “because he had used oaths and because the ones reclining to eat with him had heard what he promised”

9476:26gtalrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτοὺς συνανακειμένους1

In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, at a table when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. See how you translated this phrase in 6:22. Alternate translation: “the ones sitting down to eat with him” or “the ones eating with him”

9486:26mu7irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐκ ἠθέλησεν ἀθετῆσαι αὐτήν1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the negative verb refuse. Alternate translation: “had to allow it” or “was compelled to do what she asked”

9496:27xmyzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-eventsἀποστείλας & σπεκουλάτορα, ἐπέταξεν ἐνέγκαι τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause describes what the king commanded before he sent the executioner. Alternate translation: “having commanded an executioner to bring his head, sent him off”

9506:27kx53rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownσπεκουλάτορα1

An executioner is a soldier who executes people for his commander. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of soldier, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “one of his soldiers”

9516:27k89irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐνέγκαι τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ1

Here Mark implies that Herod commanded the executioner to cut off John’s head and then bring it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to behead John Baptist and then to bring his head” or “to bring the head of John the Baptist severed from his body”

9526:28jeaxrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownπίνακι1

See how you translated the word platter in 6:25. Alternate translation: “a tray” or “a large serving plate”

9536:28a2bsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτῷ κορασίῳ & τὸ κοράσιον1

See how you translated girl in 6:22. Alternate translation: “to the young lady … the young lady”

9546:29uzl4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἦλθον1

Here Mark implies that John’s disciples went to the jail where John had been imprisoned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “came to the place where John had been imprisoned”

9556:29k77nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἦλθον1

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”

9566:30u01irc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. This event continues the story about how Jesus sent the twelve apostles out to drive out demons and to preach (see 6:7–13). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Make sure that it is clear that Mark is continuing the story from earlier in the chapter. Alternate translation: “Now to return to the story,” or “Now”

9576:30cq4urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσυνάγονται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gather together” or “assemble”

9586:30v44xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoπάντα ὅσα ἐποίησαν καὶ ὅσα ἐδίδαξαν1

The expression everything, as much as they did and as much as they taught contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “as much as they did and taught”

9596:31o97prc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultκαὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, δεῦτε ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ κατ’ ἰδίαν εἰς ἔρημον τόπον, καὶ ἀναπαύσασθε ὀλίγον & ἦσαν γὰρ οἱ ἐρχόμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντες πολλοί, καὶ οὐδὲ φαγεῖν εὐκαίρουν1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “And the ones coming and the ones going were many, and they were not even having opportunity to eat. Therefore, he says to them, ‘You yourselves, come by yourselves to a desolate place and rest a little while.’”

9606:31bpmvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounsὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ1

Jesus uses the word yourselves to emphasize that he wants the disciples to come with him. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “As for you”

9616:31vu17rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοἱ ἐρχόμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντες1

Here Mark means that many people were visiting the place where Jesus and the disciples were. Many people were visiting and many others were leaving all the time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the people visiting that place and then leaving” or “the people who were there”

9626:31y7sqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsοὐδὲ φαγεῖν εὐκαίρουν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of opportunity, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they could not even find time to eat” or “they were so busy that they could not eat”

9636:32dhhrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἀπῆλθον1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “they came away”

9646:32exy5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounτῷ πλοίῳ1

Here, the phrase the boat could refer to: (1) a boat, without specifying which one. Alternate translation: “a certain boat” (2) the same boat that Jesus and his disciples used in 5:21. Alternate translation: “the same boat they had used earlier”

9656:33bi18rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἶδον αὐτοὺς ὑπάγοντας, καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν πολλοί1

The word many could go with: (1) just knew. Alternate translation: “people saw them leaving, and many people knew” (2) both saw and knew. Alternate translation: “many saw them leaving and knew”

9666:33yq0yrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsεἶδον1

Here, the pronoun they refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “some saw” or “people who were there saw”

9676:33b5hjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπολλοί1

Mark is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many people”

9686:33tekxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐπέγνωσαν1

Here Mark could be implying that they knew: (1) that Jesus and his disciples were the ones who were leaving. Alternate translation: “recognized them” (2) where Jesus and disciples were going. Alternate translation: “realized where they were going”

9696:33ec62rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoπεζῇ & συνέδραμον ἐκεῖ1

The expression on foot contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “they ran there together”

9706:33lxrxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν πόλεων1

Here Matthew refers to the cities near where Jesus and the disciples had been. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from all the cities in that region” or “from all the nearby cities”

9716:34u25jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐξελθὼν1

Here Mark implies that Jesus came out of the boat in which he and the disciples were sailing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come out of the boat” or “having disembarked”

9726:34t449rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξελθὼν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone out”

9736:34jdg3rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ὅτι ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because they were like sheep not having a shepherd, he had compassion on them”

9746:34sh2grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ’1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of compassion, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he sympathized with”

9756:34j1tdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simileὅτι ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα1

Here Mark compares the people who were there to sheep who do not have a shepherd. Just as sheep without a shepherd have no one to lead and take care of them, so the people have no one to lead and take care of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of the simile more explicitly. Alternate translation: “because, like sheep without a shepherd, they did not know what to do or where to go”

9766:35sei9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης & ἤδη ὥρα πολλή1

When Mark says that an hour is much, he means that it is a time later in the day, probably soon before sunset. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the late afternoon having already arrived … the late afternoon is already here” or “the evening having almost come … the evening is almost here”

9776:35hz4hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goπροσελθόντες1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

9786:36zrndrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularἀπόλυσον αὐτούς1

Because the disciples are speaking to Jesus, the command Send them away is singular.

9796:36ruhnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperativeἀπόλυσον αὐτούς1

This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you send them away”

9806:36essvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merismτοὺς κύκλῳ ἀγροὺς καὶ κώμας1

Here, Mark is referring to that whole region by naming its two primary parts, the countryside and the villages. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole surrounding area”

9816:37cxcwrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces what Jesus says in a contrast with what the disciples asked him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”

9826:37cts5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν?1

The disciples are using the question form to show that Jesus’ command is absurd or impossible. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We cannot go away and buy loaves of 200 denarii and give them to them to eat.” or “We could not go away and buy enough loaves to give to them to eat even if we had 200 denarii!”

9836:37c65wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionδηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους1

Here, the disciples are using the possessive form to describe loaves that are worth 200 denarii. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “loaves worth 200 denarii” or “loaves with 200 denarii”

9846:37hs21rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoneyδηναρίων διακοσίων1

The word denarii refers to silver coins, each equivalent to about one day’s wage for a hired worker. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “of 200 silver coins” or “of 200 days’ wages”

9856:38rw5zrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces what Jesus says in a contrast with what the disciples just implied about how impossible it would be for them to feed everyone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”

9866:38b90src://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἄρτους1

The word loaves refers to loaves of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bread, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”

9876:38n83xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὑπάγετε, ἴδετε1

Here Jesus commands to the disciples to Go to where they kept their food and See how much they have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Check your supplies and note what you have” or “Go to where you keep your food and see what is there”

9886:38ssyvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitγνόντες1

Here Mark implies that they knew how many loaves of bread they had. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having known how many loaves they had”

9896:38d7u5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisπέντε καὶ δύο ἰχθύας1

The disciples are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We have five loaves, and we also have two fish”

9906:39z5purc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἐπέταξεν αὐτοῖς ἀνακλῖναι πάντας1

The pronoun them could refer to: (1) all the people who were there. In this case, Jesus directly commanded the crowd to recline. Alternate translation: “he commanded the whole crowd to recline” (2) the disciples, who them told all the people who were there to recline. In this case, Jesus commands the disciples, who command the crowd. Alternate translation: “he commanded the disciples to have all the people recline”

9916:39dfv0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsαὐτοῖς ἀνακλῖναι πάντας, συμπόσια συμπόσια ἐπὶ τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “them all, ‘Recline group by group on the green grass’”

9926:39cys0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀνακλῖναι1

In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “to sit down to eat” or “to get ready to eat”

9936:39rr46rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomσυμπόσια συμπόσια1

Here, the phrase group by group indicates that the people were supposed to sit down in many smaller groups of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in many smaller groups” or “in separate groups”

9946:39xgb6rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ1

Mark describes the grass as green because it was growing and healthy. If your readers would not be familiar with green grass, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the growing grass” or “the healthy grass”

9956:40g8dcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀνέπεσαν1

See how you translated “recline” in 6:39. Alternate translation: “they sat down to eat” or “they got ready to eat”

9966:40e4cbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomπρασιαὶ πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ κατὰ πεντήκοντα1

The phrase according to hundreds and according to fifties refers to the number of people in each of the groups. In other words, some groups had a hundred people in them, and other groups had fifty people in them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in groups of 100 people and in groups of 50 people” or “group by group, some with 100 people and some with 50 people”

9976:40wls7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomπρασιαὶ πρασιαὶ1

See how you translated group by group in 6:39. Alternate translation: “in many smaller groups” or “in separate groups”

9986:41lydmrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἄρτους & τοὺς ἄρτους1

See how you translated loaves in 6:38. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread … the large chunks of bread”

9996:41l8q3rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν1

In Jesus’ culture, most people thought that heaven was up above the earth. Looking up towards heaven was a common posture for someone who was praying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a common posture for prayer in your culture, or you could explain the meaning of this posture. Alternate translation: “having raised his arms in prayer” or “having looked up to heaven to pray”

10006:41b1yqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεὐλόγησεν1

Here Mark could be implying that Jesus blessed: (1) God for providing the food. Alternate translation: “he blessed God” or “he praised God” (2) the food. Alternate translation: “he blessed the food” or “he asked God to make the food holy”

10016:41yrv9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκατέκλασεν τοὺς ἄρτους1

Here Mark means that Jesus broke the loaves of bread in pieces so that they could be served to the crowds. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “divided the loaves into servings” or “broke the loaves into smaller pieces”

10026:41uqzsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν1

Here Mark implies that Jesus divided the two fish as he had divided the loaves among everyone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the same way he divided the two fish among all” or “he broke the two fish and gave them to his disciples so that they might set them also before all”

10036:41q3mnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπᾶσιν1

Mark is using the adjective all as a noun to mean all the people who were there. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “among all of them”

10046:42szoprc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἔφαγον πάντες1

The pronoun they in the phrase they all ate refers to the crowds who were there. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the crowds all ate” or “all the groups of people ate”

10056:42wi2urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveκαὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages. Alternative translation: “until they were full”

10066:43rw83rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκλάσματα δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἰχθύων1

Here Mark means that they filled the baskets with the leftovers from the meal, including broken pieces of bread and pieces from the fish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the broken pieces of bread and parts of fish, the fillings of 12 baskets” or “the leftover pieces of bread and fish, the fillings of 12 baskets”

10076:43bsvqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionδώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα1

Here, Mark is using the possessive form to describe fillings that consisted of baskets that were stuffed with broken pieces. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “enough to fill 12 baskets” or “which filled up 12 baskets”

10086:43bjourc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsδώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of fillings, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “12 baskets full”

10096:43u5harc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownδώδεκα κοφίνων1

The word baskets refers to large circular containers that store food or other items. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “of 12 boxes” or “of 12 containers”

10106:44deovrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundκαὶ1

Mark uses the word And to introduce background information that helps the readers understand how amazing what Jesus did was. The word does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “As for how many people were there,” or “In the end,”

10116:44v4m3rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτοὺς ἄρτους1

See how you translated loaves in 6:38. Alternate translation: “the large chunks of bread”

10126:44t68vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheτοὺς ἄρτους1

Mark is using loaves to represent all the food that they ate, including the bread and the fish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the food” or “the loaves and the fish”

10136:44u413rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἦσαν & πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες1

Here Mark indicates that 5,000 men ate the food that Jesus provided. He does not state whether there were other people there. If possible, use a phrase that refers to 5,000 men without implying whether other people were there. If you must imply or state whether other people were there, you could: (1) indicate that there were women and children there who were not counted. Alternate translation: “were 5,000 men, and there were women and children there too” (2) indicate that only these men ate the food. Alternate translation: “were the 5,000 men who were there”

10146:45s6yprc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ εὐθὺς1

Here, the phrase And immediately introduces the next major event in the story. Mark implies that this event began soon after the event he just finished narrating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,”

10156:45o3wlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰς τὸ πέραν1

Here Mark implies that the disciples are sailing to the other side of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the lake” or “across the sea to the opposite side”

10166:45y3verc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΒηθσαϊδάν1

The word Bethsaida is the name of a town. It was located on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee.

10176:46hedurc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοῖς1

The pronoun them could refer to: (1) the crowd that had eaten the bread and fish. Alternate translation: “to the crowd” (2) the disciples. Alternate translation: “to the disciples”

10186:46fovxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfoτὸ ὄρος1

Mark does not clarify what mountain this is or how high up it is. If possible, use a general word for a hill or small mountain without indicating one particular place. Alternate translation: “a high place” or “a small mountain”

10196:47ff7urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὀψίας γενομένης1

Mark indicated that it was late in the day earlier in the story (see 6:35). Here, he uses a similar phrase but implies that it was later on in the evening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that describes a time later than the time described in 6:35. Alternate translation: “when it was even later in the evening” or “further into the evening”

10206:47wczirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸ πλοῖον1

Here Mark implies that the boat has the disciples in it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the boat with the disciples inside”

10216:48a0u7rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultαὐτοὺς βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν, ἦν γὰρ ὁ ἄνεμος ἐναντίος αὐτοῖς; καὶ1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “that the wind was against them and so they were being tormented as they rowed,”

10226:48bz2frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveαὐτοὺς βασανιζομένους1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the wind. Alternate translation: “the wind tormenting them”

10236:48co87rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorβασανιζομένους1

Here Mark refers to how hard the disciples were working to row the boat against the wind as if they were being tormented. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “working very hard” or “making almost no progress”

10246:48cd73rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν1

When people row a boat, they stick long, flat pieces of wood, called oars, into the water and push or pull so that the boat moves. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of making a boat move, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “as they pushed the boat along with oars” or “as they worked to move the boat”

10256:48k087rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἦν & ὁ ἄνεμος ἐναντίος αὐτοῖς1

Whenwind is against people in a boat, that means that it is blowing directly opposite to the direction in which the boat is traveling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the wind was opposite to the direction they were sailing” or “the wind was blowing directly against them”

10266:48g7karc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownπερὶ τετάρτην φυλακὴν τῆς νυκτὸς1

Here, the phrase about the fourth watch of the night refers to the period of time between 3:00 AM and 6:00 AM. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that refers to this period of time. Alternate translation: “in the last part of the night” or “shortly before dawn”

10276:48nbw8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχεται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “he goes”

10286:48wpbkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπεριπατῶν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης1

Here Mark means that Jesus was miraculously walking on the surface of the sea. He did not sink into the water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “walking on the surface of the sea” or “miraculously walking on top of the sea”

10296:48b0vorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἤθελεν παρελθεῖν αὐτούς1

Here, the clause he was wishing to pass by them could indicate that: (1) Jesus intended to walk past them. Alternate translation: “he intended to pass them by” (2) it looked like Jesus was going to walk past them. Alternate translation: “he was about to pass by them” or “it looked like he was going to pass by them”

10306:49-50pi8vrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridgeοἱ, δὲ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης περιπατοῦντα, ἔδοξαν ὅτι φάντασμά ἐστιν, καὶ ἀνέκραξαν & πάντες γὰρ αὐτὸν εἶδον, καὶ ἐταράχθησαν & ὁ δὲ εὐθὺς ἐλάλησεν μετ’ αὐτῶν, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, θαρσεῖτε, ἐγώ εἰμι; μὴ φοβεῖσθε1

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 6:49 and 6:50 into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to give all the reasons why the disciples cried out before stating that they cried out. Alternate translation: “But they, having seen him walking on the sea, thought that he is a ghost. In fact, they all saw him and were troubled. So, they cried out. But immediately he spoke with them and says to them, ‘Take courage! It is I! Do not be afraid!’”

10316:49go9orc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

10326:49ddd6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης περιπατοῦντα1

See how you translated this phrase in 6:48. Alternate translation: “walking on the surface of the sea” or “miraculously walking on top of the sea”

10336:49xa2drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἔδοξαν ὅτι φάντασμά ἐστιν1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “thought, ‘He is a ghost,’”

10346:49e4o8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownφάντασμά1

Here, the word ghost refers to a spiritual or supernatural being that people see. In Jesus’ culture, when people saw a ghost, they usually assumed that something bad was going to happen. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of unusual experience, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “an apparition” or “some powerful and dangerous being”

10356:50lr8lrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the disciples cried out (see 6:49). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for an action, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “because” or “which they did because”

10366:50xph7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐταράχθησαν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “were very nervous” or “were very anxious”

10376:50st68rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoἐλάλησεν μετ’ αὐτῶν, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς1

The expression spoke with them and says to them contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “says to them” or “spoke to them”

10386:50et5crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsθαρσεῖτε1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of courage, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be courageous”

10396:51vfo6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoλείαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐξίσταντο1

The expression they were very amazed within themselves contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “they were very amazed”

10406:51s26wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveλείαν & ἐξίσταντο1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they marveled very much”

10416:52etr1rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces an explanation about why the disciples reacted the way they did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “They were so amazed because” or “They responded like that since”

10426:52m53mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὐ & συνῆκαν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις1

Here Mark implies that they did not understand what Jesus’ miracle with the loaves indicated about him. In other words, when Jesus fed many people with just five loaves, it meant that he was a very powerful, special person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they did not understand what it meant when Jesus fed many people with the five loaves” or “they did not realize the significance of the miracle Jesus had performed with the loaves”

10436:52e5uurc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτοῖς ἄρτοις1

See how you translated loaves in 6:38. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”

10446:52ufmhrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastτοῖς ἄρτοις ἀλλ’1

Here, the word but introduces what was true about the disciples (they had hard hearts) in contrast with what they should have done (understand about the loaves). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave but untranslated. Alternate translation: “the loaves; instead,”

10456:52t1qbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη1

Here, Mark is speaking of the disciples’ heart as if it were having been hardened. He means that the disciples were stubborn and refused to listen and learn. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were being stubborn” or “they were unwilling to pay attention”

10466:52lxd1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could indicate that it was the disciples themselves. Alternate translation: “their hearts had become hard” or “they had hardened their hearts”

10476:52m7yvrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsαὐτῶν ἡ καρδία1

If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one heart, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “their hearts”

10486:53twemrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitδιαπεράσαντες1

Mark implies that they crossed over the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having crossed over the lake”

10496:53bxnfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἦλθον1

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “they went”

10506:53p316rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΓεννησαρὲτ1

The word Gennesaret could refer to: (1) a region on the northwest side of the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “the area called Gennesaret” (2) a small town on the northwest side of the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “the village of Gennesaret”

10516:53p79wrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownπροσωρμίσθησαν1

When people anchor a boat, they fasten it securely to something solid so that it cannot float away. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of action, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “pulled the boat up on the shore” or “tied the boat to something on the shore” or “secured the boat there”

10526:54xlperc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξελθόντων1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone out”

10536:55d9k9rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsπεριέδραμον & ἤρξαντο & ἤκουον1

Here, the pronoun they in the phrase they ran refers to the people who recognized Jesus. The pronoun they in the phrases they began and they were hearing refer to people who lived throughout that whole region. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people there ran throughout … those who lived in that region began … they were hearing”

10546:55ufvxrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτοῖς κραβάττοις1

The word mats refers to portable beds that could also be used to transport a person. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bed, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this word in 2:4. Alternate translation: “their stretchers”

10556:55rcq0rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἐπὶ τοῖς κραβάττοις τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας1

The pronoun their refers to the ones having sickness. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the ones having sickness on their mats”

10566:55svpgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of sickness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sick people”

10576:55f5s2ὅπου ἤκουον ὅτι ἐστίν1

Alternate translation: “wherever they were hearing that Jesus had gone”

10586:55afpmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἤκουον ὅτι ἐστίν1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were hearing, ‘He is there’”

10596:56bqzfεἰς κώμας, ἢ εἰς πόλεις, ἢ εἰς ἀγροὺς1

Alternate translation: “into little towns or into big towns or into rural areas”

10606:56gi6yrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἐτίθεσαν1

Here, the pronoun they refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “men and women were placing”

10616:56eh2yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitταῖς ἀγοραῖς1

The word marketplaces refers to large, open-air areas where people buy and sell goods. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of area, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the town squares” or “the parks”

10626:56y6hsrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsπαρεκάλουν & ἅψωνται1

The pronoun they in the phrase they might touch refers to the ones being sick. The pronoun they in the phrase they were begging could refer to: (1) the ones being sick. Alternate translation: “these sick people were begging … they might touch” (2) the people who were placing the ones being sick in the marketplaces. Alternate translation: “the people who placed the sick people there were begging … the sick people might touch”

10636:56k4tqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsαὐτὸν ἵνα κἂν τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται; καὶ1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “him, ‘Please let us even touch the edge of your garment.’ And”

10646:56gsddrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκἂν & ἅψωνται1

Here, the word even indicates that these people think that, to be healed, they do not need to do anything more than touch Jesus’ garment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all they might do is touch” or “they could only touch”

10656:56zo6urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveὅσοι ἂν ἥψαντο αὐτοῦ ἐσῴζοντο1

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could indicate that was God or Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “God was healing as many as touched it” or “Jesus was healing as many as touched it”

10666:56cir0rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοῦ2

Here, the word translated it could: (1) refer to a thing, in this case the edge of Jesus’ garment. Alternate translation: “the edge of his garment” (2) refer to a person, in this case Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “him”

10677:introvq1j0

Mark 7 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

  1. Jesus expands his ministry and encounters opposition (6:7–8:21)
    • Argument with the Pharisees and scribes about washing hands (7:1–13)
    • Jesus teaches about what defiles people (7:14–23)
    • Jesus meets a Canaanite woman (7:24–30)
    • Jesus heals a man who is deaf and can barely speak (7:31–37)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6–7, which is a quote from Isaiah 29:13.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The “tradition of the elders”

The “tradition of the elders” included interpretations of Moses’ law that Jewish religious leaders had developed and passed down to their disciples, and they to their disciples. These interpretations explained what specific laws meant and how to obey them. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for specific interpretations of the law that he disagreed with. In this chapter, Jesus and the Pharisees argue about washing hands, honoring parents, and giving gifts to God. When you translate the phrase “tradition of the elders,” use a form that refers to teachings that teachers pass down to their students. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/other/tradition]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/other/elder]])

Washing hands before eating

In 7:5, the scribes and Pharisees rebuke Jesus for failing to have his disciples wash their hands before eating. One of the traditions that the Pharisees followed was a requirement that people wash their hands before eating. They did this to make their hands ceremonially clean, not primarily to clean off dirt. Make sure that your translation indicates that Jesus and the Pharisees are debating about ceremonial or ritual washing, not washing off dirt.

The gift for God

In 7:10–13, Jesus rebukes the Pharisees for allowing people to promise to give something to God instead of using it to help their parents. Jesus is not saying that giving things to God is wrong. Instead, he is saying that honoring one’s parents is one of the most important commandments that God gave, and no tradition should prevent people from honoring their parents. Make sure that this meaning is clear in your translation.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Things that go in and out of people

In 7:14–23, Jesus speaks about things that are outside people and that go into them, and he speaks about things that are inside people and come out of them. When he speaks about things that are outside people and go into them, he is referring more specifically to food and drink. He teaches that these things do not make people unclean. When he speaks about things that are inside people and go out of them, he is referring more specifically to people’s thoughts and desires that lead to actions. He teaches that these things do make people unclean. Since Jesus explains what he means when he refers to things going in and out of people, if possible preserve the movement and location language.

Feeding little dogs

In 7:27, Jesus tells the Canaanite woman that it is not right to give food that is meant for children to little dogs. In 7:28, the woman responds that little dogs eat the little bits of food that fall down from what the children are eating. The children represent Jews, and the little dogs represent non-Jews. The food represents things that Jesus does for people. What Jesus means is that he is supposed to do things for Jews first, before he does things for non-Jews. What the woman means is that what she is asking Jesus to do is unimportant enough that he can do it without taking away from what he does for Jews. If possible, do not directly express the meaning of what Jesus and the woman say about little dogs, but make sure that your translation can naturally imply this meaning.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when Jesus is talking to groups of people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

The historic present

To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 5, 18, 28, 32, and 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])

Verse 16

Some of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for 7:16. Some early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words: “If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear.” Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST include these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])

10687:1-2wd6irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureκαὶ συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες τῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων & καὶ ἰδόντες τινὰς τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ ὅτι κοιναῖς χερσίν, τοῦτ’ ἔστιν ἀνίπτοις, ἐσθίουσιν τοὺς ἄρτους1

Here, verse 2 could: (1) begin a sentence that continues in verse 5, after being interrupted by explanatory information in verses 3–4. See the ULT. (2) end the sentence that began in verse 1. In this case, the explanatory information in verses 3–4 stands by itself, and a new sentence begins in verse 5. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to delete the dash at the end of verse 4 and start a new sentence at the beginning of verse 5. Alternate translation: “And the Pharisees and some of the scribes are being gathered to him, having come from Jerusalem and having seen some of his disciples, that they eat bread with defiled hands, that is, unwashed.” (3) be a sentence fragment that stands by itself, with the implication being that the Pharisees disapproved of what they saw. In this case, the explanatory information in verses 3–4 stands by itself, and a new sentence begins in verse 5. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to delete the dash at the end of verse 4 and start a new sentence at the beginning of verse 5. Alternate translation: “And the Pharisees and some of the scribes, having come from Jerusalem, are being gathered to him. And having seen some of his disciples, that they eat loaves with defiled hands, that is, unwashed, they disapproved of that.”

10697:1b9ulrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,”

10707:1e2marc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitσυνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες τῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων1

Here Mark could be implying that: (1) both the Pharisees and the scribes came from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “having come from Jerusalem, the Pharisees and some of the scribes are being gathered to him” (2) only the scribes came from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees and some of the scribes who came from Jerusalem are being gathered to him”

10717:1j32nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐλθόντες1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

10727:1ye06rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσυνάγονται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are gathering” or “are coming together”

10737:2ea9krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoἰδόντες τινὰς τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ ὅτι & ἐσθίουσιν1

Here, the phrase that they eat refers directly back to the phrase some of his disciples. Mark expresses the idea in this way to introduce whom the Pharisees and scribes saw and then explain what they saw them doing. If referring to who were seen and then referring back to them with the phrase that they eat would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “having seen some of his disciples eating”

10747:2a7xfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheἐσθίουσιν τοὺς ἄρτους1

The Pharisees and scribes are using loaves to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they eat their meals”

10757:2tmydrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκοιναῖς χερσίν, τοῦτ’ ἔστιν ἀνίπτοις1

Here Mark explains that defiled hands are hands that are unwashed. Consider how you might include an explanation like this. Alternate translation: “with unwashed hands, which are defiled” or “with defiled—that is to say, unwashed—hands”

10767:3mj6urc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundγὰρ1

Here Mark introduces background information that will help readers understand why the Pharisees and scribes are interested in whether Jesus’ disciples wash their hands. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “that was important to them because” or “now you should know that”

10777:3bj69rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοἱ & Φαρισαῖοι καὶ πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι1

Here Mark mentions the Pharisees separately because they follow this tradition particularly strictly. He does not mean that the Pharisees are not Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees and all the rest of the Jews” or “especially the Pharisees, but also all the Jews,”

10787:3dvgurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleπάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι1

Mark says all here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of the Jews” or “very many Jews”

10797:3q9xsrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptionsἐὰν μὴ πυγμῇ νίψωνται τὰς χεῖρας οὐκ ἐσθίουσιν1

If, in your language, it would appear that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only eat if they have washed their hands with a fist”

10807:3hz8src://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownπυγμῇ1

Here, the phrase with a fist refers to a specific way of washing one’s hands. It could refer to the position of the hands during washing, how much of the hands were washed, or how much water was used. Since scholars are not sure exactly what the phrase indicates, you could use a general term that indicates that this was a special washing for ceremonial or ritual purposes. Alternate translation: “ceremonially” or “in the proper way”

10817:3x0b6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων1

Here, the Pharisees and scribes are using the possessive form to describe a tradition that came from the elders. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the tradition given to us by the elders” or “the tradition handed down to us by the elders”

10827:3lj2wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tradition, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what the elders taught them”

10837:3ij02rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτῶν πρεσβυτέρων1

Here, the word elders refers to respected ancestors whose teaching is trusted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the ancestral teachers” or “of our respected forefathers”

10847:4jspbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀπ’ ἀγορᾶς ἐὰν μὴ βαπτίσωνται οὐκ ἐσθίουσιν1

Here Mark could be indicating that the Pharisees and other Jews: (1) do not eat anything unless they baptize themselves when they return home from the marketplace. Alternate translation: “returning from the marketplace, they do not eat unless they baptize themselves” (2) do not eat what they brought home from the marketplace unless they baptize it first. Alternate translation: “they do not eat anything from the marketplace unless they baptize it”

10857:4zieqrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἀγορᾶς1

See how you translated marketplace in 6:56. Alternate translation: “a town square” or “a park”

10867:4guwyrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptionsἐὰν μὴ βαπτίσωνται οὐκ ἐσθίουσιν1

If, in your language, it would appear that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only eat if they have baptized”

10877:4sdg4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἄλλα πολλά ἐστιν ἃ παρέλαβον κρατεῖν1

Here Mark is referring to many other traditions that the Pharisees and other Jews received from the elders and hold to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “there are many other traditions that they received from the elders and that they hold to”

10887:4d3qcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletποτηρίων καὶ ξεστῶν καὶ χαλκίων1

The terms cups, pitchers, and copper vessels all refer to containers that people would use for making, serving, and storing food. Mark is using the three terms together to refer to many different kinds of containers like these. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could refer to many different kinds of containers by using only one or two terms. Alternate translation: “of various dishes” or “of pots and pans”

10897:4qhd4rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownξεστῶν1

A pitcher is a container for holding liquids. This specific type of container could hold about half a liter, or about one pint. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “jugs”

10907:4x44frc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownχαλκίων1

Here, the word translated as copper vessels refers to any household container made from copper or copper alloys such as brass or bronze. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “metal serving dishes” or “bronze pots”

10917:4wa3jrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsχαλκίων1

Some ancient manuscripts do not include any other items after the copper vessels. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts add the phrase “and beds” after the words copper vessels. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

10927:5tn2wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureκαὶ ἐπερωτῶσιν αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς1

Make sure that your translation fits with how you chose to express the relationship between this verse, the explanatory information in verses 3–4, and the statement in verse 2. See the note at the beginning of this chapter on verses 1–2.

10937:5et51rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionδιὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον?1

The Pharisees and the scribes are using the question form to rebuke Jesus for what his disciples are doing. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your disciples should walk according to the tradition of the elders, and they should not eat bread with unwashed hands.” or “We are shocked that your disciples do not walk according to the tradition of the elders, instead eating bread with unwashed hands!”

10947:5hts4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorοὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων1

Here the Pharisees and the scribes speak of behavior in life as if it were walking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do your disciples not behave according to the tradition of the elders” or “do your disciples not live according to the tradition of the elders”

10957:5wtlirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularσου1

Because the Pharisees and the scribes are talking to Jesus, the word your is singular.

10967:5g2ayrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων1

See how you translated this phrase in 7:3. Alternate translation: “the tradition given to us by the ancestral teachers” or “what the respected forefathers taught us”

10977:5ugomrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastἀλλὰ1

Here, the word but introduces what the disciples actually did in contrast with what the Pharisees and the scribes thought that they should have done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave but untranslated. Alternate translation: “but instead”

10987:5j7htrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον1

The Pharisees and scribes are using bread to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they eat their meals”

10997:6ae1rrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

11007:6bf9krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαλῶς1

Here, the word well indicates that what Isaiah prophesied accurately describes the scribes and the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “accurately” or “truly”

11017:6-7oavhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesὡς γέγραπται, ὅτι οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ & μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με, διδάσκοντες διδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “As it is written, God said that this people honors him with their lips, but their heart is far away from him. But they worship him in vain, teaching as doctrines commandments of men.”

11027:6khhlrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsὡς γέγραπται1

Here Jesus introduces a quotation from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Isaiah 29:13. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a quotation from an important text, and you could include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “He wrote in the book of Isaiah” or “As he said”

11037:6j26frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὗτος ὁ λαὸς1

Here, the phrase This people refers to the Israelites about whom Isaiah was speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The Israelites honor” or “These Jewish people”

11047:6czz1rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsμε & ἐμοῦ1

Here, both uses of the word me refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “me, their God, … me”

11057:6ep7urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτοῖς χείλεσίν1

Here, lips represent someone speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with their speech” or “with their words”

11067:6xtabrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἡ & καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ1

Here Isaiah speaks as if the Israelites’ heart were far away from God. He means that they do not think about God or want to obey him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is as if their hearts were far away from me” or “they do not want to serve me”

11077:6zgt9rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsἡ & καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει1

If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one heart, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “their hearts are far away”

11087:6vxlkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἡ & καρδία αὐτῶν1

In the author’s culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “their mind” or “their thinking”

11097:7etibrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next idea in the quotation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,”

11107:7e0s6rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultδιδάσκοντες1

Here, the word teaching introduces a reason why their worship is in vain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “since they teach”

11117:7uc2prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsδιδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων1

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of doctrines and commandments, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as authoritative what men have commanded”

11127:7sfvqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων1

Here, Isaiah is using the possessive form to describe commandments that are given by men. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things commanded by men”

11137:7pnq9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsἀνθρώπων1

Although the term men is masculine, Isaiah is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of people”

11147:8cusfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἀφέντες1

Here Jesus speaks as if the commandment of God were a place that the scribes and Pharisees could leave. He means that they have stopped obeying the commandment of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Having abandoned” or “Having stopped obeying”

11157:8bg0arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a commandment that came from God. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the commandment given by God” or “the commandment we received from God”

11167:8iltjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of commandment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what God commanded us”

11177:8wn0qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτὴν παράδοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a tradition that came from men. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the tradition handed down by men” or “the tradition you received from men”

11187:8hnw4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτὴν παράδοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tradition, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what men teach”

11197:8bw32rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsτῶν ἀνθρώπων1

Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of people”

11207:8gxi4rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsτῶν ἀνθρώπων1

Some ancient manuscripts do not include any words in this verse after the phrase of men. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts add the words “washings of pitchers and cups and many other similar such things you do” after the words of men. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

11217:9e3qvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ironyκαλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε1

Here Jesus says that the scribes and Pharisees do something well when he thinks that they are actually doing something wrong. He speaks in this way in order to make a point. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is wrong for you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition” or “you should not reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition”

11227:9jqntrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ & τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν1

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of commandment and tradition, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what God commanded us … what you were taught”

11237:9j9porc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a commandment that came from God. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the commandment given by God” or “the commandment we received from God”

11247:9t4hwrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsτηρήσητε1

Many ancient manuscripts read you may keep. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “you may establish.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

11257:10p1q0rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces an explanation of how the scribes and Pharisees reject God’s law. This explanation continues in 7:11–13. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is how you do that:” or “What I mean is that”

11267:10ulzorc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsΜωϋσῆς & εἶπεν1

Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures. The first quotation could be from Exodus 20:12 or Deuteronomy 5:16. The second quotation could be from Exodus 21:17 or Leviticus 20:9. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a quotation from an important text, and you could include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote in the law” or “as you can read in the Scriptures, Moses said”

11277:10d4sdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesεἶπεν, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου; καί, ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said that all people should honor their father and their mother and that everyone speaking evil of his father or mother should end in death.”

11287:10vdg6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularτίμα & σου & σου1

Since God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command Honor and the words your and your are singular.

11297:10ogpvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3pὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω1

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one speaking evil of his father or mother, he should end in death” or “Anyone who speaks evil of his father or mother must end in death”

11307:10ypvxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsὁ κακολογῶν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evil, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The one saying evil things about”

11317:10vcx6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsπατέρα ἢ μητέρα & τελευτάτω1

Although the terms his and him are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of one’s own father or mother, let that person end”

11327:10b9ynrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomθανάτῳ τελευτάτω1

Here, the phrase end in death means that the person is killed or executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him be put to death” or “let him be killed”

11337:11-12ras6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypoὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ἐὰν εἴπῃ ἄνθρωπος τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, κορβᾶν, (ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον), ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς & οὐκέτι ἀφίετε αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ποιῆσαι τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί1

Here Jesus quotes the scribes and Pharisees using a hypothetical or imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if a man says to his father or his mother that anything he might have given them is Corban. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical or imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “But you say, ‘Suppose that a man says to his father or his mother, “Whatever you might have benefited from me is Corban”’ (that is, a gift). In that case, you no longer permit him to do anything for his father or his mother”

11347:11sswzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ἐὰν εἴπῃ ἄνθρωπος τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, κορβᾶν, (ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον), ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς,1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within quotations. Alternate translation: “But you say that whoever says to his father or his mother that whatever they might have benefited from him is Corban (that is, a gift)”

11357:11ycrurc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces what the scribes and Pharisees allow in contrast to what God commanded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “Despite that,”

11367:11nhiirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsεἴπῃ ἄνθρωπος τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί1

Although the terms man, his, and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a person says to his or her father or mother”

11377:11ax49rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς1

Here, the phrase Whatever you might have benefited from me refers to money or goods that children might give to their parents when they need help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Whatever I might have given to help you” or “Anything you might have received from me”

11387:11i49nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularὠφεληθῇς1

Because the man are talking to his father or his mother, the word you is singular.

11397:11cd57rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterateκορβᾶν1

The word Corban is a Hebrew word. Mark has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. Since Mark states what this word means at the end of the verse, you also should spell it out the way it sounds in your language.

11407:11ev2rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκορβᾶν & ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον1

Here Mark provides an explanation of what Corban means. Use a form that shows that Mark is explaining what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “is Corban’”—which means a gift—” or “is Corban’” (which can be translated as “gift”)”

11417:11nuk0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitδῶρον1

Here Mark implies that the person is giving something as a gift to God. Because of that, the person will not give it to his or her parents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a gift for God” or “a gift to God only”

11427:12dyx4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐκέτι ἀφίετε αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ποιῆσαι1

The words translated no longer and anything are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “you permit him to do nothing any longer” or “you certainly do not permit him to do anything any longer”

11437:12o66src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsαὐτὸν & τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί1

Although the terms him, his, and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person … for his or her father or mother”

11447:13kmwwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἀκυροῦντες1

Here Jesus speaks as if the word of God were an object that people could set aside. He means that they are ignoring the word of God and treating it like it is not important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “nullifying” or “ignoring”

11457:13i349rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ1

Jesus is using the term word to refer to the commands that God gave using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God said” or “God’s command”

11467:13ifh7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτῇ παραδόσει ὑμῶν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tradition, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by what you received”

11477:13fg2src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorπαρεδώκατε1

Here Jesus speaks as if the tradition were a physical object that the scribes and Pharisees had handed down to others. He means that they taught people to observe the tradition. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you instructed” or “you told to other people”

11487:15gk5irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὐδέν & ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς αὐτὸν1

Here Jesus is referring to food and drink, which are outside the man and enter into him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Since the disciples ask about the meaning of this saying in 7:17, include as little implied information as possible. Alternate translation: “no food or drink, entering into him” or “nothing outside the man, being eaten by him”

11497:15y6wsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsτοῦ ἀνθρώπου & αὐτὸν & αὐτόν & τοῦ ἀνθρώπου & τὸν ἄνθρωπον1

Although the terms man and him throughout the verse are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the person … him or her … him or her … the person … the person”

11507:15nneorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounτοῦ ἀνθρώπου & τοῦ ἀνθρώπου & τὸν ἄνθρωπον1

The phrase the man throughout this verse represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a person … a person … that person”

11517:15ms5crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά1

Here Jesus is referring to words and deeds, which are what come out from people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Since the disciples ask about the meaning of this saying in 7:17, include as little implied information as possible. Alternate translation: “the words and deeds that come out from the man” or “the things that the man says and does”

11527:15f380rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐκπορευόμενά1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “that go out”

11537:16p6fyrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsΕἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω1

See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The note below discusses translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it.

11547:16y48uΕἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω1

See how you translated the similar sentence in 4:9.

11557:17cfzlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheεἰσῆλθεν1

Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, entered”

11567:17l7d7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου1

Here Mark implies that when Jesus entered into a house, he was avoiding or getting away from the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “where they were not with the crowd” or “to avoid the crowd”

11577:17vkuirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoτὴν παραβολήν1

Here the disciples ask Jesus to explain the parable about things that go into and out of a person (see 7:15). Alternate translation: “the parable about what goes into a person”

11587:18z8w1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionοὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples for how they still do not understand what he is saying. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I can tell that you also are without understanding.” or “I am amazed that you also do not understand!”

11597:18-19txj7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionοὐ νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐ δύναται αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι & ὅτι οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἀλλ’ εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν, καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορεύεται?1

Jesus is using the question form to remind his disciples about what happens to the food that people eat. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should already understand that everything that enters into the man from outside is not able to defile him, because it does not go into his heart, but into the stomach, and passes out into the latrine (making all foods clean).” or “You already know that everything that enters into the man from outside is not able to defile him, because it does not go into his heart, but into the stomach, and passes out into the latrine (making all foods clean)!”

11607:18yqverc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον1

Here Jesus is referring to food and drink, which are outside a person and enter into the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar words in 7:15. Alternate translation: “all food and drink, entering into him,” or “everything outside the man, being eaten by him,”

11617:18h4nrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsτὸν ἄνθρωπον & αὐτὸν1

Although the terms man and him are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the person … him or her”

11627:18wda0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounτὸν ἄνθρωπον1

The phrase the man represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a person”

11637:19dtx7rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesὅτι1

Here, the word because introduces an explanation about why nothing from outside a person can defile that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave because untranslated. Alternate translation: “for” or “and that is because”

11647:19e710rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goοὐκ εἰσπορεύεται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “it does not come”

11657:19h4svrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounαὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἀλλ’ εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν1

The phrases his heart and the stomach represent people’s hearts and stomachs in general, not one particular heart and stomach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “into a person’s heart but into a person’s stomach”

11667:19y2crrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyεἰς τὴν καρδίαν1

In Jesus’ culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “into his head” or “into his mind”

11677:19kgu1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsαὐτοῦ1

Although the term his is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her”

11687:19qlbzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismεἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορεύεται1

Jesus is referring to the process of expelling and removing feces and urine in a polite way by using the phrase passes out into the latrine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “is evacuated from the bowels” or “passes out of the body as waste”

11697:19ifcurc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτὸν ἀφεδρῶνα1

A latrine is a place where people expel and remove feces and urine. If your readers would not be familiar with this word, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the bathroom” or “the water closet”

11707:19hm98rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸν ἀφεδρῶνα & καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα1

Here, the phrase cleansing all foods is Mark’s explanation of the implication of what Jesus has said. He means that Jesus’ teaching indicates that all foods are clean. If it would be helpful in your language, you make that idea more explicit. Make sure that you use a form that shows that this phrase is not part of what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “the latrine?’ So, Jesus cleansed all foods.” or “the latrine?’ Now that implies that all foods are clean.”

11717:20rihsrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” or “After that,”

11727:20fvewrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoτὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο1

Here, the word that refers directly back to What is coming out from the man. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce the topic he is sepaking about and then explain what he wants to say about that topic. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word that would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “What is coming out from the man”

11737:20r12prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον1

Here Jesus is referring to words and deeds, which are what is coming out from people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar words in 7:15. Alternate translation: “The words and deeds that come out from the man” or “The things that the man says and does”

11747:20zu40rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐκπορευόμενον1

In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of coming. Alternate translation: “is going out”

11757:20heswrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsτοῦ ἀνθρώπου & τὸν ἄνθρωπον1

Although the term man is masculine throughout this verse, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the person … the person”

11767:20r7yprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounτοῦ ἀνθρώπου & τὸν ἄνθρωπον1

The phrase the man throughout this verse represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a person … that person”

11777:21u74orc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a basis for the claim that Jesus made in the previous verse about how what comes out from a person is what defiles that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “I say that because”

11787:21chkkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων1

In Jesus’ culture, the heart is the place where humans think, feel, and desire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think, feel, and desire in your culture, or you could express the idea plainly. See how you translated heart in 7:19. Alternate translation: “from the head of men” or “from the mind of men” or “from what men think and desire”

11797:21nwikrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsτῆς καρδίας1

If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one heart, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “the hearts”

11807:21pycprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsτῶν ἀνθρώπων1

Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of humans”

11817:21cb8drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐκπορεύονται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “go out”

11827:21wi9jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἐκπορεύονται1

Here Jesus speaks as if evil deeds and desires go out from the inside of a person. He means that these evil deeds and desires have their origin from the person, not from anything outside the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “spring” or “originate”

11837:21-22eey1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsοἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ & πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, φόνοι & μοιχεῖαι, πλεονεξίαι, πονηρίαι, δόλος, ἀσέλγεια, ὀφθαλμὸς, πονηρός, βλασφημία, ὑπερηφανία, ἀφροσύνη1

If your language does not use nouns for some or all of the ideas in this list, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things that people do, including evil thinking, acting in sexually immoral ways, stealing things, murdering, acting in adulterous ways, desiring what others have, doing what is wicked, deceiving people, acting in sensual ways, having an evil eye, blaspheming, being prideful, and being foolish”

11847:22ho3xrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἀσέλγεια1

The word sensuality describes behavior that is unrestrained and that is unacceptable according to common standards. Often, this word refers especially to the act of indulging in unacceptable sexual behavior. If your readers would not be familiar with this category, you could use the name of a similar category in your area, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “sexual self-indulgence” or “shameful sexual behavior”

11857:22g1elrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomὀφθαλμὸς, πονηρός1

The phrase an evil eye describes someone who is jealous or envious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “jealousy” or “envy”

11867:23l4byrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsπάντα ταῦτα τὰ πονηρὰ ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evils, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “People do all these evil things because of what is within”

11877:23gq36rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐκπορεύεται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “go out”

11887:23nm4trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἐκπορεύεται1

Here Jesus speaks as if evil deeds and desires go out from within a person. He means that these evil deeds and desires have their origin from the person, not from anything outside the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in 7:21. Alternate translation: “spring” or “originate”

11897:23uwxarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἔσωθεν1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “from within a person”

11907:23a51mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsτὸν ἄνθρωπον1

Although the term man is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the person”

11917:23q2c8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounτὸν ἄνθρωπον1

The word the man represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a person”

11927:24k9blrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventδὲ1

Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”

11937:24xyh2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐκεῖθεν1

Here, the word there refers to the region of Gennesaret (see 6:53), which is where Jesus was teaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from where he was” or “from Gennesaret”

11947:24r0lfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheἀπῆλθεν1

Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, went away”

11957:24nm7vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἀπῆλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came away”

11967:24og69rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰσελθὼν εἰς οἰκίαν1

Here Mark implies that Jesus entered this house as a guest who had been invited to stay there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having entered into a house as a guest” or “having been invited to stay at a house”

11977:24hcyurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitγνῶναι1

Here Mark implies that Jesus did not want people to know that he was staying in this specific house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to know that he was there”

11987:25-26ue8yrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridgeἀλλ’ εὐθὺς ἀκούσασα γυνὴ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἐλθοῦσα, προσέπεσεν πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ & ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει, καὶ ἠρώτα αὐτὸν ἵνα τὸ δαιμόνιον ἐκβάλῃ ἐκ τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτῆς1

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 7:25 and 7:26 into a verse bridge in order to include all the information about the woman before narrating what the woman did. Alternate translation: “But immediately a woman heard about him. She was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent. Her little daughter had an unclean spirit. She, having come, fell down at his feet. She was asking him that he would cast out the demon from her daughter.”

11997:25wjgvrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastἀλλ’1

Here, the word But introduces what a woman did in contrast to what Jesus wanted people to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “Instead,”

12007:25p33vrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsεὐθὺς ἀκούσασα γυνὴ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἐλθοῦσα, προσέπεσεν πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ1

Here Mark introduces a woman as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a woman heard about him. Her little daughter had an unclean spirit. Immediately, having come, she fell down at his feet”

12017:25eofqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεὐθὺς ἀκούσασα γυνὴ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἐλθοῦσα1

Here, the word immediately could go with: (1) having heard. Alternate translation: “having heard about him immediately, a woman, of whom her little daughter had an unclean spirit, having come” (2) having come. Alternate translation: “having heard about him, a woman, of whom her little daughter had an unclean spirit, immediately having come”

12027:25fix3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐλθοῦσα1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

12037:25tdv5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionπροσέπεσεν πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ1

In the woman’s culture, falling down at someone’s feet was a way to honor a greater person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what falling down means. Alternate translation: “prostrated herself before him” or “bowed down to him in respect”

12047:26aik7rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει, καὶ ἠρώτα1

Here Mark provides background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “By the way, the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent. She was asking”

12057:26e39yrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΣυροφοινίκισσα1

The word Syrophoenician identifies the woman as someone who was native to the region of Syrophoenicia. This region was a smaller portion of Syria that was known as Phoenicia. Phoenicia was the area where the cities of Tyre and Sidon were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some explanation of this word. Alternate translation: “from that region, called Syrophoenicia,” or “from the region of Phoenicia within the province of Syria”

12067:26w21grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἠρώτα αὐτὸν ἵνα τὸ δαιμόνιον ἐκβάλῃ ἐκ τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτῆς1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “she was asking him, ‘Please cast out the demon from my daughter’”

12077:27zpbrrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the little dogs, so permit the children first to be fed”

12087:27gsj7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parablesἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν1

To answer the woman, Jesus offers a story or illustration. In the story, the children represent the Jewish people, the little dogs represent non-Jewish people, and the bread represents the help that Jesus gives to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this is a story with a specific message, or you could explain what the parable means. Alternate translation: “Listen to this illustration: Permit the children first to be fed, for it is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the little dogs” or “Permit the children first to be fed, for it is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the little dogs. That is why I am helping my fellow Jews before I help you”

12097:27o8nzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularἄφες1

Because Jesus is speaking to the woman, the command Permit is singular.

12107:27r898rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “the children first to receive food” or “someone to feed the children first”

12117:27ghtrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe bread that was prepared for the children to eat. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the food prepared for the children” or “the food that the children were going to eat”

12127:27k2wbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheτὸν ἄρτον1

Jesus is using bread to represent food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the meals”

12137:27cjecrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν1

Here, Jesus implies that the bread is thrown to the little dogs so that they can eat it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to throw it to the little dogs for them to eat”

12147:27p3e5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτοῖς κυναρίοις1

Here, the phrase little dogs could describe: (1) domesticated animals that eat pests and can protect houses and families. You could use the name of a similar animal in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “to the domesticated animals” or “to the guard animals” (2) scavenging animals that were generally considered unclean and dirty. You could use the name of a similar animal in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “to the scavenging animals” or “to the dirty animals”

12157:28xgl7rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces what the woman says in contrast to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Yet”

12167:28k43frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitναί1

Here, the woman uses the word Yes to indicate that she understands and agrees with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Yes, I agree” or “Yes, that is true”

12177:28ddofrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ2

Here, the word and introduces the woman’s further explanation of what Jesus said about children and little dogs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave and untranslated. Alternate translation: “but it is also true” or “yet even further,”

12187:28na7src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parablesτὰ κυνάρια ὑποκάτω τῆς τραπέζης ἐσθίουσιν ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν παιδίων1

To ask Jesus to help her, the woman offers a story or illustration based on the parable that Jesus told in 7:27. In the story, the little dogs represent non-Jewish people, and the crumbs represent the help that Jesus gives to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this is a story with a specific message, or you could explain what the parable means. Alternate translation: “here is a similar story: the little dogs under the table eat from the crumbs of the children” or “the little dogs under the table eat from the crumbs of the children. That is what helping me would be like”

12197:28nlfkrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτὰ κυνάρια1

See you how you translated this phrase in 7:27. Alternate translation: “to the domesticated animals” or “to the scavenging animals”

12207:28u7nsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὰ κυνάρια ὑποκάτω τῆς τραπέζης1

The woman means that the little dogs are where the children are eating the food. In her culture, they would lie under the table where the food was served. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the little dogs near the food” or “the little dogs that are nearby when the food is served”

12217:28y0hbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτῶν ψιχίων τῶν παιδίων1

Here, the woman is using the possessive form to describe crumbs that fall from the food that the children are eating. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the crumbs from what the children are eating” or “crumbs that fall from the children’s meals”

12227:29vwswrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτοῦτον τὸν λόγον1

Jesus is using the term word to mean what the woman said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this answer” or “how you responded”

12237:29sa9trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὕπαγε1

When Jesus tells the woman to go, he implies that he will do what she asked. In other words, he sends her away because he wants her to see that he has cast out the demon. Alternate translation: “go, for I have done what you asked” or “I will help you. So go”

12247:29n2s0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularὕπαγε & σου1

Because Jesus is speaking to the woman, the command go and the word your are singular.

12257:29sbqprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου1

Here Jesus implies that the demon left the daughter because Jesus himself commanded it to do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I have caused the demon to go out from your daughter” or “The demon has gone out from your daughter as you requested”

12267:29p74nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξελήλυθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “has come out”

12277:30xo9jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸ παιδίον βεβλημένον ἐπὶ τὴν κλίνην1

Here Mark could be implying that the child was having been put on the bed because: (1) she had been healed and could sleep and rest normally. Alternate translation: “the child having been put on the bed, sleeping normally” or “the child lying peacefully on the bed” (2) the demon had exhausted her when it left her. Alternate translation: “the child having been thrown on the bed” or “the child lying exhausted on the bed”

12287:30y3x2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveτὸ παιδίον βεβλημένον1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the child lying” or “the child had lain down”

12297:31iif6rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ πάλιν1

Here, the phrase And again introduces the next major event in the story. The word again implies that Jesus has already gone out from a location recently (see 7:24, where he left for Tyre and Sidon). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And again untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “Later on,”

12307:31gjcdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξελθὼν & ἦλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” and “came” instead of gone and went. Alternate translation: “having come out … he came”

12317:31yzf9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheἦλθεν1

Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, went”

12327:31cxa8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΔεκαπόλεως1

The word Decapolis is a name for a region to the southeast of Galilee. The name means “the Ten Towns.” See how you translated this name in 5:20.

12337:32v23frc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsφέρουσιν αὐτῷ κωφὸν καὶ μογιλάλον1

Here Mark introduces a man who is deaf and barely able to speak as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a man there who was deaf and barely able to speak. They bring him to Jesus” or “they bring to him a man. He was deaf and barely able to speak”

12347:32fa0crc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsφέρουσιν & παρακαλοῦσιν1

Here, the pronoun they refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “certain people bring … they beg”

12357:32m7xkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsαὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “him, ‘Please lay your hand on him’”

12367:32jlj4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα1

Here the people are implying that they want Jesus to lay his hand on him to heal the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he would lay his hand on him and heal” or “he, by laying his hand on him, would heal him”

12377:33jdfnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔβαλεν τοὺς δακτύλους αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰ ὦτα αὐτοῦ1

Here Mark implies that Jesus put one finger from one of his hands into one of the man’s ears, and he put one finger from the other hand into the man’s other ear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he put a finger in both of the man’s ears”

12387:33ld3frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfoπτύσας1

Here Mark does not state where Jesus spit. He may have spit on the ground, on his own fingers, or on the man’s tongue. If possible, do not state where exactly Jesus spit. Alternate translation: “having spit saliva”

12397:34hu66rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν1

In Jesus’ culture, most people thought that heaven was up above the earth. Looking up towards heaven was a common posture for someone who was praying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a common posture for prayer in your culture, or you could explain the meaning of this posture. Alternate translation: “having raised his arms in prayer” or “having looked up to heaven to pray”

12407:34iyxerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfoἐστέναξεν1

When Jesus sighed, it could indicate that he was praying deeply, that he felt compassion for the man, or that healing the man required much energy or power. If possible, use a general word or phrase that refers to someone breathing deeply in or out. Alternate translation: “he breathed deeply” or “he exhaled loudly”

12417:34xh89rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐφφαθά, ὅ ἐστιν, διανοίχθητι1

Here Mark provides an explanation of what Ephphatha means. Use a form that shows that Mark is explaining what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “‘Ephphatha!’—that is, ‘Be opened.’” or “‘Ephphatha!’ That is translated, ‘Be opened!’”

12427:34lbw4rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterateἐφφαθά1

The word Ephphatha is an Aramaic word. Mark has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. Since Mark states what this word means at the end of the verse, you also should spell it out the way it sounds in your language.

12437:34q6qkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveδιανοίχθητι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Open” or “Become open”

12447:34ihqlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularδιανοίχθητι1

Because Jesus is speaking to the man, the command Be opened is singular.

12457:35yj4jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί, καὶ ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “his ears opened, and the bond of his tongue loosened” or “Jesus opened his ears, and he loosed the bond of his tongue”

12467:35yg15rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί1

Here Mark speaks as if the man could not hear because something was blocking his ears. When Jesus healed him, it was as if his ears were opened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his ears were repaired” or “his ears began to work properly”

12477:35gssmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ1

Here Mark speaks as if the man’s inability to speak clearly was because of a bond that restricted or restrained his tongue. When Jesus healed the man, it was as if that bond was loosed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his mouth was repaired” or “what kept him from speaking clearly was removed”

12487:35yuskrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ1

Here, Mark is using the possessive form to describe a bond that binds or restricts the man’s tongue. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the bond that held his tongue” or “the bond that restrained his tongue”

12497:36oo1arc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοῖς & λέγωσιν & αὐτοῖς & αὐτοὶ1

The pronouns them and they throughout this refer to the people who saw that Jesus had healed the man. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people who saw what he had done … they would tell it … them … they” or “those who knew about the healing … they would tell it … them … they”

12507:36u56mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsαὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “them, ‘Tell it to no one’”

12517:36eb2yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisαὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ1

Here Mark implies that Jesus ordered them not to tell anyone about what he had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he ordered them to tell it to no one”

12527:37lg0rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveὑπέρπερισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο λέγοντες1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus and what he had done. Alternate translation: “what he had done extremely astonished them, and they said” or “this story about Jesus astonished them extremely, and they said”

12537:37hwj4rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsὑπέρπερισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο1

The pronoun they refers to everyone who witnessed or heard about how Jesus healed the man. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “everyone who knew about what Jesus had done was extremely astonished” or “all the people were extremely astonished”

12547:37a8dxrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγοντες1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

12557:37qmx0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαλῶς πάντα πεποίηκεν1

Here the people are referring to all things that Jesus had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Everything that he has done, he has done well” or “He has done all his deeds well”

12567:37dh17rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτοὺς κωφοὺς & ἀλάλους1

Mark is using the adjectives deaf and mute as nouns to mean people who are deaf and mute. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people”

12578:introry560

Mark 8 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

  1. Jesus expands his ministry and encounters opposition (6:7–8:21)
    • Jesus feeds 4,000 people (8:1–10)
    • The Pharisees test Jesus (8:11–13)
    • The yeast of the Pharisees and Herod (8:14–21)
  2. Jesus instructs his disciples and journeys toward Jerusalem (8:22–10:52)
    • Jesus heals a blind man (8:22–26)
    • Who Jesus really is (8:27–30)
    • What Jesus and his disciples must do (8:31–9:1)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The miracle of multiplying food

In 8:1–10, Mark tells a story in which Jesus provides 4,000 people with food. All these people were in a place where no people lived, and all the food that Jesus and his disciples had were seven loaves of bread and a few fish. Despite that, Jesus used the seven loaves of bread and the few fish to feed everyone who was there. Mark does not tell us exactly how Jesus did this, but he does say that there were more leftovers than what they started with. Your translation should not explain how Jesus multiplied the food, but it should be clear that he did a miracle. Mark told a similar story about how Jesus fed 5,000 men in 6:30–44, so see how you expressed the ideas there.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

The yeast of the Pharisees and the yeast of Herod

In 8:14–21, Jesus tells his disciples to watch out for the “yeast” of the Pharisees and the “yeast” of Herod. The disciples misunderstand him and think that he is saying something about bread, which they forgot to bring with them. In response, Jesus reminds them that he is not talking about lack of bread, since he has proved twice that he can multiply food. He implies that “yeast” refers to what the Pharisees and Herod teach and do. Since the disciples misunderstanding “yeast” is an important part of this passage, and since Jesus never directly explains what “yeast” means, if possible you should avoid making that idea more explicit. If you do explain what “yeast” means, if possible only do so after Jesus has made it clear that he is not speaking about literal yeast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when Jesus is talking to his disciples. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

The historic present

To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 6, 12, 17, 19, 20, 22, 29, and 33. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])

12588:1rmd8rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις1

Here, the phrase In those days introduces the next major event in the story. It does not indicate how soon after the previous event this new event occurred. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Later during those days” or “During one of those days”

12598:1sn4prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις1

Here, Mark uses the term days to refer to a particular period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that identifies a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “During that time”

12608:1m327rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις1

The phrase those days refers to the time period when Jesus in the region of the Decapolis, on the southeastern side of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was in the region of the Decapolis”

12618:2gsezrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultσπλαγχνίζομαι ἐπὶ τὸν ὄχλον, ὅτι ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν τι φάγωσιν1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The crowd is remaining with me already three days and does not have anything that they might eat, so I have compassion on them”

12628:2drmzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsσπλαγχνίζομαι ἐπὶ1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of compassion, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I sympathize with”

12638:3u3murc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypoἐὰν ἀπολύσω αὐτοὺς νήστεις εἰς οἶκον αὐτῶν, ἐκλυθήσονται ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ1

Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if he sent the people away to their home hungry. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine that I were to send them away to their home hungry. In that case, they would faint on the way”

12648:3fyjorc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsοἶκον αὐτῶν1

If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one home, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “their homes”

12658:3yvakἐκλυθήσονται1

Alternate translation: “they will become weary” or “they will lose their strength”

12668:3v5m7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐν τῇ ὁδῷ1

Here, Jesus implies that the people would be walking on the way to their homes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on the way to their homes” or “while they going home”

12678:3o0zurc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαί τινες αὐτῶν1

Here, the word and introduces something that makes the situation even more difficult. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that intensifies the situation. Alternate translation: “and even worse, some of them” or “and that is especially true for those who”

12688:4jdk2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionπόθεν τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας?1

The disciples are using the question form to tell Jesus that they will not be able to find enough food for the crowd. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is impossible for anyone here in a desolate place to satisfy these people with loaves.” or “There is certainly nowhere here in this desolate place where anyone is able to get enough loaves to satisfy these people!”

12698:4zma4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheἄρτων1

The disciples are using loaves to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with food”

12708:5lcovrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἠρώτα αὐτούς, πόσους ἔχετε ἄρτους? οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, ἑπτά1

It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “he asked them how many loaves they had. And they said that they had seven”

12718:5qm6yrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἄρτους1

See how you translated loaves in 6:38. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”

12728:5p7k1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἑπτά1

The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We have seven loaves”

12738:6x2jrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς1

In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “to get ready to eat on the ground”

12748:6iwrerc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἄρτους1

See how you translated loaves in 6:38. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”

12758:6sygxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔκλασεν καὶ ἐδίδου1

Here Mark means that Jesus broke the loaves of bread in pieces so that they could be served to the crowds. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar words in 6:41. Alternate translation: “he divided the loaves into servings and was giving them” or “he broke the loaves into smaller pieces and was giving the pieces”

12768:6p17mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoἵνα παρατιθῶσιν, καὶ παρέθηκαν τῷ ὄχλῳ1

The clauses so that they might set {them} before {them}, and they set {them} before the crowd contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “so that they set them before the crowd” or “and they were setting them before crowd”

12778:7bio6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsεἶπεν καὶ ταῦτα παρατιθέναι1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he said, ‘Set these also before them’”

12788:8wryerc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἔφαγον & ἦραν1

The pronoun they in the phrase they ate refers to the crowds. The pronoun they in the phrase they took up refers to the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the crowds ate … the disciples took up”

12798:8ehu8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveκαὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages. Alternative translation: “until they were full”

12808:8v5zirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomπερισσεύματα κλασμάτων1

Here, the phrase the remaining refers to what was left after everyone ate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leftovers” or “what was left of the broken pieces”

12818:8bcjqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἑπτὰ σπυρίδας1

Mark is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “seven baskets full” or “filling up seven baskets”

12828:8k95yrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownσπυρίδας1

The word baskets refers to large circular containers that store food or other items. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “boxes” or “containers”

12838:9m81zrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundδὲ1

Mark uses the word Now to introduce background information that helps the readers understand how amazing what Jesus did was. The word does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “As for how many people were there,” or “In the end,”

12848:9d2xgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτετρακισχίλιοι1

Mark is using the number 4,000 as a noun to mean 4,000 people. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “4,000 individuals”

12858:10qnt3rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstoryκαὶ εὐθὺς ἐμβὰς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά1

Here Mark concludes the story about how Jesus fed 4,000 people. He concludes the story by indicating that Jesus left the area. Use the natural form in your language for expressing this conclusion. Alternate translation: “The, after feeding all those people, Jesus immediately got into the boat with his disciples and left. He went into the regions of Dalmanutha”

12868:10syq3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounτὸ πλοῖον1

Here, the phrase the boat could refer to: (1) a boat, without specifying which one. Alternate translation: “a certain boat” (2) the same boat that Jesus and his disciples used earlier. Alternate translation: “the same boat they had used earlier”

12878:10y8u3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἦλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came”

12888:10x33arc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΔαλμανουθά1

The word Dalmanutha is the name of an area. Its location is unknown, but it may have been on the northwestern side of the Sea of Galilee.

12898:11kbikrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” or “While he was there,”

12908:11ztj1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐξῆλθον1

Here Mark implies that the Pharisees came out from wherever they were and went to where Jesus was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “departed to Jesus” or “left where they were and went to where Jesus was”

12918:11m1xcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξῆλθον1

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went out”

12928:11u4plrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsζητοῦντες παρ’ αὐτοῦ σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, πειράζοντες αὐτόν1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking him, ‘Give us a sign from heaven,’ testing him”

12938:11zi91rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitσημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ1

The implication is that the Pharisees wanted Jesus to do a miracle to prove that his authority came from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a sign from heaven that proved that his authority was from God”

12948:11beh7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ1

Here, the phrase from heaven indicates that the sign originates in heaven, where God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from heaven, where God rules” or “that comes from the place where God is”

12958:11hb7trc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goalπειράζοντες αὐτόν1

Here, the word testing introduces the purpose for which the Pharisees came to Jesus and were seeking a sign from heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order to him”

12968:12sn5aἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ1

When Jesus sighed greatly, it indicated that he was sad and upset about what the Pharisees had asked him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to how people in your culture express sadness or frustration nonverbally, or you could explain the meaning of what Jesus did. Alternate translation: “having breathed out loudly” or “having shown that he was upset by sighing greatly”

12978:12s8xlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ1

Here, the word spirit refers to the nonphysical part of people. Mark means that Jesus sighed inwardly, to himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in his heart” or “within himself”

12988:12plu9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personτί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον1

Jesus is speaking about his audience in the third person instead of directly addressing them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person here instead. Alternate translation: “Why do you who are of this generation seek a sign? Truly I say to you, if a sign will be given to you who are of this generation …”

12998:12g4lzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “This generation has no reason to seek a sign.” or “I am surprised that this generation seeks a sign!”

13008:12l335rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ & τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ1

Here, generation represents the people who are part of the generation, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do today’s people seek … to today’s people” or “do the people of this generation seek … to the people of this generation”

13018:12swpmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitσημεῖον-1

Here, just as in 8:11, the implication is that the sign is a miracle that proves that Jesus’ authority comes from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a sign that shows that my authority is from God … such a sign”

13028:12cnz3rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contraryεἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον1

Here Jesus uses the word if to introduce a statement that he knows will not be true. What the form means is that a sign will definitely not be given to this generation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea with a strong negation. Alternate translation: “A sign will never be given to this generation!”

13038:12q4whrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulaεἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον1

The phrase if a sign will be given to this generation is an oath formula. This kind of oath does not complete the condition, but it implies that something bad will happen to the speaker if the condition actually happens. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “I will be accursed if a sign will be given to this generation!” or “I swear that a sign will not be given to this generation!”

13048:12a2x2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveδοθήσεται & σημεῖον1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it could be: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “I will give a sign” (2) God the Father. Alternate translation: “God will give a sign”

13058:13i2serc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheἀπῆλθεν1

Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, went away”

13068:13cmz8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἀπῆλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came away”

13078:13u1qkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰς τὸ πέραν1

Here Mark implies that Jesus went away to the other side of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the lake” or “to the opposite side of the Sea of Galilee”

13088:14qxvzrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundκαὶ1

Here Mark uses the word And to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. The word does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “As for the disciples,” or “As it happened,”

13098:14ldifrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἄρτους1

Mark is using loaves to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “anything to eat”

13108:14gtg6rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptionsεἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον οὐκ εἶχον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ1

If, in your language, it would appear that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only had one loaf with them in the boat”

13118:14knfjrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἄρτον1

See how you translated this word in 6:38. Alternate translation: “large chunk of bread”

13128:15oqwlrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγων1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

13138:15bd2xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε ἀπὸ1

The terms See and watch out for similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Carefully watch out for” or “Keep away from”

13148:15lt70rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε1

Here, the word See means that the disciples need to make sure that something happens or does not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Make sure that you watch out”

13158:15msperc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe yeast that the Pharisees and Herod have or use. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the yeast that the Pharisees and Sadducees have”

13168:15nszlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorτῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου1

Here, yeast is a metaphor that refers to what the Pharisees and Herod teach and do. However, the disciples did not immediately understand that Jesus was using a metaphor; instead, Jesus has to explain it to them in the following verses. So, you should preserve the metaphor here without explaining its meaning, since Jesus provides an explanation in the following verses.

13178:16fjt6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἀλλήλους, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “each other, ‘We have no loaves’”

13188:16uqrarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὅτι1

Here, the word translated that could introduce: (1) what the disciples were reasoning. Alternate translation: “and saying that” (2) what the disciples think might be the reason for why Jesus said what he did about yeast. Alternate translation: “that Jesus had said that because”

13198:16kh1nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἄρτους οὐκ1

See how you translated loaves in 8:14. Alternate translation: “nothing to eat”

13208:16zfw3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleἄρτους οὐκ1

Mark says no here as an overstatement for emphasis. The disciples do have one loaf of bread (see 8:14) If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “almost no loaves” or “only one loaf of bread”

13218:17hnh6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “It is wrong for you to be reasoning that you do not have loaves. You do not yet perceive nor understand. Your hearts have become hardened.” or “Do not reason that you do not have loaves! I am disappointed that you do not yet perceive nor understand! Your hearts have become hardened!”

13228:17dmt2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletοὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε1

The terms perceive and understand mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet know” or “Do you not yet perceive”

13238:17wf6jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε?1

Here Jesus is implying that the disciples do not perceive or understand who Jesus is and what he can do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet perceive who I am, nor understand what I can do”

13248:17rq8crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorπεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν?1

Here, Jesus is speaking of the disciples’ heart as if it had become hardened. He means that the disciples are stubborn and refuse to listen and learn. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Have you become stubborn” or “Have you become unwilling to pay attention”

13258:17yd7irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could indicate that it was the disciples themselves. Alternate translation: “Has your heart become hard” or “Have you hardened your heart”

13268:17mihvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν1

If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one heart, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “Have your hearts”

13278:17fn31rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν?1

In Jesus’ culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “your head” or “your mind”

13288:18u1ghrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Having eyes, you do not see. And having ears, you do not hear. And you do not remember.” or “Surely you have eyes, yet you do not see! Surely you have ears, yet you do not hear! And you certainly do not remember!”

13298:18qt58rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε1

These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the sentences with a word other than and in order to show that the second sentence is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two sentences. Alternate translation: “Having eyes, do you not see? Indeed, having ears, do you not hear” or “Having eyes and ears, do you not see and hear”

13308:18jirsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε1

Here Jesus is implying that the disciples have eyes to look at things and ears to hear things, but they do not really pay attention to what they see and hear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Having eyes, do you fail to pay attention to what you see? And having ears, do you fail to pay attention to what you see” or “Having eyes to see with, do you not see properly? And having ears to hear with, do you not hear properly”

13318:18-19w1s9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureκαὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε & ὅτε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους ἔκλασα εἰς τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους, πόσους κοφίνους κλασμάτων πλήρεις ἤρατε1

Here, the clause And do you not remember could: (1) stand alone as a question. See the ULT. (2) begin the question that is found in verse 19. Alternate translation: “And do you not remember, when I broke the five loaves among the 5,000, how many baskets full of broken pieces did you take up” or “And do you not remember when I broke the five loaves among the 5,000? How many baskets full of broken pieces did you take up”

13328:18vz05rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὐ μνημονεύετε1

Here Jesus implies that the disciples should remember what it is that he has done. As the next verses will show, Jesus is thinking specifically of how he has fed 5,000 and 4,000 people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “do you not remember my miracles”

13338:19qgpdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτοὺς πέντε ἄρτους ἔκλασα1

Here Jesus refers to how he broke the loaves of bread in pieces so that they could be served to the crowds. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in 6:41. Alternate translation: “I divided the five loaves into servings” or “I broke the five loaves into smaller pieces”

13348:19e90hrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἄρτους1

See how you translated loaves in 6:38. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread”

13358:19t7igrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτοὺς πεντακισχιλίους1

Jesus is using the number 5,000 as a noun to mean 5,000 people. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 5,000 men”

13368:19xppwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκοφίνους κλασμάτων πλήρεις ἤρατε1

Here Jesus means that the disciples filled the baskets with the leftovers from the meal, including broken pieces of bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect” or “baskets full of leftover pieces of bread did you take up”

13378:19v6ljrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownκοφίνους1

See how you translated baskets in 6:43. Alternate translation: “boxes” or “containers”

13388:19y0h5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisδώδεκα1

The disciples are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We took up 12 baskets full”

13398:20ji16rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὅτε καὶ1

Here Mark implies that Jesus is speaking again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Then he said, ‘And when”

13408:20gxwirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisτοὺς ἑπτὰ εἰς τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I broke the seven for the 4,000”

13418:20h45urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτοὺς ἑπτὰ1

Jesus is using the number seven as a noun to mean seven loaves. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the seven loaves”

13428:20lip5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτοὺς τετρακισχιλίους1

Jesus is using the number 4,000 as a noun to mean 4,000 people. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 4,000 individuals”

13438:20hzgxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionπόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα κλασμάτων1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe fillings that consisted of baskets that were stuffed with broken pieces. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how many baskets containing broken pieces” or “how many baskets, each one filled with broken pieces,”

13448:20q3f6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsπόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of fillings, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how many baskets full”

13458:20wvmnrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownσπυρίδων1

See how you translated baskets in 8:8. Alternate translation: “boxes” or “containers”

13468:20tdnlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκλασμάτων1

Here Jesus is referring to broken pieces of bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of broken pieces of bread” or “of broken pieces of leftover bread”

13478:20jfbqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἑπτά1

The disciples are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We took up seven baskets full”

13488:21kh42rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionπῶς οὔπω συνίετε?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. See how you expressed the similar rhetorical question in 8:17. Alternate translation: “You should understand by now.” or “I am disappointed that you do not yet understand!”

13498:21kmt0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπῶς οὔπω συνίετε?1

Here Jesus is implying that the disciples do not understand who Jesus is and what he can do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar idea in 8:17. Alternate translation: “How do you not yet understand who I am and what I can do”

13508:22q45urc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

13518:22c92crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχονται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “they go”

13528:22mul4rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΒηθσαϊδάν1

The word Bethsaida is the name of a town. It was located on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you referred to this town in 6:45.

13538:22t5horc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsφέρουσιν1

Here, the pronoun they refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “certain people bring” or “some people bring”

13548:22n503rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsκαὶ φέρουσιν αὐτῷ τυφλὸν, καὶ παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν1

Here Mark introduces a man who is blind as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “and there was a blind man there. People bring him to Jesus and beg him”

13558:22mj78rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsαὐτὸν ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “him, ‘Please touch him’”

13568:22mx9qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitαὐτοῦ ἅψηται1

Here the people are implying that they want Jesus to touch the man to heal him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he would touch him and heal him” or “he, by touching him, would heal him”

13578:23bnryrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ1

As 8:25 makes clear, Jesus laid his hands on the man’s eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that more explicit here. Alternate translation: “having laid his hands on the man’s eyes”

13588:23s7inrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἐπηρώτα αὐτόν, εἴ τι βλέπεις1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “he was asking him if he saw anything.”

13598:23dbjsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularβλέπεις1

Because Jesus is speaking to the blind man, the word you is singular.

13608:24raqhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀναβλέψας1

Here, the word translated having looked up could mean that: (1) the man raised his head and looked around him. Alternate translation: “having looked at what was around him” (2) the man began to be able to see again. Alternate translation: “having begun to see again”

13618:24j47qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsτοὺς ἀνθρώπους1

Although the term men is masculine, the man is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “humans”

13628:24slxxrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesὅτι1

Here, the word for could introduce: (1) a further explanation of what the man saw. Alternate translation: “and more specifically,” or “and in fact” (2) a reason why the man knew that he was seeing men. Alternate translation: “since” or “which I know because”

13638:24r6tkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simileὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας1

The man is saying that the people he sees look like trees. This means that he cannot see them clearly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I see them walking, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees”

13648:25nfodrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureδιέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη καὶ ἐνέβλεπεν τηλαυγῶς ἅπαντα1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could rearrange these clauses so that when the man looks and what the man sees are more closely connected. Alternate translation: “he was restored, and he looked intently, and he was seeing everything clearly” or “he looked intently and was seeing everything clearly, and he was restored”

13658:25td9lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἀπεκατέστη1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus had restored him” or “became healthy”

13668:26uf6src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsκαὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν εἰς οἶκον αὐτοῦ λέγων, μηδὲ εἰς τὴν κώμην εἰσέλθῃς1

It may be more natural in your language to make everything that Jesus commands in this verse a direct quotation or an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And he told him, ‘Go to your home. You may not even enter into the town’” or “And he sent him away to his home, telling him that he might not even enter into the town”

13678:26gpqtrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγων1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

13688:26cuu3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularμηδὲ & εἰσέλθῃς1

Because Jesus is speaking to the man who was blind, the word You is singular.

13698:26w303rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsεἰς τὴν κώμην1

Many ancient manuscripts do not include any words in this verse after the phrase into the town. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the words “nor speak to anyone in the town” after the phrase into the town. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

13708:27dojrrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,”

13718:27e4l3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξῆλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “came out”

13728:27utrsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτὰς κώμας Καισαρείας τῆς Φιλίππου1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe villages that are near the larger city of Caesarea Philippi. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the villages that belonged to Caesarea Philippi” or “the villages that surrounded Caesarea Philippi”

13738:27qfyurc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγων αὐτοῖς1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said to them” or “and he asked them”

13748:27djp6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsοἱ ἄνθρωποι1

Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women”

13758:28lqfgrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

13768:28xmtyrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγοντες1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they answered”

13778:28nn1frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisὅτι Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν, καὶ ἄλλοι Ἠλείαν, ἄλλοι δὲ ὅτι εἷς τῶν προφητῶν1

The disciples are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Some say John the Baptist; and others say Elijah; but others say one of the prophets”

13788:28chn6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἸωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν, καὶ ἄλλοι Ἠλείαν, ἄλλοι δὲ ὅτι εἷς τῶν προφητῶν1

Since all these people and prophets had died before the disciples answered this question, the disciples are implying that people think that Jesus is one of these people who has come back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist come back to life; and others, Elijah come back to life; but others, one of the prophets come back to life”

13798:28v870rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjἄλλοι-1

The disciples are using the adjectives others and others as nouns to mean various groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “others among the people … others among the people”

13808:28vpwvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἷς τῶν προφητῶν1

Here the disciples are not excluding John the Baptist or Elijah from the group of the prophets. Instead, they are referring to the many other prophets that God had sent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “another one of the prophets”

13818:29czb5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularὑμεῖς & σὺ1

Because Jesus is speaking to the disciples, the word you in the phrase who do you say is plural. Because Peter is speaking to Jesus, the word You in the clause You are the Christ is singular.

13828:30rgy8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he strongly warned them, ‘Tell no one about me’”

13838:30tcdqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπερὶ αὐτοῦ1

Here Mark implies that Jesus warned the disciples to tell no one about who he really was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that he was the Christ” or “about his true identity”

13848:31lvfhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsαὐτοὺς ὅτι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν, καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “them, ‘It is necessary for the Son of Man to suffer many things and to be rejected by the elders and the chief priests and the scribes and to be killed and to rise up after three days’”

13858:31d4dcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου1

Here Jesus is referring to himself as the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “him, who is the Son of Man,”

13868:31m32prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to experience rejection from the elders and the chief priests and the scribes”

13878:31rn9mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἀποκτανθῆναι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “to die” or “to allow someone to kill him”

13888:31h9t2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἀναστῆναι1

Here, the phrase rise up refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be restored to life” or “to resurrect”

13898:31gjg2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomμετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας1

Here, the phrase after three days refers to the day after tomorrow. People in Jesus’ culture counted the current day as day one, tomorrow as day two, and the day after tomorrow as day three. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the day after tomorrow. Alternate translation: “on the day after the next day” or “two days from now”

13908:32q8p2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸν λόγον1

Here, word represents what Jesus said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he had just said” or “that teaching”

13918:32cuacrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsπαρρησίᾳ1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of openness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “openly”

13928:33ri3wrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces what Jesus did in contrast to what Peter wanted him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”

13938:33ddehrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ1

Here Mark implies that Jesus looked at all the other disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the rest of his disciples”

13948:33bskirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadysἐπετίμησεν Πέτρῳ καὶ λέγει1

This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word says indicates how Jesus rebuked Peter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use and. Alternate translation: “rebuked Peter by saying”

13958:33z6f1rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ, ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “You are not considering the things of God, but the things of men. So, get behind me, Satan!”

13968:33nu32rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου1

Here Jesus speaks as if he wants Peter to Get behind him. He means that Peter should not rebuke him but should instead accept what Jesus says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not stand in my way” or “Do not rebuke me”

13978:33ltykrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularὕπαγε & οὐ φρονεῖς1

Because Jesus is speaking to Peter, the command Get and the word you are singular.

13988:33kbb7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorΣατανᾶ1

Here Jesus calls Peter Satan because Peter is asking like Satan by tempting Jesus to disobey God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or explain the metaphor. Alternate translation: “you who are acting like Satan” or “for you are tempting me as Satan does”

13998:33r9gyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureοὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων1

If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “you are considering the things of men, not the things of God”

14008:33clxorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἀλλὰ τὰ1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but you are considering the things”

14018:33t6jvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsτῶν ἀνθρώπων1

Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of human beings” or “of people”

14028:34j3ztrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalεἴ τις θέλει1

Here Jesus uses the conditional form to refer to anyone who wants to follow after him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever form naturally introduces anyone who wants to follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “Anyone who wants” or “When someone wants”

14038:34m732rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν & ἀκολουθείτω μοι1

Here, the phrases follow after me and follow me refer to traveling with Jesus and being his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be my disciples … be my disciple” or “to travel with me as my students … travel with me as my student”

14048:34mdghrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3pἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι1

If your language does not use third-person imperatives in this way, you could state these in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he should deny himself and take up his cross and follow me”

14058:34j3khrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν & αὐτοῦ1

Although the terms him, himself, and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “let that person deny himself or herself … his or her”

14068:34yxe7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν1

Here, the phrase deny himself refers to a person choosing not to do what they would naturally do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him exercise self-control” or “let him choose not to do what he naturally desires”

14078:34dulqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ1

Jesus assumes that the disciples will know that the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar that was set upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. Jesus also assumes that the disciples will know that the Romans made these criminals carry these wooden crosses through the streets to the place where they were going to be executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some of this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “take up the wooden cross on which he will be executed”

14088:34c6llrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ1

Here Jesus speaks of taking up a cross in order to describe people who are ready and willing to suffer and even die because they follow Jesus. Because this figure of speech is connected to how Jesus himself died on a cross, if possible you should preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “be ready to suffer, which is like taking up his cross,” or “take up his cross, ready to suffer or die,”

14098:35opx8rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a basis for what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I say that because” or “In fact,”

14108:35d5rjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὃς & ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν, ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, σώσει αὐτήν1

Here Jesus speaks of how people’s attitudes toward their current lives affects their eternal lives after they resurrect. He means that those who want to save their current lives will lose their eternal, resurrection lives, and that those who have lost their current lives will save their eternal, resurrection lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whoever wants to save his current life will lose it forever, but whoever loses his current life for the sake of me and of the gospel will save it forever”

14118:35nn0arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorθέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν1

Here Jesus speaks of trying to preserve one’s life as if it were saving it. He speaks of dying as if it were losing one’s life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wants to preserve his life will die”

14128:35ppsirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsαὐτοῦ-1

Although the term his is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her … his or her”

14138:35p8hhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, σώσει αὐτήν1

Here Jesus speaks of dying or being willing to die as losing one’s life. He speaks of experiencing eternal life as if it were saving one’s life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but whoever has died for the sake of me and of the gospel will have eternal life”

14148:35ypthrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου1

When Jesus says for the sake of me and of the gospel, he means that some people will lose their lives because they are his disciples and because they believe the gospel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple and believes the gospel” or “because he believes in me and in the gospel”

14158:36nux8rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces another basis for what Jesus said in 8:34. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Another reason I say that is because” or “Even further,”

14168:36ua46rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί & ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ?1

Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “a man benefits nothing if he gains the whole world and forfeits his life.” or “a man never benefits anything if he gains the whole world and forfeits his life!”

14178:36qfk7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypoτί & ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ1

Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to show that forfeiting one’s life is bad enough that gaining anything else cannot make up for it. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “image a man who gained the whole world but forfeited his life. What does that man benefit”

14188:36mxujrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsἄνθρωπον & αὐτοῦ1

Although the terms man and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “a person … his or her”

14198:36ps8irc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ1

Here, the word and introduces something bad that happens in contrast to gaining the whole world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but”

14208:36jde6τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ1

Alternate translation: “his soul”

14218:37u1bbrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Even further,”

14228:37wua4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί & δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?1

Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “a man can give nothing in exchange for his life.” or “a man cannot give anything in exchange for his life!”

14238:37d0c8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsἄνθρωπος & αὐτοῦ1

Although the terms man and his are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “a person … his or her”

14248:37x78orc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ1

Here Jesus could be implying: (1) that there is nothing that is worth as much as a person’s life. Alternate translation: “that is as worth as much as his life” (2) that there is nothing that is valuable enough to redeem one’s life when it has been forfeited. Alternate translation: “that can buy back his life”

14258:37ofjeτῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ1

Alternate translation: “his soul”

14268:38ysvirc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a basis for what Jesus has said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. More specifically, the word For could introduce the basis for: (1) what Jesus has said in 8:34–37. Alternate translation: “I have said all those things because” (2) Jesus’ command to follow him in 8:34. Alternate translation: “You should follow me as I have commanded because”

14278:38zcdnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveὃς & ἐὰν ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever finds me and my words shameful” or “whoever worries that I and my words will shame them”

14288:38ji2erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους1

Jesus is using the term words to describe the things he teaches by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of my teaching”

14298:38ov1drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ1

Here, generation represents the people who are part of the generation, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. See how you translated the similar expression in 8:12. Alternate translation: “among today’s people, who are adulterous and sinful” or “among the adulterous and sinful people of this generation”

14308:38c53yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorμοιχαλίδι1

Here Jesus speaks of people who do not fully trust and obey God as if they were adulterous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “unfaithful” or “disobedient”

14318:38b5dlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveκαὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐπαισχυνθήσεται αὐτὸν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will also find him shameful” or “the Son of Man knows that such a person will also shame him”

14328:38hvx0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & ἔλθῃ & αὐτοῦ1

Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, … I come … my”

14338:38fo9drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὅταν ἔλθῃ1

Here Jesus implies that he, the Son of Man, will come back to this world at some point in the future. He is also implying that he will leave this world before he comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he comes back to this world” or “when, after leaving this world, he comes back”

14348:38hpc4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν ἁγίων1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with the holy angels in a way that his Father has made glorious” or “with the holy angels as one who is as great as his Father”

14358:38s5tmrc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciplesτοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ1

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.

14369:intron92j0

Mark 9 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

  1. Jesus instructs his disciples and journeys toward Jerusalem (8:22–10:52)
    • What Jesus and his disciples must do (8:31–9:1)
    • Jesus is transfigured (9:2–8)
    • Jesus and the disciples discuss Elijah (9:9–13)
    • Jesus heals a demon-possessed boy (9:14–29)
    • Jesus predicts his suffering and death (9:30–32)
    • Jesus teaches about how his disciples should behave (9:33–50)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

“transfigured”

In 9:1–8, Mark describes how Jesus was “transfigured.” This word indicates that Jesus looked very different to the disciples. Mark does not tell us all the ways in which Jesus looked different, but he does say that Jesus’ clothes became extremely white. What this means is that the disciples were able to see some of the glory and majesty that Jesus has as God’s Son. Make sure that your translation shows that Jesus looked great and glorious.

Elijah

When Jesus was transfigured, the disciples saw Moses and Elijah talking with him. Later, they ask Jesus about Elijah. They refer specifically to what the scribes say about a prophecy in Malachi 4:5–6, which indicates that God will send “Elijah” to prepare the way before God comes to judge his enemies and reward his people. Malachi is referring to a prophet who lived even earlier. This prophet, named Elijah, performed many miracles and spoke messages from God (see 1 Kings 17–19 and 2 Kings 2:1–17). The disciples ask about whether this Elijah is supposed to come before the Messiah does. Jesus says that this is true, and he talks about this “Elijah” in a way that shows the disciples that John the Baptist was “Elijah.” He means that John fulfills the prophecy in Malachi that someone like the prophet Elijah will prepare the way before God comes to judge and reward people. If your readers would not know the prophecy in Malachi or the stories about the prophet Elijah, you may need to include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Hyperbole

In 9:43–48, Jesus commands his disciples to cut off or throw out body parts that cause them to sin. He uses this extreme example of resisting sin in order to show his disciples how serious sin really is. He does not mean that believers should always cut off body parts when they sin. Jesus intends his commands to be shocking, however, so you should preserve the extreme language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Jesus’ commands are extreme language.

Stumbling

In 9:42–47, Jesus discusses people and things that cause “stumbling”. He uses this term to refer to sinning. See the notes on these verses for translation options.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in conversations, and many of the conversations are with one person. Because of this, the majority of the forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. So, you should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

The historic present

To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 2, 5, 19, and 35. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])

The allusion to Isaiah 66:24 in verse 48

In verse 48, Jesus uses words that are very similar to words in Isaiah 66:24. However, Jesus does not introduce his words as a quotation. So, Jesus is not directly quoting from Isaiah, but he intended his audience to think of Isaiah 66:24 when they heard what he said. If your readers would not think of Isaiah 66:24, you could refer to it in a footnote.

Verses 44 and 46

Some of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for 9:44 and 9:46. Some early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words in each verse: “where their worm does not end, and the fire is not quenched.” Since these words also appear in all of the manuscripts in 9:48, it is likely that people who copied the manuscripts accidentally or intentionally added these words earlier as verses 44 and 46. Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST include these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])

14379:1q4b6rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς1

Here, the pronoun he refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state who he refers to in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying to them”

14389:1lsa2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularὑμῖν1

Because Jesus is speaking to everyone who was there, the word you here is plural.

14399:1kg4xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomοἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου1

The phrase taste death is an idiom which means “to experience death.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not experience death”

14409:1qloyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsοἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun death by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not die”

14419:1f95zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐ μὴ1

The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”

14429:1yjf6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν1

Here Jesus speaks as if the kingdom of God were a person who could come. He means that God will establish or begin his kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God having been inaugurated” or “the kingdom of God having begun”

14439:1ymourc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐν δυνάμει1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of power, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a powerful way”

14449:2t08mrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ μετὰ ἡμέρας ἓξ1

Here, the phrase And after six days introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Then, after six days had passed” or “Six days after those things happened”

14459:2uf5frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletκατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους1

The terms by themselves and alone mean similar things. Mark is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “completely alone” or “totally by themselves”

14469:2krt6rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownμετεμορφώθη1

The word transfigured means to be changed in appearance or form. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could express the idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “his appearance was changed” or “he began to look different”

14479:2b3bbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveμετεμορφώθη1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Mark could be implying that: (1) Jesus did the action. Alternate translation: “he transfigured himself” (2) God did the action. Alternate translation: “God transfigured him”

14489:2jjltἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν1

Alternate translation: “in front of them” or “as they watched”

14499:3gp48rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownοἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι1

The word launderer refers to a person who worked with cloth to clean and bleach cloth and clothing. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of the word launderer, you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person who bleached cloth could make them” or “such as no person on earth who washed cloth could make them”

14509:4f2d6rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they saw Elijah with Moses”

14519:4r3uurc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοῖς1

Here, the word them refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “by Peter, James, and John”

14529:4pj3irc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες1

Here, the word they refers to Elijah and Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “Elijah and Moses were talking with”

14539:5w6vsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀποκριθεὶς1

Here, the word answering indicates that Peter was responding to what he saw. He was not answering a question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in response to seeing those things”

14549:5iqc9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveἡμᾶς1

By us, Peter could mean: (1) everyone who was there, including himself, the other two disciples, Jesus, Moses, and Elijah. Alternate translation: “for us all” (2) just himself and the other two disciples. Alternate translation: “for us disciples”

14559:5i0iwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveποιήσωμεν1

By us, Peter here means himself and the other two disciples, not Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. So, use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

14569:5k3y1rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownσκηνάς1

The term tents means simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. Peter probably had in mind that they would build them from the materials available on the mountain such as tree branches. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of temporary shelter. Alternate translation: “booths”

14579:6r3bnrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundοὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο1

This entire verse is a parenthetical statement which gives background information about Peter, James, and John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now as a matter of fact, he did not know what he should answer, for they were terrified”

14589:6w4qzrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultοὐ & ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because they were terrified, he did not know what he should answer”

14599:6f8hnἔκφοβοι & ἐγένοντο1

Alternate translation: “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid”

14609:7e3idrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐπισκιάζουσα1

Here Mark could be implying that: (1) the cloud enveloped or surrounded them. Alternate translation: “enveloping” or “surrounding” (2) the cloud cast a shadow on them. Alternate translation: “casting a shadow on”

14619:7juklrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοῖς1

The pronoun them could refer to: (1) the three disciples, Jesus, Moses, and Elijah. Alternate translation: “them all” (2) just Jesus, Moses, and Elijah. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Moses, and Elijah”

14629:7x4mvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐγένετο φωνὴ1

Mark is using voice to represent the person who is speaking, which is God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person was speaking” or “God the Father spoke”

14639:7ybu6rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciplesὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός1

The word Son is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God.

14649:7ql9prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my Son, whom I love”

14659:7o80arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularἀκούετε1

Because the voice is speaking to the three disciples, the command Listen is plural.

14669:8c4dzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureἐξάπινα περιβλεψάμενοι, οὐκέτι οὐδένα εἶδον1

Here, the word suddenly could go with: (1) saw. Alternate translation: “having looked around, suddenly they no longer saw anyone” (2) having looked around. Alternate translation: “having suddenly looked around, they no longer saw anyone”

14679:8hq73rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptionsοὐκέτι οὐδένα εἶδον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν1

If it would in appear your language that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only saw Jesus with them any longer”

14689:9q2qvrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτῶν1

The first occurrence of the word they in this verse refers to Jesus and Peter and James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Peter, James, and John”

14699:9wterrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goκαταβαινόντων1

In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of coming. Alternate translation: “going down”

14709:9pdmmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsαὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται, εἰ μὴ ὅταν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “them, ‘Relate to no one what you have seen, until the Son of Man has risen from the dead’”

14719:9w1nfrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsδιεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται1

Here, the pronoun them and the second and third occurrence of the pronoun they all refer to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered Peter and James and John not to tell anyone about what they had just seen”

14729:9zttmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου1

Here Jesus is referring to himself as the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he, who was the Son of Man,”

14739:9w98grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ1

Here, the phrase risen from the dead refers to people who had died then coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “had been restored to life” or “had resurrected”

14749:9t07prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjνεκρῶν1

Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun to mean people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the dead people” or “the corpses”

14759:10gxwyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς, συνζητοῦντες1

Here Mark could mean that: (1) the disciples kept the word to themselves, which means they kept it secret (see the following note). Further, they were discussing together what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “they kept the word to themselves, and they were discussing together” (2) the disciples kept the word, which means that they did what Jesus said. Further, they were discussing among themselves what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “they kept the word, discussing among themselves” or “they obeyed what Jesus said, discussing with each other” (3) the disciples kept the word, which means that they focused on it. Further, they were discussing among themselves what the word meant. Alternate translation: “they seized on the word, discussing among themselves”

14769:10edv3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomτὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς1

When people have kept something to themselves, it means that they have not talked about it with anyone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they kept the word secret” or “they did not speak to anyone else about the word”

14779:10to7wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸν λόγον1

Here, word represents an event that could be narrated using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the event” or “the things that they had seen”

14789:10o87rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsσυνζητοῦντες τί ἐστιν τὸ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “discussing together, ‘What is it “to rise from the dead”?’”

14799:10z9rqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτί ἐστιν τὸ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι1

Here Mark implies that the disciples are discussing together what Jesus said about rising from the dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what Jesus meant when he said, ‘rise from the dead’”

14809:10wfu9ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι1

See how you translated the phrase “risen from the dead” in 9:9.

14819:11s9znrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἐπηρώτων1

Here, the pronoun they refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John were questioning”

14829:11je29rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγοντες1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they asked”

14839:11s1cnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἨλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν1

Here the disciples are referring to a prophecy in Malachi 4:5–6. This prophecy states that God will send Elijah before the day of the Lord arrives, and he will prepare people. Elijah was a prophet who did many powerful things a long time before Malachi wrote down this prophecy. The scribes teach that this means that Elijah must come before the Messiah does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for Elijah, who was a prophet long ago, to come” or “the Scriptures indicate that it is necessary for Elijah the prophet to come”

14849:11t8hhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐλθεῖν1

Here, the word come refers to Elijah appearing in the world and doing what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to appear” or “to do what he is predicted to do”

14859:11fly4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπρῶτον1

Here the disciples imply that Elijah comes first because he comes before the Messiah does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “first, before the Messiah comes”

14869:12p09orc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

14879:12o8hfrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tenseἨλείας μὲν ἐλθὼν πρῶτον ἀποκατιστάνει πάντα1

Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe something that is generally true. He does not necessarily mean that Elijah is currently doing these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever form is natural for stating a general truth. Alternate translation: “Elijah, having come first, will restore all things”

14889:12pjbgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐλθὼν πρῶτον1

See how you translated “come first” in 9:11. Alternate translation: “having appeared first, before the Messiah does”

14899:12qno2rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces something further that Jesus wants the disciples to think about. What he asks about at first appears to contrast with what he has said about Elijah. However, in the following verse Jesus will show how these things actually go together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further, potentially contrasting idea. Alternate translation: “Beyond that, though,” or “And yet,”

14909:12s3q3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionπῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ?1

Jesus uses a rhetorical question here to remind his disciples that the Scriptures also teach that the Son of Man must suffer and be despised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The Scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be despised.”

14919:12toikrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveγέγραπται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through prophets. Alternate translation: “did the prophets say” or “did God have the prophets write”

14929:12ldt3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personτὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα & πάθῃ1

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, who am the Son of Man, that I would suffer”

14939:12i3j7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐξουδενηθῇ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “that many would despise him” or “that they would despise him”

14949:13myp9rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastἀλλὰ1

Here, the word But introduces more information about Elijah that contrasts with what Jesus said in the previous verse about Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “And yet” or “Now”

14959:13yvjtrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularὑμῖν1

Because Jesus is speaking to the three disciples, the word you here is plural.

14969:13k6b2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐλήλυθεν1

See how you translated come in 9:11. Alternate translation: “has appeared” or “has done what he was predicted to do”

14979:13yixsrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἐποίησαν & ἤθελον1

The pronouns they and they could refer to: (1) people in general who mistreated Elijah. Alternate translation: “certain ones did … they were wanting” (2) the Jewish religious leaders. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders did … they were wanting”

14989:13k3kjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὅσα ἤθελον1

Here Jesus implies that whatever they wanted was to mistreat and harm this Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whatever harmful things they were wanting to do” or “any evil things they were wanting to do”

14999:13st2brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveγέγραπται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through prophets. Alternate translation: “the prophets said” or “God had the prophets write”

15009:14lsk2rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”

15019:14n8fdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς1

Here Mark implies that Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the rest of the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the rest of the disciples who had not gone with them up the mountain”

15029:14dgk7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐλθόντες1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

15039:14qsp3rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοὺς & αὐτούς1

Here, both occurrences of the pronoun them refer to the other disciples of Jesus who had not gone up on the mountain with Jesus, Peter, James, and John.

15049:15k82vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἰδόντες αὐτὸν ἐξεθαμβήθησαν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the whole crowd saw him, which amazed them”

15059:15qhc3rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτὸν & προστρέχοντες & αὐτόν1

All three occurrences of the pronoun him in this verse refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus … running to him … him”

15069:16ju59rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsαὐτούς, τί συνζητεῖτε πρὸς αὑτούς1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “them what they were arguing with them about.”

15079:16w679rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτούς & πρὸς αὑτούς1

Here, the first occurrence of the pronoun them could refer to: (1) the disciples of Jesus who had not gone up on the mountain. In this case, the second occurrence of the pronoun them refers to the scribes. Alternate translation: “his disciples … with the scribes” (2) the scribes. In this case, the second occurrence of the pronoun them refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “the scribes … with my disciples” (3) the people in the crowd. In this case, the second occurrence of the pronoun them refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd … with my disciples”

15089:16mk3wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularσυνζητεῖτε πρὸς αὑτούς1

Because Jesus is speaking to a group of people (see the previous note), the word you here is plural.

15099:17a2j6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἤνεγκα τὸν υἱόν μου πρὸς σέ, ἔχοντα πνεῦμα ἄλαλον1

Here the man implies that he brought his son so that Jesus would cast out the demon and heal his son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I brought my son to you, having a mute spirit, so that you could cast the spirit out”

15109:17eluurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἔχοντα πνεῦμα ἄλαλον1

Here the man mean that his son was possessed or controlled by a mute spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being possessed by a mute spirit” or “because a mute spirit possesses him”

15119:17eb86rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπνεῦμα ἄλαλον1

Here the man implies that the spirit makes his son mute, that is, unable to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a spirit that makes him mute”

15129:18n09mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomαὐτὸν καταλάβῃ1

Here, the phrase seize him refers to when the demon forces a person to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it might begin to control him” or “it might force him to do something”

15139:18s5gwrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἀφρίζει1

When people are having convulsions, they can have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to form around their mouths. If your readers would not be familiar with this symptom, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “foam comes out of his mouth” or “he cannot swallow properly”

15149:18h98hξηραίνεται1

Alternate translation: “his body stiffens up” or “he cannot move”

15159:18iu9trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsεἶπα τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου, ἵνα αὐτὸ ἐκβάλωσιν, καὶ1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “I asked your disciples, ‘Please cast it out,’ and”

15169:18x7vxrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ6

Here, the word and introduces what the disciples were not able to do in contrast to what the man wanted them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but”

15179:18zre6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisοὐκ ἴσχυσαν1

The man is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “they were not able to cast it out”

15189:19pc2nrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

15199:19tb67rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfoἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς1

Here, the pronoun them is plural, so Jesus is addressing more than one person. However, it is not clear exactly to whom them refers. It could refer to the disciples, the crowd, the boy and his father, some combination of them, or to all of them at once. Here, them probably refers to everyone who was present. Use the form in your language that would be used for addressing a group of people. Alternate translation: “answering all of them” or “addressing them all” or “addressing everyone present”

15209:19feixrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostropheὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?1

Jesus is speaking to something that he knows cannot hear him. He is addressing the entire generation of people who were living at that time, and they are not all present to hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about this generation. He is actually speaking to the people who were there and who could hear him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to the people who were there, since they are included in the generation that Jesus is addressing. Alternate translation: “You who are part of this unbelieving generation, until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you?”

15219:19nbw0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος1

Here, generation represents the people who are part of the generation, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “O today’s people who are unbelieving” or “O unbelieving people of this generation”

15229:19c88arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the people who were there and to show how frustrated he is by them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “I do not want to be with you for long. I do not want to bear with you for long.” or “I want to leave you! I want to stop bearing with you!”

15239:19azc9ἕως πότε-1

Alternate translation: “how long … How long”

15249:19n4dqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?1

The question until when will I be with you and the question Until when will I bear with you have very similar meanings. Jesus uses these two similar questions together in order to emphasize his frustration and disappointment. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “until when will I be with you and endure your unbelief”

15259:19nfqnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularὑμᾶς & ὑμῶν1

Because Jesus is speaking to the people who are part of the generation, the words you and you here are plural.

15269:19b7u5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν1

Here, the phrase bear with refers to being charitable or kind to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “will I be charitable to you” or “will I act kindly with you”

15279:19a61krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularφέρετε1

Because Jesus is speaking to some people who were there, the command Bring is plural.

15289:19nryarc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτὸν1

The pronoun him refers to the man’s son. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “the man’s son” or “the one who has the mute spirit”

15299:20l4r5rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsκαὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν & καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν1

In this verse the first and fourth occurrences of the pronoun him refer to the man’s “son”, who was possessed by a mute spirit and was mentioned in Mark 9:17. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen him, the spirit immediately shook the boy with convulsions”

15309:20vdj4rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsκαὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν & καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν1

In this verse, the second and third occurrence of the pronoun him refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen Jesus, the spirit immediately shook the boy with convulsions”

15319:20bw3lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitσυνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν1

Here Mark is referring to a fit or seizure in which a person cannot control his or her body, which shakes violently. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “caused him to have a seizure”

15329:20ssaxrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἀφρίζων1

See how you translated the similar phrase in 9:18. Alternate translation: “foam coming out of his mouth” or “not being able to swallow properly”

15339:21f5zmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἐπηρώτησεν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ? ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἐκ παιδιόθεν1

It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “he asked his father how much time it was while this had been happening to him. And he said that it was from childhood.”

15349:21bu6mπόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ1

Alternate translation: “For how much time has this been happening to him” or “This has been happening to him for how long of a time”

15359:21n215rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἐκ παιδιόθεν1

The father is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “This has been happening to him from childhood”

15369:21x33vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐκ παιδιόθεν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of childhood, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Since he was very young”

15379:22kqalrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastἀλλ’1

Here, the word but introduces what the man wants Jesus to do in contrast with what his son is experiencing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave but untranslated. Alternate translation: “and so”

15389:22f5yurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureβοήθησον ἡμῖν, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since Jesus would have compassion on them before he would help them. Alternate translation: “having compassion on us, help us”

15399:22vwcwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperativeβοήθησον ἡμῖν1

This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you help us”

15409:22y1qcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveἡμῖν & ἡμᾶς1

By us, the man means himself and his son but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

15419:22fbuprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsσπλαγχνισθεὶς1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of compassion, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “sympathizing with”

15429:23hhglrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces what Jesus said in contrast to what the man said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “In response,”

15439:23vh6crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰ δύνῃ1

With the phrase If you are able, Jesus is repeating back to the man what the man had just said to Jesus. Jesus does this in order to rebuke the man’s doubt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Why did you say, ‘If you are able’” or “For what reason did you use the words, ‘If you are able’”

15449:23gc6grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτὸ εἰ δύνῃ?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the man. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not have said, ‘If you are able.’” or “Do not say, ‘If you are able’!”

15459:23zt0erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsτὸ εἰ δύνῃ1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “Did you speak about whether I was able”

15469:23kp1xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι1

Here Jesus could be stating that All things: (1) can can be done for the one believing. Alternate translation: “All things can be done for the one believing” (2) can be done by the one believing. Alternate translation: “All things can be done by the one believing”

15479:23e5kkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitδυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι1

Here Jesus could be implying that: (1) God can do anything for the one believing in him. Alternate translation: “are possible for God to do for the one believing in him” (2) Jesus can do anything for the one believing in him. Alternate translation: “are possible for me to do for the one believing in me”

15489:24nik2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπιστεύω1

Here the man could be implying that he believes: (1) in God and that God will help him and his son. Alternate translation: “I believe in God” or “I believe that God will help us” (2) in Jesus and that Jesus will help him and his son. Alternate translation: “I believe in you” or “I believe that you will help us”

15499:24h4y6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitβοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ1

Here the man implies that he wants Jesus to Help him overcome or remove his unbelief. In other words, while the man does believe, he also has unbelief, and he wants Jesus to help him get rid of that unbelief. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Help me overcome the unbelief I still have” or “Assist me in removing my unbelief” or “Help me so that I always believe”

15509:24wssirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsμου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of unbelief, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “me with how I do not believe” or “me whenever I fail to believe”

15519:25qaw4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος1

The phrase a crowd is running to {them} means that more people were running toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many people were gathering around them” or “people were gathering quickly around them”

15529:25b54jrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγων αὐτῷ1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he told it”

15539:25ul8krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα1

Here the Jesus implies that the spirit makes the boy mute and deaf, that is, unable to speak or hear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Spirit that makes the boy mute and deaf”

15549:25m3carc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ μηκέτι εἰσέλθῃς εἰς αὐτόν1

Here Jesus is commanding the demon to stop possessing or controlling the boy and to never start possessing or controlling him again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “cease controlling him, and never start controlling him again” or “cease possessing him, and never possess him again”

15559:25zd5crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔξελθε1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “go out”

15569:26adb6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπολλὰ σπαράξας, αὐτόν1

Here Mark is referring to a fit or seizure in which a person cannot control his or her body, which shakes violently. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in 9:20. Alternate translation: “having caused him to have a powerful seizure”

15579:26s78vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐξῆλθεν1

Here Mark means that the demon stopped possessing or controlling the boy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it no longer controlled him” or “it ceased possessing him”

15589:26i8dzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξῆλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “it went out”

15599:26n7h8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simileἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρὸς1

Mark is saying that the boy was like a dead {person} because he was lying so still and quietly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he became so quiet and still that he was like a dead person” or “he lay completely still on the ground, like a dead person”

15609:26ns4trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτοὺς πολλοὺς1

Mark is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many of the people there”

15619:26hjf2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsλέγειν ὅτι ἀπέθανεν1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “said that he had died”

15629:28zwjprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheεἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ1

Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who went with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, going”

15639:28f0x7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goεἰσελθόντος1

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come”

15649:28sd45rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsκατ’ ἰδίαν ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν, ὅτι ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό?1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked him privately why they were not able to cast it out.”

15659:28y9avrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveἡμεῖς1

By we, the speaker means himself and the rest of the disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

15669:28a1m9rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτό1

The pronoun it refers to the demon which Jesus cast out of the boy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the demon more directly. Alternate translation: “the demon”

15679:29v2s7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτοῦτο τὸ γένος1

Here Jesus implies that he is speaking about a kind of demon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “This kind of demon”

15689:29pdk2rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptionsἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ1

If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “is able to come out only by prayer and fasting”

15699:29kh4wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξελθεῖν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “to go out”

15709:29rdkqrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsπροσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ1

Many ancient manuscripts read prayer and fasting. The ULT follows that reading. Some ancient manuscripts read “prayer.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

15719:30kyuerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξελθόντες1

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”

15729:30vrbmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitγνοῖ1

Here Mark implies that Jesus did not want anyone to know that he was passing through Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “would know that he was there”

15739:31vpj9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται & αὐτόν & ἀναστήσεται1

Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am being handed over … me … I will rise up”

15749:31w75krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Someone is handing the Son of Man over”

15759:31z8udrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyεἰς χεῖρας1

The term hands represents power and control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the power” or “into the control”

15769:31y5cwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀνθρώπων1

Here, the word men refers to people who have authority and who want to get rid of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of powerful people” or “of people who hate him”

15779:31s1n2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἀποκτανθεὶς1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after they have killed him”

15789:31op9qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἀναστήσεται1

Here, the phrase rise up refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be restored to life” or “he will resurrect”

15799:31whywrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomμετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας1

Here, the phrase after three days refers to the day after tomorrow. People in Jesus’ culture counted the current day as day one, tomorrow as day two, and the day after tomorrow as day three. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the day after tomorrow. See how you expressed this phrase in 8:31. Alternate translation: “on the day after the next day” or “two days from then”

15809:32kmc8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸ ῥῆμα1

Here, word represents what Jesus said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he had just said” or “that teaching”

15819:33xv94rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἦλθον1

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “they went”

15829:33l2kjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ1

Here Mark is referring to the house where Jesus and his disciples were staying in Capernaum. It may have been Peter’s house (see 1:29). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “into the house in which they were going to live”

15839:33irb9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsαὐτούς, τί ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ διελογίζεσθε1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “them what they had been discussing on the way.”

15849:33ew7arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularδιελογίζεσθε1

Because Jesus is speaking to his disciples, the word you here is plural.

15859:34rlotrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultοἱ & ἐσιώπων, πρὸς ἀλλήλους γὰρ διελέχθησαν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, τίς μείζων1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “they had been arguing with one another on the way about who was greatest, so they were silent”

15869:34gdg3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτίς μείζων1

Here, greatest refers to who was the greatest among the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them”

15879:35nw8zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαθίσας1

In Jesus’ culture, teachers usually sat down when they were going to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having sat down to instruct them” or “having sat down as a teacher does”

15889:35z754rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτοὺς δώδεκα1

See how you translated the phrase the Twelve in 3:16. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”

15899:35jzl5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorεἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος1

Being first refers to people who are esteemed by others because of their social position, wealth, and privileges. Being last refers to people who are not esteemed by others, because they lack social position, wealth, and privileges. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being first and of being the “least important” as being last. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be respected, he will be the least respected of all” or “If anyone wants to be significant, he will be the least significant of all”

15909:35um58rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalπρῶτος1

If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as first, you can express the meaning behind the word first in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “number one”

15919:35fkf6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarativeἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος1

Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must act like the last of all and a servant of all”

15929:35t526rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπάντων & πάντων1

Jesus is using the adjective all as a noun to mean all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people”

15939:36l62wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsαὐτὸ-1

Here, the word translated him refers to the child without identifying whether the child was male or female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “this child … this child”

15949:36qqcurc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν1

The pronoun them refers to the 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples”

15959:37uo2lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorὃς ἂν ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων δέξηται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται1

Here Jesus speaks as if people who receive one of these little children were actually receiving him. He means that these people, by receiving the little children, show that they would receive Jesus too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever receives one of these little children in my name, it is as if he or she received me” or “whoever receives one of these little children in my name proves that he or she would receive me”

15969:37h242rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων1

Here Jesus is referring to little children like the little child whom he set in their midst (see 9:36). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “any little child like the one standing here” or “any little child, like this one here,”

15979:37ul12rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου1

Here, the phrase in my name could mean that: (1) the person receives a little child because the person follows Jesus. Alternate translation: “because that person is acting as my disciple” (2) the person receives the little child because the little child follows Jesus. Alternate translation: “because the child is my disciple”

15989:37zs6orc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorὃς ἂν ἐμὲ δέχηται, οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με1

Here Jesus speaks as if people who receive him were actually receiving God, who sent him. He means that these people, by receiving him, show that they would receive God too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever receives me, it is as if he or she did not receive me but the one having sent me” or “the one receiving me proves that he or she would not only receive me but also the one having sent me”

15999:37uik3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleοὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με1

Jesus says does not receive me here as an overstatement for emphasis. He means that the people who receive him are not just receiving him but are also receiving God, who sent him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “receives not just me but also the one having sent me” or “does not receive me only but also the one having sent me”

16009:37y24nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸν ἀποστείλαντά με1

Here Jesus implies that the one having sent him is God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God, the one who sent me”

16019:38a3d3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveεἴδομέν & ἐκωλύομεν & ἡμῖν1

When John says we and us, he is speaking of himself and the other disciples, so we and us would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction.

16029:38dxq5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου1

Here, name is a way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. The expression in your name means that the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” or “by your authority”

16039:38rmm2rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου & καὶ ἐκωλύομεν αὐτόν1

Many ancient manuscripts read in your name, and we were preventing him. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “in your name who does not follow us, and we were preventing him.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

16049:38vpizrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultἐκωλύομεν αὐτόν, ὅτι οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because he was not following with us, we were preventing him”

16059:38k2i2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorοὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν1

Here, following does not seem to mean “to be one of Jesus’ disciples”, since this man was claiming to act in Jesus’ name. Here, following with us means that this man did not travel in the group of Jesus and his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was not traveling with us in our group” or “he was not part of our group”

16069:39-40xrm3rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridgeὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, μὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν; οὐδεὶς γάρ ἐστιν ὃς ποιήσει δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, καὶ δυνήσεται ταχὺ κακολογῆσαί με & ὃς γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν1

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 9:39 and 9:40 into a verse bridge in order to include the reasons for Jesus’ command not to prevent the man before including the command. Alternate translation: “But Jesus said, ‘Whoever is not against us is for us. In fact, there is no one who will do a mighty work in my name and will be able soon afterwards to speak evil about me. Therefore, do not prevent him”

16079:39hbu8rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultμὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν; οὐδεὶς γάρ ἐστιν ὃς ποιήσει δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, καὶ δυνήσεται ταχὺ κακολογῆσαί με1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “There is no one who will do a mighty work in my name and will be able soon afterwards to speak evil about me, so do not prevent him”

16089:39oynlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesμὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν1

If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the negative verb prevent. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue”

16099:39ouabrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularμὴ κωλύετε1

Because Jesus is speaking to his disciples, the command Do not prevent is plural.

16109:39wyk3rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tenseποιήσει & δυνήσεται1

Here Jesus uses the future tense to describe something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever form is natural for stating a general truth. Alternate translation: “does … is able”

16119:39yw2qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου1

See how you translated name in 9:38. Alternate translation: “on my behalf” or “as my representative” or “by my authority”

16129:39h7ezrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsκακολογῆσαί1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evil, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to say evil things about”

16139:40ozrhrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a reason for what Jesus has just told his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a statement, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Here is why:”

16149:40tma4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomοὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν1

Here, the phrase against us describes people who attack or hate Jesus and his disciples. The phrase for us describes people who support or are friendly to Jesus and his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use comparable phrases or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is not our enemy is our friend” or “is not attacking us is helping us”

16159:40hp68rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveἡμῶν-1

By us, Jesus means himself and his disciples, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

16169:41gzqlrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces an example that explains what Jesus has just said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an example, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “Here is what I mean:”

16179:41lz5drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὃς & ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος1

Jesus speaks about giving someone a cup of water to drink as an example of one small way in which a person can help another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this is an example, or you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “whoever, for example, gives you a cup of water” or “whoever helps you in any way”

16189:41nmx2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularὑμᾶς & ἐστε & ὑμῖν1

Because Jesus is talking to his disciples, the word you throughout this verse is plural.

16199:41m0d8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι1

Here, the phrase in the name that introduces the reason or basis for something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the ground that” or “since”

16209:41ypglrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personΧριστοῦ ἐστε1

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first-person form. Alternate translation: “you belong to me, Christ”

16219:41bgq1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotesοὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ1

Jesus is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative phrase, certainly not, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, lose. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “he will most certainly receive”

16229:41jjq5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsοὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ1

Although the pronouns he and his are masculine, they are being used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose his or her reward”

16239:41wnb2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐ μὴ1

The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”

16249:42nhbwrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces a situation that contrasts with the situation that Jesus described in the previous verse. In this verse, people are harming instead of helping Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “However,”

16259:42v8qwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorσκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς ἐμέ1

Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes one of these little ones who believe in me to sin”

16269:42cj0lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς ἐμέ1

The phrase these little ones could refer: (1) to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these unimportant people who believe in me” (2) to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (3) to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these people who recently believed in me”

16279:42gef5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ1

Here Jesus implies that what he is about to describe is better than being punished by God for causing one of these little ones to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “rather than being punished by God for doing that, it is better for him if”

16289:42t9forc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsαὐτῷ & αὐτοῦ & βέβληται1

Although the terms him, his, and he are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “for that person … his or her … he or she has been thrown”

16299:42bamirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπερίκειται μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ βέβληται εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “that people might put a millstone of a donkey around his neck and throw him into the sea”

16309:42z6k5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownμύλος ὀνικὸς1

A millstone was a round stone used for grinding grain into flour. The phrase of a donkey indicates that this kind of millstone was heavy enough that it took a donkey to turn it. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of stone, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a very large rock” or “a very heavy object”

16319:42bx6crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπερίκειται & περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ1

The implication is that someone would tie the millstone around the person’s neck. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is attached to his neck”

16329:43ifcvrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου1

Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples might experience their hand causing them to stumble. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your hand causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”

16339:43g8dvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personificationσκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου1

Here, Jesus speaks of your foot as if they were a person who could cause you to stumble. He means that the hand is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is your hand’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your hand”

16349:43m3k1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowdσκανδαλίσῃ σε & σου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν & σε1

Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so your and you throughout this verse as well as the command cut it off are singular. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural.

16359:43gxu4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorσκανδαλίσῃ σε1

Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin”

16369:43qo45rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleἀπόκοψον αὐτήν1

Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but you could use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even cut it off!”

16379:43wd7yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorεἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν1

Here Jesus speaks as if life were a house into which someone could enter. He is referring to experiencing or receiving life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience life” or “to receive life”

16389:43l5bfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsεἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be able to live”

16399:43h9lhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὴν ζωὴν1

Here Jesus implies that this life is everlasting or undying life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “true life” or “everlasting life”

16409:43wlu7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorτὴν Γέενναν1

Here Jesus uses the name Gehenna to refer to hell. The valley named Gehenna was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna valley”

16419:43ttl7εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον1

Here, the phrase the unquenchable fire refers to Gehenna, or hell, and describes it as a very unpleasant place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which is as hot as unquenchable fire” or “a terrible place”

16429:44f0g0rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται1

See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it.

16439:44yh4orc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται1

Here the author describes hell as if it were a place where there were worms and fire. He means that it is a very unpleasant place where people experience punishment and pain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “where it is as if their worm does not end, and it is as if the fire is not quenched” or “which is like a place where their worm does not end and the fire is not quenched”

16449:44vpk7rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν1

The pronoun their refers to people who are in Gehenna. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the worm of the people there”

16459:44urrnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν1

Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe a worm that devours them. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the worm that devours them”

16469:44kj46rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsὁ σκώληξ & οὐ τελευτᾷ1

If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people were being devoured by only one worm, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “worms do not end”

16479:44m6z2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismοὐ τελευτᾷ1

The author is referring to death in a polite way by using the word end. He means that the worm continues to devour the people there because it never dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “does not pass away” or “does not die” or “never ceases to devour”

16489:44lm09rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveτὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “people do not quench the fire”

16499:44s37jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸ πῦρ1

Here the author implies that the fire burns the people who are in Gehenna. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the fire that burns them”

16509:45lx2bἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἀπόκοψον αὐτόν; καλόν ἐστίν σε εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν, ἢ τοὺς δύο πόδας ἔχοντα1

Here Jesus repeats what he said in 9:43 except he refers to a foot and being lame rather than a “hand” and being “crippled.” Express the idea as you did there, making the necessary changes to refer to a foot.

16519:45vj49rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveβληθῆναι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you”

16529:45hbt9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorτὴν Γέενναν1

See how you translated Gehenna in 9:43. Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna valley”

16539:45zhf0rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsτὴν Γέενναν1

Many ancient manuscripts read Gehenna. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts add the words “into the unquenchable fire” after Gehenna. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

16549:46c8fmrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται1

See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. Since this verse is identical to 9:44, those who decide to include it should express the idea as they did there.

16559:47p0otrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε1

Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples might experience their eye causing them to stumble. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your eye causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”

16569:47okc3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personificationὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε1

Here, Jesus speaks of your eye as if it were a person who could cause you to stumble. He means that the eye is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is your eye’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your eye”

16579:47lcbsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowdσου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν & σέ1

Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so your and you throughout this verse as well as the command throw it out are singular. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural.

16589:47j65urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorσκανδαλίζῃ σε1

Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin”

16599:47t7uvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleἔκβαλε αὐτόν1

Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but you could use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even throw it out!”

16609:47qy91rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveβληθῆναι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you”

16619:47r2gnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorτὴν Γέενναν1

See how you translated Gehenna in 9:43. Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna valley”

16629:48sss2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ, καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται1

Here Jesus describes hell as if it were a place where there were worms and fire. He means that it is a very unpleasant place where people experience punishment and pain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “where it is as if their worm does not end, and it is as if the fire is not quenched” or “which is like a place where their worm does not end and the fire is not quenched”

16639:48sss3rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν1

The pronoun their refers to people who are in Gehenna. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the worm of the people there”

16649:48sss4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a worm that devours them. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the worm that devours them”

16659:48sss5rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsὁ σκώληξ & οὐ τελευτᾷ1

If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people were being devoured by only one worm, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “worms do not end”

16669:48sss6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismοὐ τελευτᾷ1

Jesus is referring to death in a polite way by using the word end. He means that the worm continues to devour the people there because it never dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “does not pass away” or “does not die” or “never ceases to devour”

16679:48sss7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveτὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “people do not quench the fire”

16689:48sss8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸ πῦρ1

Here Jesus implies that the fire burns the people who are in Gehenna. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the fire that burns them”

16699:49k379rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces an explanation related to what Jesus has just said about using extreme means to make sure that one does not sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a related explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,” or “As a matter of fact,”

16709:49mr5yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπᾶς & ἁλισθήσεται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone”

16719:49ma3src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorπυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται1

Here Jesus speaks as if people were food or sacrifices that will be salted with fire. In Jesus’ culture, people would put salt on their food and on sacrifices that they offered to God. The salt preserved the food and made it taste better. When someone is salted with fire, it most likely refers to that person experiencing difficult or painful situations that eventually help and sanctify that person. However, Jesus does not explain the metaphor, and Christians disagree on what it means. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. If necessary, you could state more explicitly that Jesus is referring to some form of suffering and its effects on people. Alternate translation: “will experience something like being salted with fire” or “will suffer as if they were being burned, and that will help them as if they were being salted”

16729:49mlnprc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsπυρὶ1

Many ancient manuscripts read with fire. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the words “and every sacrifice will be salted with salt” after with fire. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

16739:50qt9arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parablesκαλὸν τὸ ἅλας1

To teach the disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this illustration: Salt is good”

16749:50oaeprc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalἐὰν & τὸ ἅλας ἄναλον γένηται, ἐν τίνι1

Jesus means that it is possible for salt to become unsalty, and he is speaking about what can or cannot happen after salt has become unsalty. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “suppose that the salt becomes unsalty. With what”

16759:50rb7rἄναλον γένηται1

Alternate translation: “loses its salty taste”

16769:50fqb8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε?1

Jesus is using the question form to show that no one can make ruined salt salty again. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you cannot season it with anything!” or “you are not able to season it.”

16779:50t76nαὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε1

Alternate translation: “will you make it taste salty again”

16789:50gimsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularἀρτύσετε & ἔχετε & εἰρηνεύετε1

Because Jesus is talking to his disciples, the word you and the commands Have and be at peace are plural.

16799:50f34yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα1

Here Jesus commands his disciples to have salt in themselves. Just as salt makes food better in many ways, so Jesus’ disciples can make the world better in many ways. If possible, preserve the figure of speech or use simile form since it refers back to the illustration Jesus just gave. Alternate translation: “Be like food that has salt in it” or “Help others as if you had salt in yourselves”

16809:50syc9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsεἰρηνεύετε1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of peace, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “act peaceably”

168110:introbq250

Mark 10 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

  1. Jesus instructs his disciples and journeys toward Jerusalem (8:22–10:52)
    • Jesus teaches about marriage and divorce (10:1–12)
    • Jesus blesses little children (10:13–16)
    • Jesus talks with a rich man (10:17–22)
    • Jesus teaches about wealth, possessions, and the kingdom (10:23–31)
    • Jesus predicts his death and resurrection (10:32–34)
    • Jesus and the disciples speak about who will be great (10:35–45)
    • Jesus heals blind Bartimaeus (10:46–52)

Some translations set quotations farther to the right than the rest of the text to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quotations in 10:6–8, which are from Genesis 1:27 and Genesis 2:24.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Divorce

In 10:2, the Pharisees test Jesus by asking him about an issue that was controversial among Jewish religious leaders: divorce. More specifically, the religious leaders argued about whether men could divorce their wives and about what were valid grounds for divorce. So, they ask Jesus about this. When Jesus asks what Moses wrote in the Law, the Pharisees refer to Deuteronomy 24:1–4, which assumes that men do divorce their wives. Jesus responds that this section of the Law exists only because the Israelites were stubborn. He means that God knew that the Israelite men would sometimes divorce their wives, so he included a law about how to do it. Then Jesus argues that divorce is never what God wants, and he quotes from Genesis 1 and 2 to prove this. He further says that any divorced person who marries again is involved in adultery. Make sure that it is clear that both Jesus and the Pharisees are making arguments based on the Scriptures.

Rich people and the kingdom of God

In Jesus’ culture, many people thought that rich people had been specifically blessed by God. When Jesus said that it was extremely difficult for rich people to enter God’s kingdom (see 10:23–25), the disciples were shocked. They thought that if it was hard for rich people to enter the kingdom, it would be impossible for everyone else. That is why they ask the question, “And who is able to be saved?” (10:26). If your readers might not understand why the disciples respond in this way, you may need to include a footnote that explains some of this information.

Sitting at Jesus’ right and left hand

In 10:37 and 10:40, Jesus and James and John refer to sitting at Jesus’ right hand and at his left hand. They are referring to the places of honor at the right and left side of a king or ruler. The people who sit in these places have authority and are respected the most after the king or ruler. Make sure that this meaning is clear in your translation. See the notes on these two verses for translation options.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Drinking the cup

In 10:38–39, Jesus refers to a “cup” from which he is going to drink. He is using a figure of speech from the Old Testament that refers to experiencing suffering and pain (for example, see Psalm 75:8 and Isaiah 51:17). He means that he will experience suffering, and his disciples must be ready to experience it as well. Since this figure of speech is from the Old Testament, if possible you should preserve it or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Being baptized with a baptism

In 10:38–39, Jesus refers to a “baptism” with which he and his disciples will be “baptized.” He means that, just as people who are baptized are covered with water, he and his disciples will be overwhelmed by suffering and difficult circumstances. Since baptism is an important concept in the Bible, if possible you should preserve the figure of speech or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in conversations, and many of the conversations are with one person. Because of this, the majority of the forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. So, you should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

The historic present

To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 2, 5, 19, and 35. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])

168210:1r6rfrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,”

168310:1qq93rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheἔρχεται1

Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, goes”

168410:1gokirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχεται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “comes” instead of goes. Alternate translation: “he comes”

168510:1av2crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐκεῖθεν1

Here, the phrase that place refers to Capernaum (see 9:33). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from Capernaum”

168610:1j5waπέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου1

Here, the phrase beyond the Jordan refers to regions to the east of the Jordan River. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the areas on the east side of the Jordan River”

168710:1s6fyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goσυνπορεύονται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “go together”

168810:1vzb4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveεἰώθει1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was his custom” or “he generally did”

168910:2koh7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsαὐτὸν, εἰ ἔξεστιν ἀνδρὶ γυναῖκα ἀπολῦσαι? πειράζοντες αὐτόν1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “him, ‘Is it lawful for a husband to divorce his wife?’ testing him”

169010:2ox9mrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goalπειράζοντες αὐτόν1

Here, the word testing introduces the purpose for which the Pharisees asked Jesus this question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “which they asked to test him” or “with the goal of testing him”

169110:3m4pprc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

169210:3m7yarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsεἶπεν αὐτοῖς, τί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς?1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked them what Moses commanded them.”

169310:3l74drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς1

Here Jesus is referring to what the Law that God gave the Israelites through Moses includes about divorce. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What laws about divorce did God give you through Moses” or “What did Moses write for you in the Law about divorce”

169410:3j89nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularὑμῖν1

Because Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, the word you here is plural.

169510:4qyhtrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐπέτρεψεν Μωϋσῆς βιβλίον ἀποστασίου γράψαι καὶ ἀπολῦσαι1

Here the Pharisees are referring to a specific section in the law that God gave to Moses (see Deuteronomy 24:1–4). This passage discusses divorce and remarriage, and it mentions the use of a certificate of divorce. The Pharisees interpreted this passage to mean that men could divorce their wives, but they had to use a certificate of divorce. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “In the Law, Moses permitted a husband to write a certificate of divorce and then to divorce his wife”

169610:4vpgbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitβιβλίον ἀποστασίου γράψαι1

Here the Pharisees imply that the husband must also give the certificate of divorce to his wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to write a certificate of divorce, to give it to her,”

169710:4qlqlrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownβιβλίον ἀποστασίου1

A certificate of divorce is a written document that makes the divorce official. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of document, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a paper that testifies to the divorce”

169810:5m73xrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

169910:5xqzbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomπρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν1

Here, the phrase your hardness of heart refers to obstinacy or unwillingness to listen and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because you are hardheaded” or “Because you are so stubborn”

170010:5slxlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsπρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of hardness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Because your hearts are hard”

170110:5y613rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularὑμῶν & ὑμῖν1

Because Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, the words your and you here are plural.

170210:6-8jz57rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesἀπὸ δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς & ἕνεκεν τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα & καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν; ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But from the beginning of creation, as the Scriptures say, God made them male and female. The Scriptures say further that, because of this, a man will leave his father and mother, and the two will be one flesh. So then, I tell you that they are no longer two, but one flesh”

170310:6nk5frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀπὸ & ἀρχῆς κτίσεως1

Here, the phrase from the beginning of creation refers to when God created everything that exists. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the beginning of the world” or “at the time when God made the creation”

170410:6m6ljrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς1

Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Genesis 1:27. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format or introduce these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “in the words of the Scriptures, ‘He made them male and female’” or “as the Scriptures say, ‘He made them male and female’”

170510:7-8f8s2rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsἕνεκεν τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα & καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν1

Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Genesis 2:24. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format or introduce these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Further, again in the words of the Scriptures, ‘Because of this, a man will leave his father and mother, and the two will be one flesh’” or “The Scriptures also say, ‘Because of this, a man will leave his father and mother, and the two will be one flesh’”

170610:7sdzfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἕνεκεν τούτου1

The pronoun this refers to what the previous verse includes about how God created people male and female (see 10:6). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those ideas more directly. Alternate translation: “Because God created people that way”

170710:7lfzdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounκαταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα1

The word man represents men in general in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “men will leave their fathers and mothers” or “men will leave their parents”

170810:7lnz8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαταλείψει ἄνθρωπος1

Here the author of the quotation implies that this happens when the man gets married. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he gets married, a man will leave”

170910:7m39vrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tenseκαταλείψει1

Here Jesus uses the future tense to speak about something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most naturally for expressing a general truth. Alternate translation: “leaves”

171010:7vdbnrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsκαὶ τὴν μητέρα1

Many ancient manuscripts do not include any words after and mother. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the words “and will be joined to his wife” after and mother. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

171110:8rd63rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν1

Here the author of the quotation speaks as if the two are one flesh. He means that a husband and wife are so closely joined that it is as if they had one flesh or one body between them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the two will be like one flesh” or “the two will be as closely united as possible”

171210:8zu9yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjοἱ δύο1

Jesus is using the number two as a noun to refer to a husband and a wife together. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this number with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the two of them” or “the two spouses”

171310:8zszzrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultὥστε1

Here, the phrase So then introduces a conclusion or inference based on the words Jesus has just quoted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that” or “As you can see”

171410:8p7ycrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorοὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ1

Here Jesus repeats in different form the words from the figure of speech at the end of the quotation earlier in this verse. He means that a husband and wife are so closely joined that it is as if they had one flesh or one body between them. Express the idea as you did earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “it is as if they are no longer two, but they are like one flesh” or “they are no longer two separate people, but are as closely united as possible”

171510:9o491rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultοὖν1

Here, the word Therefore introduces a conclusion or inference based on what Jesus has said about marriage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that” or “So then”

171610:9ty4erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὃ & ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν1

The phrase what God joined together refers to any married couple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “those whom God has joined together as husband and wife” or “couples whom God has joined together”

171710:9hshlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3pἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω1

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “man should not separate”

171810:9pty4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsἄνθρωπος1

Here, although the term man is masculine, it is used in a generic sense to refer to any person, male or female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person” or “humans”

171910:10cn28rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureεἰς τὴν οἰκίαν πάλιν, οἱ μαθηταὶ περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν1

Here, the word again could go with: (1) in the house. Alternate translation: “again in the house, the disciples were asking him about this” (2) asked. Alternate translation: “in the house, the disciples were asking him again about this”

172010:10a1fzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰς τὴν οἰκίαν1

Here, the phrase the house refers to the place where Jesus and his disciples were staying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the house in which they were living”

172110:10l8furc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsτούτου1

The word this refers to the conversation that Jesus just had with the Pharisees about divorce. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the conversation he had just had with the Pharisees”

172210:11i5kprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjἄλλην1

Jesus is using the adjective another as a noun to mean another woman. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “another person”

172310:11coslrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsμοιχᾶται ἐπ’ αὐτήν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of adultery, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “becomes an adulterer against her” or “does what is adulterous against her”

172410:12mn0jrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτὴ1

The pronoun she refers to any married woman. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to married women more directly. Alternate translation: “a wife”

172510:12ghs9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjἄλλον1

Jesus is using the adjective another as a noun to mean another man. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “another person”

172610:12sn1mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitμοιχᾶται1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of adultery, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “she becomes an adulteress” or “she does what is adulterous”

172710:13zx1frc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it happened that” or “After this,”

172810:13nmw7rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsπροσέφερον1

Here, the pronoun they refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “other people were bringing”

172910:13pk8arc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionαὐτῶν ἅψηται1

In Mark’s culture, when Jesus wouldtouch the little children, that would express God’s love for them and convey God’s blessing to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what laying his hands on them means. Alternate translation: “he might stretch out his hands toward them” or “he might touch them to bless them”

173010:13jk69rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοῖς1

The pronoun them refers to the people who were bringing the little children. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people who were bringing the little children”

173110:14mao6rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces what Jesus said in contrast to what the disciples were doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”

173210:14q9c8rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά; τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the result that the first two clauses describe. Alternate translation: “Of the ones such as these is the kingdom of God, so permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them”

173310:14yi5mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά1

These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “Permit the little children to come to me; yes, do not forbid them” or “Permit the little children to come to me”

173410:14a4wjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularἄφετε & μὴ κωλύετε1

Because Jesus is speaking to his disciples, the commands Permit and do not forbid are plural.

173510:14qj7irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχεσθαι1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “to go”

173610:14zlqbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτῶν & τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe people who belong in the kingdom of God. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God belongs to the ones such as these” or “the ones such as these belong in the kingdom of God”

173710:14jq4erc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsτῶν & τοιούτων1

The pronoun these refers to the little children. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the little children more directly. Alternate translation: “of the ones such as these little children”

173810:14gq3erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simileτῶν & τοιούτων1

Jesus is referring to the little children and to people who are like them. He does not indicate exactly how these people are like the little children, so if possible express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “of people who are like these”

173910:15e08xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularὑμῖν1

Because Jesus is speaking to his disciples, the word you here is plural.

174010:15y3a2ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν1

If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas in positive form. Alternate translation: “only whoever receives the kingdom of God as a little child will enter into it”

174110:15a1e7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simileὡς παιδίον1

Jesus is saying that his disciples should be like a little child because little children are humble and thankfully receive gifts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a little child receives things” or “with humility like that of a little child”

174210:15q3ckrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐ μὴ1

The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”

174310:16jq4frc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionτιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτά1

In Mark’s culture, when Jesus placed his hands on the little children, that expressed God’s love for them and conveyed God’s blessing to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what having laid his hands on them means. See how you translated “touch them” in 10:13. Alternate translation: “stretching out his hands toward them” or “which he did by placing his hands on them”

174410:17d0iyrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,”

174510:17si2brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheαὐτοῦ1

Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples,”

174610:17nffmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐκπορευομένου1

In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “coming out”

174710:17tayxrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsπροσδραμὼν εἷς καὶ γονυπετήσας αὐτὸν, ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν1

Here Mark introduces a man as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a man ran up to him. He knelt before him and was asking him”

174810:17oh92rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionγονυπετήσας αὐτὸν1

In this man’s culture, kneeling down before a person was a way to honor a greater person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what kneeling down means. Alternate translation: “having prostrated himself before him” or “having bowed down to him in respect”

174910:17fpp6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω1

Here the man speaks as if he were a child who would receive property from a relative. He speaks in this way to indicate that he wants to receive eternal life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I might receive eternal life” or “I might be given eternal life”

175010:17h45irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I might be able to live eternally”

175110:18kjkdrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces what Jesus said in contrast to what the man said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”

175210:18uwrorc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultτί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “No one is good except one—God. So, why are you calling me good?”

175310:18lw1frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the man for calling another human good without thinking carefully about it. Jesus is not denying that he is good, but he wants the man to think about it more carefully. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are calling me good without thinking carefully.” or “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good!”

175410:18gyodrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptionsοὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός1

If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Only one is good—God” or “No person is good—only God is good”

175510:19qs3erc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsτὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας: μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, μὴ ἀποστερήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα1

Here Jesus quotes commands from the law that God gave to Moses. The first four commands and the sixth command come from either Exodus 20:12–16 or Deuteronomy 5:16–20. The fifth command is not directly quoted from the law that God gave Moses, but it may be a summary of the command found in Exodus 20:17 or Deuteronomy 5:21. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “You know the commandments—as you can read in the Scriptures, ‘Do not kill, do not commit adultery, do not steal, do not testify falsely, do not defraud, honor your father and your mother’”

175610:19vxporc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularμὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, μὴ ἀποστερήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα1

Since in these commands God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the commands are singular.

175710:19hj3vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsμὴ μοιχεύσῃς1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of adultery, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “do not be an adulterer or adulteress” or “do not do what is adulterous”

175810:20qlbgrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

175910:20bd3src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐκ νεότητός μου1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of youth, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “since the time when I was a young man” or “from when I was a child”

176010:21ocrirc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”

176110:21syq1ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ1

Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done”

176210:21rd85rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitδὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς1

Here Jesus implies that the man should give the money the man would receive from selling his possessions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “give what you earn to the poor”

176310:21ux1lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτοῖς πτωχοῖς1

Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor”

176410:21a0hbrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ3

Here, the word and introduces the result that will follow if the man does sell what he owns and give to the poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and as a result”

176510:21iij4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomδεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι1

Here, the clause come, follow me is a command to travel with Jesus and be his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “come with me as my student”

176610:21z24nrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsἀκολούθει μοι1

Many ancient manuscripts do not include any words after follow me. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the words “having taken up the cross” after the words follow me. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

176710:22dxbxrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces how the man reacted in contrast to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “But then”

176810:22rg43rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultὁ & στυγνάσας ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ, ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος; ἦν γὰρ ἔχων κτήματα πολλά1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the third clause gives the reason for the result that the first two clauses describe. Alternate translation: “because he was having many possessions, having become downcast at this word, he went away being grieved”

176910:22i5v3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomστυγνάσας1

Here, the phrase having become downcast indicates that the man became sad and mournful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his face falling” or “having become mournful”

177010:22afu7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτῷ λόγῳ1

Here, word represents what Jesus just said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ statement” or “the words that Jesus said”

177110:22rczvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveλυπούμενος1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “being very sorrowful”

177210:22v58frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἦν & ἔχων κτήματα πολλά1

Here Mark implies that the young man did not want to sell these possessions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he was having many possessions that he did not want to sell”

177310:23fi28rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsπῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελεύσονται1

This is an exclamation that is emphasizing how difficult it is for rich people to enter into the kingdom of God. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “You see that the ones having riches very difficultly enter into the kingdom of God!” or “Only with difficulty do the ones having riches enter into the kingdom of God!”

177410:24zqjerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveοἱ & μαθηταὶ ἐθαμβοῦντο ἐπὶ τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say what did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus’ words. Alternate translation: “his words astonished the disciples”

177510:24z9z1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀποκριθεὶς1

Here, the word answering indicates that Jesus is responding to how the disciples reacted to what he had said. He is not responding to something that they said to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “responding to their astonishment” or “in response”

177610:24fh1qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorτέκνα1

Here Jesus calls his disciples Children to indicate that they are under his spiritual care and that he cares for them. The disciples were not actually Jesus’ children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form of address that a teacher or leader would use for the people whom that person teaches or leads. Alternate translation: “My dear disciples” or “Young men”

177710:24izt9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsἐστιν & εἰσελθεῖν1

Many ancient manuscripts read it is to enter. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “it is for the ones trusting in riches to enter.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

177810:25f15krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleεὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν1

Here Jesus compares a rich {person} entering the kingdom of God with something that is impossible: a camel passing through an eye of a needle. Jesus does this to emphasize how hard it is for a rich {person} to enter into the kingdom of God. As 10:27 shows, Jesus does not think that this is completely impossible, however. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea here in such a way that it does not sound as if it is totally impossible for a rich {person} to enter into the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “Consider how difficult it is for a camel to pass through an eye of a needle. That illustrates how difficult it is for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God”

177910:25t4y8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος1

The phrase an eye of a needle refers to the small hole at the end of a sewing needle through which the thread passes. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tool or the hole in it, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term for a small opening. Alternate translation: “the small hole at the end of a needle” or “a very small hole”

178010:26vo65rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveοἱ & περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο, λέγοντες1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “what the disciples heard astonished them greatly, and they said”

178110:26mba6rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsπρὸς αὐτόν1

Some ancient manuscripts read to him. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “to themselves.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

178210:26fjexrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionκαὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?1

The disciples are using the question form to express their astonishment. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “So it seems that no one is able to be saved.” or “So no one is able to be saved!”

178310:26fn25rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveτίς δύναται σωθῆναι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be God. Alternate translation: “who can receive salvation” or “whom will God save”

178410:27xo97rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultπαρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀδύνατον, ἀλλ’ οὐ παρὰ Θεῷ; πάντα γὰρ δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “All things are possible with God. Because of that, with men it is impossible, but not with God”

178510:27fhsqπαρὰ ἀνθρώποις & παρὰ Θεῷ & παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ.1

Alternate translation: “For men … for God … for God”

178610:27vfybrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsἀνθρώποις1

Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “humans”

178710:27jg4jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀδύνατον1

Here Jesus is referring back to what the disciples asked about whether anyone can be saved (see 10:26). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “being saved is impossible”

178810:27lpjarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἀλλ’ οὐ παρὰ Θεῷ1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but it is not impossible with God”

178910:28hcv3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsἰδοὺ1

Here, the word Behold is meant to draw the attention of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks the person to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “Excuse me” or “Listen”

179010:28anasrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveἡμεῖς1

By we, Peter means himself and the disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive forms of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

179110:28ua78rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἠκολουθήκαμέν σοι1

Here, the phrase have followed you indicates that the disciples traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have become your disciples” or “have traveled with you as your students”

179210:29-30mvygrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς & ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative phrase no one and the negative phrase who will not receive. Alternate translation: “everyone who … will receive”

179310:29px2wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularὑμῖν1

Because Jesus is speaking to his disciples, the word you here is plural.

179410:29qibmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου1

When Jesus says for the sake of me and of the gospel, he means that some people have left all these things because they are his disciples and because they believe the gospel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple and believes the gospel” or “because he believes in me and in the gospel”

179510:30sjhgrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbersἑκατονταπλασίονα1

Here Jesus is using a round number (100) indicates a large number of times. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an expression for a large number or state more explicitly that 100 is a round number. Alternate translation: “very many times as much” or “something like 100 times as much”

179610:30heb4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomνῦν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ & ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ1

Here, the phrase this time refers to the time before God judges everyone and renews the world, and the phrase the age that is coming refers to the time after God judges everyone and renews the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use comparable phrases or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “now in this life … in the life that is coming” or “now before God judges everyone … after God judges everyone” or “right now … later”

179710:30k1skrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsκαὶ ἀγροὺς, μετὰ διωγμῶν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of persecutions, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and lands, although that person will be persecuted” or “and lands, along with being persecuted”

179810:30dlkirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsζωὴν αἰώνιον1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that person will live eternally”

179910:31k9surc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next thing, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Yes,” or “Indeed,”

180010:31ym7trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorπολλοὶ & ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι1

Here, Jesus is speaking of important or respected people as if they were first and of unimportant or non-respected people as if they were last. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many respected will be non-respected, and non-respected, respected” or “many significant will be insignificant, and insignificant, significant”

180110:31y2lurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπρῶτοι & καὶ ἔσχατοι1

Jesus is using the adjectives first and last as nouns to mean first and last people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “first people … and last people” or “people who are first … and people who are last”

180210:31e3airc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisκαὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and many last will be first”

180310:32sywfrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventδὲ1

Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later on,” or “After that,”

180410:32ttz9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἀναβαίνοντες1

In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “coming up”

180510:32ebssrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐθαμβοῦντο1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say what did the action, it is clear from the context that it was how Jesus was going ahead of them. Alternate translation: “how he was going ahead amazed the disciples”

180610:32hq7yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοἱ & ἀκολουθοῦντες1

Some people were walking behind Jesus and his 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “those people who were following behind them” or “the other people who were traveling with them”

180710:32k1nnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτοὺς δώδεκα1

See how you translated the phrase the Twelve in 3:16. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had chosen to be apostles”

180810:33-34l3e8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτὸν & αὐτὸν & αὐτῷ & αὐτῷ & αὐτὸν & ἀποκτενοῦσιν & ἀναστήσεται1

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, … me … me … me … me … me … kill me … I rise”

180910:33pv4wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsἰδοὺ1

Here, the word behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention:” or “Listen”

181010:33qkq9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveἀναβαίνομεν1

When Jesus says we, he is speaking of himself and the 12 disciples, so we would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form.

181110:33s1hprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἀναβαίνομεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “we are coming up”

181210:33ha2grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone will hand the Son of Man over”

181310:33ohsfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsθανάτῳ1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to die”

181410:33ils2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτοῖς ἔθνεσιν1

Here Jesus is speaking specifically of Gentiles who rule or control the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the Gentiles who rule” or “to the Gentiles who are in charge”

181510:34t0ltrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionἐμπτύσουσιν αὐτῷ1

In Jesus’ culture, people would spit on someone to insult that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “spit on him to dishonor him”

181610:34ccd3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personμετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας1

Here, the phrase after three days refers to the day after tomorrow. People in Jesus’ culture counted the current day as day one, tomorrow as day two, and the day after tomorrow as day three. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the day after tomorrow. See how you expressed this phrase in 8:31. Alternate translation: “on the day after the next day” or “two days from then”

181710:34xv2grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἀναστήσεται1

Here, the word rise refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be restored to life” or “he will resurrect”

181810:35wxn8rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. It happened sometime soon after Jesus spoke the words recorded in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,” or “After Jesus said those things,”

181910:35ch2rθέλομεν ἵνα ὃ ἐὰν αἰτήσωμέν σε, ποιήσῃς ἡμῖν1

Alternate translation: “if we ask you to do something for us, will you do it?” or “Please do for us whatever we ask you to do.”

182010:35li9krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveθέλομεν & αἰτήσωμέν & ἡμῖν1

Here, the pronouns we and us refer only to James and John, and so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms.

182110:36he8frc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοῖς1

The pronoun them refers to James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “to James and John”

182210:36lyuerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularθέλετε & ὑμῖν1

Because Jesus is speaking to James and John, the word you is plural throughout this verse.

182310:37xwf8rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsοἱ1

The pronoun they refers to James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “James and John”

182410:37n1fvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveδὸς ἡμῖν & καθίσωμεν1

Here, the pronouns us and we refer only to James and John, so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms.

182510:37mci1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperativeδὸς ἡμῖν1

This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you grant to us”

182610:37bho1rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionεἷς σου ἐκ δεξιῶν, καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου καθίσωμεν ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου1

When someone sits at the right hand or at the left hand of a ruler, this symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea explicitly. Alternate translation: “we might in your glory sit down to rule, one at your right hand and one at your left hand” or “we might in your glory take the places of honor and authority, one at your right hand and one at your left hand”

182710:37bb98rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου1

The phrase in your glory refers to when Jesus is glorified and gloriously rules over his kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “with you when you rule gloriously” or “with you when you become a great ruler”

182810:37kyg6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of glory, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with you when you are glorified” or “by you when you are glorious”

182910:37d5h9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyεἷς σου ἐκ δεξιῶν, καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου1

Here, the phrases at your right hand and at your left hand refer to the places next to Jesus’ right and left hands, which would be the right side and the left side. In the Jesus’ culture, these sides were associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side” and “left side.” Make sure that your readers understand that these sides indicate that the two sons of Zebedee would have honor and authority when they sit there. Alternate translation: “one next to you on the right and one next to you on the left” or “one in the honorable place at your right and one in the honorable place at your left”

183010:38otfdrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces what Jesus said in contrast to what James and John asked for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”

183110:38j8mdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularοὐκ οἴδατε & αἰτεῖσθε & δύνασθε1

Because Jesus is speaking to James and John, the words You and you are plural throughout this verse.

183210:38v1bfοὐκ οἴδατε1

Alternate translation: “You do not understand”

183310:38yvu8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorπιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω1

Here Jesus speaks of experiencing pain and suffering as if it were drinking from a cup. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to drink the cup of suffering which I drink” or “to experience the pain that I am about to experience”

183410:38nesyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸ ποτήριον1

Here, cup represents the drink inside the cup, which in Jesus’ culture would probably have been wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the drink” or “the wine in the cup”

183510:38pax6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorτὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι1

Here Jesus speaks of being overwhelmed by difficult circumstances and pain as if it were being baptized. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be baptized in the painful circumstances in which I am about to be baptized” or “to be overwhelmed by difficult things like I am about to be overwhelmed”

183610:38osyerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoτὸ βάπτισμα ὃ & βαπτισθῆναι1

The expression with the baptism with which contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “to be baptized as”

183710:38hluerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “to have someone baptize you … someone will baptize me”

183810:39r3pmrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsοἱ & αὐτοῖς1

Here, the pronouns they and them refer to James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “James and John … to James and John”

183910:39vwd2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisδυνάμεθα1

The James and John are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We are able to drink that cup and be baptized with that baptism” or “We are able to undergo those things”

184010:39qb9xrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ2

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”

184110:39hc1grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorτὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, πίεσθε1

Here Jesus continues to speak of experiencing pain and suffering as if it were drinking from a cup. See how you translated this figure of speech in 10:38. Alternate translation: “The cup of suffering that I drink, you will drink” or “The pain that I am about to experience, you will experience”

184210:39ensfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸ ποτήριον1

Here, cup represents the drink inside the cup, which in Jesus’ culture would probably have been wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in 10:38. Alternate translation: “the drink” or “the wine in the cup”

184310:39rdborc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularπίεσθε & βαπτισθήσεσθε1

Because Jesus is speaking to James and John, the word you is plural throughout this verse.

184410:39c15vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorτὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε1

Here Jesus continues to speak of being overwhelmed by difficult circumstances and pain as if it were being baptized. See how you translated this figure of speech in 10:38. Alternate translation: “in the painful circumstances in which I am about to be baptized, you will be baptized” or “by the difficult things that I am about to be overwhelmed by, you will be overwhelmed”

184510:39xc19rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoτὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι1

The expression with the baptism with which contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you expressed the idea in 10:38. Alternate translation: “as I am being baptized”

184610:39humcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. See how you expressed the idea in 10:38. Alternate translation: “someone is baptizing me, someone will baptize you”

184710:40uoq7rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionτὸ & καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἢ ἐξ εὐωνύμων1

When someone sits at the right hand or at the left hand of a ruler, this symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. See how you translated the similar phrases in 10:37. Alternate translation: “to sit down to rule at my right hand and at my left hand” or “to take the places of honor and authority at my right hand and at my left hand”

184810:40sk68rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἢ ἐξ εὐωνύμων1

Here, the phrases at my right hand and at my left hand refer to the places next to Jesus’ right and left hands, which would be the right side and the left side. In the Jesus’ culture, these sides were associated with honor or authority. See how you expressed the idea in 10:37. Alternate translation: “next to me on the right or next to me on the left” or “in the honorable places at my right or at my left”

184910:40a4g9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἀλλ’ οἷς1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but it will be given to the ones for whom”

185010:40pdc1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἡτοίμασται1

Here, the word it refers to sitting in the places at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to sit in those places has been prepared” or “it has been prepared to do that”

185110:40eu9vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἡτοίμασται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it”

185210:41ad19rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀκούσαντες1

Here Mark implies that the ten disciples heard about what James and John had asked Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having heard that James and John had asked to sit at Jesus’ right hand and left hand”

185310:41i48drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjοἱ δέκα1

Mark is using the number ten as a noun to refer to the other ten disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this number with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the other ten disciples” or “the rest of the disciples”

185410:42itdtrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularοἴδατε1

Because Jesus is speaking to the disciples, the word You here is plural.

185510:42sbk8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismοἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι αὐτῶν κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν1

These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses Alternate translation: “the ones considered rulers of the Gentiles lord it over them; indeed, their great ones exercise authority over them” or “the ones considered rulers of the Gentiles and their great ones lord it over them”

185610:42ru5nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveοἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Gentiles consider to be their rulers”

185710:42u9gurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκατακυριεύουσιν & κατεξουσιάζουσιν1

The words translated lord it over and exercise authority over refer to using power to control and dominate others. The words do not indicate whether the rulers and the great ones are doing good or bad things with their power. If possible, use words or phrases that refer to total control and domination but that do not imply good or bad use of that control and domination. Alternate translation: “reign absolutely over … have complete authority over”

185810:42zfr3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsκατεξουσιάζουσιν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “rule over” or “control”

185910:43zfz6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarativeοὐχ οὕτως & ἐστιν1

Here Jesus could be using the present tense to: (1) give a command or instruction. Alternate translation: “It should not be this way” or “Let it not be this way” (2) state how things work differently among his disciples. Alternate translation: “That is not how it is”

186010:43zyzcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularὑμῖν & ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν1

Because is talking to the disciples, the words you, you, and your are plural.

186110:43-44rt9hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismὃς ἂν θέλῃ μέγας γενέσθαι ἐν ὑμῖν, ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος & καὶ ὃς ἂν θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος, ἔσται πάντων δοῦλος1

These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the sentences with a word other than and in order to show that the second sentence is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two sentences Alternate translation: “whoever desires to become great among you will be your servant; indeed, whoever desires to be first among you will be your slave” or “whoever desires to become first or great among will you be your servant or slave”

186210:43fc3mμέγας γενέσθαι1

Alternate translation: “to be highly respected” or “to be greatly respected”

186310:43gfunrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarativeἔσται1

Jesus is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. See how you translated the similar form in 9:35. Alternate translation: “should be” or “has to be”

186410:44bhbdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularὑμῖν1

Because Jesus is speaking to the disciples, the word you here is plural.

186510:44e7snrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorπρῶτος1

Here, Jesus is speaking of being important or respected as if it were being first. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this word in 9:35. Alternate translation: “respected” or “significant”

186610:44qzo8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarativeἔσται1

Jesus is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. See how you translated the similar form in 9:35. Alternate translation: “should be” or “has to be”

186710:44u5ybrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleἔσται πάντων δοῦλος1

Jesus speaks of being a slave to emphasize the great effort Jesus’ followers should make to serve others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows service, or you could clarify that Jesus is teaching that his followers must act in a way that is similar to slaves in their service to others. Alternate translation: “will dedicate himself or herself to serve all” or “will work hard at helping all”

186810:44mn3qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπάντων1

Jesus is using the adjective all as a noun to mean all the other disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of all the other disciples” or “the rest of the disciples”

186910:45pnmdrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the disciples should act like servants and slaves for other disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for commands, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “I command that because”

187010:45cttarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ1

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, … my”

187110:45h0j5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureοὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι, καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν1

If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “came to serve and to give his life as a ransom in exchange for many, not to be served”

187210:45pmk3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomοὐκ ἦλθεν1

Here, the word come refers to the Son of Man entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not come to this world” or “is not acting”

187310:45a3frrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveδιακονηθῆναι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “for people to serve him” or “to have people serve him”

187410:45rik1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he came to serve”

187510:45d9jdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorδοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν1

Here Jesus speaks as if his life were a price or ransom he would give to free many from someone or something that owned or controlled them. He means that he will obtain forgiveness for his people’s sins and will keep those sins from controlling them. This is an important biblical image, so if possible preserve the figure of speech or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “to offer his life as if it were a ransom to set many free from sin”

187610:45c46wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsδοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to allow himself to die”

187710:45xunyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπολλῶν1

Jesus is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women”

187810:46thxdrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later,”

187910:46n4i3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχονται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “they go”

188010:46bq3jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐκπορευομένου αὐτοῦ1

In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “coming out”

188110:46z3morc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsὁ υἱὸς Τιμαίου, Βαρτιμαῖος, τυφλὸς προσαίτης, ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν1

Here Mark introduces Bartimaeus as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man sitting beside the road. His name was Bartimaeus, son of Timaeus. He was a blind beggar”

188210:46iosirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὁ υἱὸς Τιμαίου, Βαρτιμαῖος, τυφλὸς προσαίτης1

Here, the phrase son of Timaeus could: (1) identify the father of Bartimaeus. Alternate translation: “Bartimaeus, a blind beggar, whose father was Timaeus” (2) explain what the name Bartimaeus means. Alternate translation: “Bartimaeus, which means ‘son of Timaeus,’ a blind beggar”

188310:46hzisrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΤιμαίου, Βαρτιμαῖος1

The words Bartimaeus and Timaeus are the names of men.

188410:47ow3grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζαρηνός ἐστιν1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘It is Jesus the Nazarene,’”

188510:47ynr7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorΥἱὲ Δαυεὶδ1

Here, the word Son means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” or “You who are descended from David”

188610:47vwz9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitΥἱὲ Δαυεὶδ1

David was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David implicitly meant “Messiah.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Messiah”

188710:47s2drrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperativeἐλέησόν με1

The phrase have mercy is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add a word such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you have mercy on me”

188810:47yllsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐλέησόν με1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of mercy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be merciful to me”

188910:47tvkhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐλέησόν με1

The Bartimaeus assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking to be healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have mercy on me and heal me” or “be merciful to me by healing me”

189010:48ca5urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπολλοὶ1

Mark is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men”

189110:48m32uπολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν1

The phrase was crying out much more could mean: (1) that the blind man shouted even louder to Jesus. Alternate translation: “was crying out even louder” (2) that the blind man called out even more frequently or persistently. Alternate translation: “was crying out even more often” or “was crying out even more persistently”

189210:48l86aΥἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με1

Here Bartimaeus says the same thing he said in 10:47 except he does not include the name Jesus. Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David, I ask that you be merciful to me” or “You who are descended from David, please have mercy on me and heal me”

189310:49pgfmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsεἶπεν, φωνήσατε αὐτόν1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “said to call him”

189410:49po5zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularφωνήσατε1

Because Jesus is speaking to some of the people in the crowd, the command Call is plural.

189510:49ac7hrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsφωνοῦσι1

Here, the pronoun they refers to people in the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “some people in the crowd called” or “some people in the front of the crowd called”

189610:49n6xlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsθάρσει1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of courage, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be courageous”

189710:49py8trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔγειρε1

Here the people who are speaking to Bartimaeus imply that he should walk to where Jesus was after getting up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Get up and walk over to him” or “Get up and go to where he is”

189810:50rhrrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀποβαλὼν τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ1

Bartimaeus’ coat would have been an outer garment that people could ordinarily take off in public. Bartimaeus probably took it off so that it would be easier for him to hurry to where Jesus was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of that information more explicit. Alternate translation: “having thrown aside his jacket” or “having thrown aside his coat so that he could move faster”

189910:50bf2aἀναπηδήσας1

Alternate translation: “having quickly gotten to his feet” or “having immediately stood up”

190010:50jc66rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἦλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of came. Alternate translation: “went”

190110:51qm1arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsεἶπεν, τί σοι θέλεις ποιήσω?1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked him what he desired him to do for him”

190210:51fcinrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisΡαββουνεί, ἵνα1

Bartimaeus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, I desire that”

190310:51ish0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀναβλέψω1

Here, Bartimaeus could be implying: (1) that he once could see, and he wants to be able to see once more. Alternate translation: “I might regain my sight” (2) that he wants to be able to see for the first time. Alternate translation: “I might gain my sight” or “I might be able to see”

190410:52bjuwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You believed, and that has caused you to be saved”

190510:52s5d2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personificationἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε1

Jesus speaks of Bartimaeus’ faith as if it had actively saved him. He means that his faith was the necessary condition for the healing that he received from God. Alternate translation: “Because of your faith, you have been saved”

190610:52omxerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀνέβλεψεν1

Here, much as in 10:51, Mark could be implying: (1) that Bartimaeus once could see, and now he can see once more. Alternate translation: “he regained his sight” (2) that Bartimaeus could see for the first time. Alternate translation: “he gained his sight” or “he was able to see”

190710:52co2vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ1

Here, the clause he was following him on the road could indicate that: (1) Bartimaeus walked with Jesus on the road. Alternate translation: “he walked with him on the road” or “he went with him on the road” (2) Bartimaeus traveled with Jesus and was his disciple. Alternate translation: “he became his disciple” or “he traveled with him on the road as his student”

190811:introxg3t0

Mark 11 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

  1. Jesus in Jerusalem (11:1–13:37)
    • Jesus enters Jerusalem (11:1–11)
    • Jesus curses a fig tree, part one (11:12–14)
    • Jesus drives people out of the temple (11:15–19)
    • Jesus curses a fig tree, part two (11:20–26)
    • Jesus debates with the Jewish leaders about authority (11:27–33)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:9–10, which includes a quotation from Psalm 118:26.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The young donkey

In 11:1–11, Mark narrates how Jesus rode on a colt, or young donkey, when he entered into Jerusalem. Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all write about this event. Mark and Luke write that the disciples brought Jesus a colt. John writes that Jesus found a donkey. Matthew writes that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey and a colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1–7, Mark 11:1–7, Luke 19:29–36, and John 12:14–15)

Hosanna

The word “Hosanna” is a Hebrew word spelled out how it sounds in Mark’s language. The word means “save us, please.” By the time of Jesus, however, people would use the word to praise or honor God and others. Consider whether to spell the word out as it sounds or state its meaning. See the notes on 11:9 and 11:10 for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])

Disrupting activity in the temple area

In 11:15–17, Jesus disrupts normal activity in the temple by driving out some people and by overturning the chairs and tables of others. Jesus performed this symbolic action to express a specific message. However, Christians debate exactly what the symbolic action means. Jesus could have been protesting against people who were buying and selling dishonestly. He could have been protesting against all buying and selling in the temple area. He could have been indicating that the temple would be destroyed. Your translation should state what Jesus did while allowing for all of these possible interpretations.

The baptism of John

In 11:29–33, Jesus and the chief priests, scribes, and elders discuss “the baptism of John.” Here they are referring to how John baptized people for repentance. Jesus asks them whether they think that John’s baptism came from heaven or from people, which means that he performed baptisms by God’s authority or by human authority. The Jewish leaders decide not to answer the question. See the notes on these verses for ways to refer to John’s baptism and to the authority behind it.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when Jesus is talking to groups of people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

The historic present

To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 2, 4, 7, 15, 21, 22, 27, and 33. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])

Verse 26

Many of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for 11:26. A few early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words: “But if you do not forgive, neither will your Father in the heavens forgive your trespasses.” Since a similar sentence appears in Matthew 6:15, it is likely that people who copied the manuscripts accidentally or intentionally added these words here in Mark. Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST include these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])

190911:1djirrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ ὅτε1

Here, the phrase And when introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Then”

191011:1ch4jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐγγίζουσιν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “they go near”

191111:1g1fyrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΒηθφαγὴ1

The word Bethphage is the name of a village that was near Jerusalem.

191211:1so0hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπρὸς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν1

Here Matthew implies that Bethphage and Bethany are near the Mount of Olives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “near the Mount of Olives” or “which are at the Mount of Olives”

191311:2bi22rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goὑπάγετε1

In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of Go. Alternate translation: “Come”

191411:2ahrdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomτὴν κώμην τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν1

Here, a village that is opposite someone means that it is directly in front of them. Jesus could be referring to Bethany, Bethphage, or some other village. However, it is most likely that he is referring to the village of Bethphage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the village directly in front of you” or “the village of Bethphage, which is before you”

191511:2si41rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdualὑμῶν & εὑρήσετε1

Since the word you applies to the two disciples in both of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural.

191611:2g1qxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπῶλον δεδεμένον1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “a colt that a person has tied up”

191711:2r41grc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownπῶλον1

A colt is a young donkey that is no longer a baby but is not yet full grown. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a donkey that is not yet fully grown” or “a young riding animal”

191811:2mwwvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitδεδεμένον1

Here Jesus implies that someone has used a rope or tether to secure the donkey so that it cannot wander away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “secured with a tether”

191911:2yw78rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsοὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων1

Although the term men is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense, that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “no human” or “no one person”

192011:2zloorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyοὔπω ἐκάθισεν1

Jesus is using the term sat to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “has yet mounted” or “has yet used as a mount”

192111:3aw3vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesκαὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? εἴπατε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And if anyone asks you why you are doing this, say that the Lord has need of it and that immediately he sends it back here.”

192211:3q446rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdualποιεῖτε1

The person would be speaking to the two disciples, so you would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural.

192311:3xw55rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο?1

If it would be helpful in your language, you could say explicitly what the phrase doing this refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt”

192411:3j1w3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε.1

Here, the clause and immediately he sends it back here could be: (1) part of what Jesus wants the disciples to say. Alternate translation: “The Lord has need of it, and immediately the Lord sends it back here to you” (2) what Jesus predicts the person asking the question Why are you doing this? will do. Alternate translation: “The Lord has need of it,’ and immediately that person again sends it here”

192511:3k7fdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsαὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of need, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “requires it”

192611:3yj5yrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tenseἀποστέλλει1

Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe a future action that will happen very soon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is natural in your language for referring to an event in the near future. Alternate translation: “he will send”

192711:3ehderc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsπάλιν1

Many ancient manuscripts read back. The ULT follows that reading. In this case, it is more likely that the phrase and immediately he sends it is part of what Jesus wanted the disciples to say (see previous note on this whole sentence). Other ancient manuscripts do not include the word back. In this case, it is more likely that the phrase and immediately he sends it is what Jesus predicts that the people who asked the question will do (see previous note on this whole sentence). If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

192811:4y381rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἀπῆλθον1

Here, they refers to the two disciples mentioned in 11:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more explicitly. Alternate translation: “those two disciples went away”

192911:4f6hcrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownπῶλον1

See how you translated colt in 11:2. Alternate translation: “a donkey that was not yet fully grown” or “a young riding animal”

193011:4g6thrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveδεδεμένον1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “that a person had tied up”

193111:4vmm1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitδεδεμένον1

Here Jesus implies that someone has used a rope or tether to secure the donkey so that it cannot wander away. See how you translated the similar phrase in 10:2. Alternate translation: “having been secured with a tether”

193211:4owzsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπρὸς τὴν θύραν ἔξω ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀμφόδου1

Here Mark means that the colt was standing outside on the street, but it was secured to a door, probably the door into a house or shop. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to someone’s door. It was standing outside on the street” or “near a door and standing in the street outside the door”

193311:5pslsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἔλεγον αὐτοῖς, τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες τὸν πῶλον1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “were asking them what they were doing by untying the colt.”

193411:5wwuprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτί ποιεῖτε λύοντες1

Here the people asking the question are asking the two disciples to provide a good reason for why they are untying the colt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “For what reason are you untying” or “Do you have permission to untie”

193511:5krqbrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτὸν πῶλον1

See how you translated colt in 11:2. Alternate translation: “this donkey that is not yet fully grown” or “the young riding animal”

193611:6t9dxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀφῆκαν αὐτούς1

Here Mark implies that the people let them take the young donkey away with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they let them untie the young donkey and lead it away” or “they let them go away with the young donkey”

193711:7evwsrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτὸν πῶλον1

See how you translated colt in 11:2. Alternate translation: “the donkey that was not yet fully grown” or “the young riding animal”

193811:7sbqyrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν1

The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “drape the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor” or “throw their cloaks upon it to give him glory”

193911:7k9g7rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτὰ ἱμάτια1

The word cloaks refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “jackets” or “outer garments”

194011:8jk2orc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπολλοὶ & ἄλλοι1

Mark is using the adjectives many and others as nouns to mean many people and other people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “many men and women … different men and women”

194111:8t8hyrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionτὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν1

The people did these things to give Jesus honor and glory. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of these actions. Alternate translation: “spread their cloaks on the road to give him honor, and others, branches, having cut them from the field, to give him glory”

194211:8fwl0rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἱμάτια1

See how you translated the word cloaks in 11:7. Alternate translation: “jackets” or “outer garments”

194311:8r2imrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἄλλοι & στιβάδας1

Mark is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “others spread branches”

194411:9npryrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goπροάγοντες1

In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “coming before”

194511:9d8serc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterateὡσαννά1

The word Hosanna is a Hebrew word. Mark has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. Hosanna had an original meaning of “save now,” but by the time of this event it had become a way of praising God. In your translation you can spell Hosanna the way it sounds in your language, or you could translate it according to how the word was used. In this context, the people could be praising: (1) God. Alternate translation: “Glory to God” or “May God be honored” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “Glory to this man” or “May this man be honored”

194611:9qnjyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου!1

Here the crowds are quoting from Psalm 118:26. Since they do not introduce the words as a quotation from an important text, you also should not introduce them as anything more than what the crowds said. However, if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include this information in a footnote.

194711:9suibrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου1

The phrase Blessed is the one could be: (1) a request for God to bless Jesus. Alternate translation: “Let the one coming in the name of the Lord be blessed” (2) stating that God had already blessed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The one coming in the name of the Lord is blessed”

194811:9ye41rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveεὐλογημένος1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “Let God bless”

194911:9e2p6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου1

Here, the word name refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on that person’s authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by the authority of the Lord”

195011:10a6b4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ1

The phrase Blessed is the coming kingdom could be: (1) a request for God to bless the kingdom. Alternate translation: “Let the coming kingdom of our father David be blessed” (2) stating that God had already blessed the kingdom. Alternate translation: “The coming kingdom of our father David is blessed”

195111:10kkforc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveεὐλογημένη1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “Let God bless”

195211:10ioovrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ1

Here, the people are using the possessive form to describe a kingdom that is like the one that David ruled. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the coming kingdom that is like our father David’s kingdom” or “the coming kingdom that once belonged to our father David”

195311:10v5n6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ1

Here, the word coming indicates that these people have been waiting for and expecting this kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of our father David that we have been waiting for” or “the long-expected kingdom of our father David”

195411:10yuaprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorτοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ1

Here the people refer to David as if he were their father. They mean that David was an important ancestor of many Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of our important ancestor, David” or “of David, from whom many of us are descended”

195511:10b1sirc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterateὡσαννὰ1

See how you translated the word Hosanna in 11:9. Here, the people could be using the word to praise: (1) God, who sent Jesus. Alternate translation: “Hosanna to God” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “Hosanna to this one”

195611:10vqm2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτοῖς ὑψίστοις1

The people are using the adjective highest as a noun to mean the highest heavens, where God dwells. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the highest heavens”

195711:11h2durc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheἱερόν1

Here Mark means that Jesus entered into the temple area. He does not mean that Jesus went into the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “temple courtyard”

195811:11zu91rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomὀψίας ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας1

Here, the phrase the hour already being late indicates that it was evening, and the sun was about to set. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “since it was late in the day” or “the sun being about to set”

195911:11t5nvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξῆλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came out”

196011:11rvd7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτῶν δώδεκα1

See how you translated the phrase the Twelve in 3:16. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”

196111:12tecdrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later,”

196211:12zr8nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξελθόντων1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone out”

196311:13y447rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἦλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came”

196411:13egn3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰ ἄρα τι εὑρήσει ἐν αὐτῇ1

Here Mark implies that Jesus wanted to find some figs on the tree that he could eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “hoping to find some figs on it” or “wanting to find some fruit on it to eat”

196511:13wf0crc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ2

Here, the word And introduces what Jesus actually found on the tree in contrast to what Jesus wanted to find on the tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “But”

196611:13nnwirc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultἐλθὼν ἐπ’ αὐτὴν, οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα; ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν σύκων1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the result that the first two clauses describe. Alternate translation: “because it was not the season of figs, having come to it, he found nothing except leaves”

196711:13yg5nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐλθὼν ἐπ’ αὐτὴν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone to it”

196811:13j6cqrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptionsοὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα1

If it would in appear your language that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves”

196911:13g76zὁ & καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν σύκων1

Alternate translation: “the time of year to pick figs had not yet arrived”

197011:14zc7nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀποκριθεὶς1

Here, the word answering indicates that Jesus was responding to what he saw. He was not answering a question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in response” or “when he saw that”

197111:14ly4prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostropheμηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι1

Jesus is speaking to the fig tree that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this to communicate to the people listening to him what he is going to do the tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as if he were speaking about the fig tree. Alternate translation: “May no one any longer eat fruit from this tree to eternity” or “As for this tree, may no one any longer eat fruit from it to eternity”

197211:14wguhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitμηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι1

Here Jesus implies that the fig tree will stop producing fruit, and that is why no one will eat fruit from the tree ever again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “May you no longer produce fruit that people will eat to eternity”

197311:14ij5hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesμηκέτι & μηδεὶς & φάγοι1

The words translated No one and any longer are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “May people no longer eat” or “No longer may there be anyone who will eat”

197411:14gkorrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenounsκαρπὸν1

In this verse, the word fruit is singular in form, but it refers to any fruits that the tree might produce as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fruits”

197511:14h0ymrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularσοῦ1

Because Jesus is speaking to the fig tree, the word you here is singular.

197611:14b362rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomεἰς τὸν αἰῶνα1

Here, the phrase to eternity means that something lasts forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forever” or “again”

197711:15hj7zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχονται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “they go”

197811:15c2wlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheἱερὸν1

Here Mark means that Jesus entered into the temple area. He does not mean that Jesus went into the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See you translated this word in 11:11. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard”

197911:15hoymἐκβάλλειν1

Alternate translation: “to throw out” or “to force out” or “to drive out”

198011:15s4m2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ1

Mark implies that merchants were selling animals and other items so that travelers could buy them and offer the proper sacrifices at the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the ones selling and buying things in the temple for the sacrifices”

198111:15ve56rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυβιστῶν1

Here Mark is referring to people who exchanged the commonly used Greek and Roman money for special money that could be used at the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the tables of the people who exchanged money” or “the tables of the people who exchanged the temple currency”

198211:15xnpkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστερὰς1

Here Mark refers to people who sold doves, which the poorest people would offer as sacrifices. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the seats of the ones selling the doves to be sacrificed”

198311:16zqa2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitσκεῦος1

Here, the word translated container refers to any object that people use for a specific purpose. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “any object” or “anything”

198411:16ohxgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheτοῦ ἱεροῦ1

Here Mark is referring to the temple area. He does not mean that people were passing through the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See you translated this word in 11:11. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard”

198511:17ce1arc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsκαὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς1

The pronoun them refers to the people who were buying, selling, and exchanging things in the temple area. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people who were buying and selling, and he was saying”

198611:17dxwerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesοὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν1

If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Has it not been written that God’s house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations? But you have made it, as it has been written, into a den of robbers.”

198711:17xrz2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionοὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the people in the temple. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should have paid closer attention to what has been written: ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations.’” or “It has certainly been written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations’!”

198811:17le3krc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsοὐ γέγραπται1

In Jesus’ culture, Has it not been written was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Isaiah (see Isaiah 56:7). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Can you not read in the Scriptures” or “Does it not say in the book of Isaiah”

198911:17t9x9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveοὐ γέγραπται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through the prophet Isaiah. Alternate translation: “Has the prophet Isaiah not said” or “Has God not had a prophet write”

199011:17npdfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveοἶκός μου & κληθήσεται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “They will call my house”

199111:17qeixrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorοἶκός μου1

God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as My house because his presence is there. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My temple”

199211:17t1horc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionοἶκος προσευχῆς & πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν1

Here God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, is using the possessive form to describe a house that is a place where people perform prayer. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a house where all the nations offer prayer” or “a place where there is prayer from all the nations”

199311:17qvxzrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsὑμεῖς & ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν1

Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Jeremiah 7:11. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format or introduce these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “you have made it a ‘den of robbers,’ in the words of the Scriptures” or “you have made it, as the Scriptures say, ‘a den of robbers’”

199411:17dpt1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorσπήλαιον λῃστῶν1

Here God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to the temple as a den where robbers hide and plot their crimes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “a place where robbers live” or “like a cave where robbers hide”

199511:18badgrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultἐζήτουν πῶς αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν; ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ αὐτόν, πᾶς γὰρ ὁ ὄχλος ἐξεπλήσσετο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the result that the second clause describes, which in turn gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because all the crowd were being amazed at this teaching, they were fearing him, and so they were seeking how they might destroy him”

199611:18k6dvἐζήτουν πῶς1

Alternate translation: “they were looking for a way by which”

199711:18wwivrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπᾶς & ὁ ὄχλος ἐξεπλήσσετο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus taught. Alternate translation: “his teaching was astonishing all the crowd”

199811:18aw8yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleπᾶς & ὁ ὄχλος1

Mark says all here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most people in the crowd” or “most of the crowd”

199911:19h4hgὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο1

Alternate translation: “in the evening”

200011:19i5ykrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξεπορεύοντο1

In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “they were coming out”

200111:19ldtlrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔξω τῆς πόλεως1

Here Mark implies that they went outside the city of Jerusalem to spend the night in the village of Bethany, as they did the previous night (see 11:11). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “outside Jerusalem to Bethany” or “outside the city of Jerusalem, and they slept in the village of Bethany”

200211:20pi9crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπαραπορευόμενοι1

Here Mark implies that Jesus and his disciples were passing by the same route that they had traveled the previous morning, which means that they went past the same fig tree that they had gone past the previous morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “passing by on the same path” or “going by the same route”

200311:20s8kirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomτὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν1

The phrase the fig tree having withered from the roots means that the fig tree had completely shriveled up and dried out, including its roots. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the entire fig tree having withered and having died” or “that the fig tree, including its roots, had dried up and died”

200411:21jt3hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἀναμνησθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say what reminded Peter, it is clear from the context that it was seeing the fig tree. Alternate translation: “seeing the fig tree reminded Peter, and he” or “when he saw the fig tree, it reminded Peter, who”

200511:21rffdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsἴδε1

Here, the word behold is meant to draw the attention of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks a person to look or to pay attention. Alternate translation: “see” or “look at that”

200611:21orq2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularκατηράσω1

Because Peter is speaking to Jesus, the word you here is singular.

200711:21na1kἐξήρανται1

Alternate translation: “has shriveled up” or “has dried up”

200811:22x8k7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἔχετε πίστιν Θεοῦ1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of faith, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Believe”

200911:23mredrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypoἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ ὅτι ὃ λαλεῖ γίνεται, ἔσται αὐτῷ1

Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to show that a person who has faith can do amazing things, like casting a mountain into the sea. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Truly I say this to you: imagine that someone says to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea.’ If that person does not doubt in his heart, but believes that what he says is happening, it will be for him.”

201011:23a01grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ μὴ διακριθῇ1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “whoever tells this mountain to be taken up and to be thrown into the sea, and does not doubt”

201111:23c3cjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfoὄρει τούτῳ1

Here, the phrase this mountain could refer to: (1) the Mount of Olives, which Jesus and his disciples were near. Alternate translation: “to the Mount of Olives” or “to the mountain we are near” (2) any mountain. Alternate translation: “to a mountain”

201211:23k3z4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be God. Alternate translation: “May God take you up and throw you into the sea”

201311:23jh1wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι1

Since someone is talking to a mountain, the commands here are singular.

201411:23dwsfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismμὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ ὅτι ὃ λαλεῖ γίνεται1

These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than but in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “believes that what he says is happening without doubting in his heart” or “truly believes in his heart that what he says is happening”

201511:23y76prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ1

In Jesus’ culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in his mind” or “when he thinks about it”

201611:23doegrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsαὐτοῦ & λαλεῖ & αὐτῷ1

Although the terms his, he, and him are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her … he or she says … for that person”

201711:23rhhmrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tenseγίνεται1

Here Jesus uses the present tense to refer to something that would happen in the near future. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural to refer to an event that will soon happen. Alternate translation: “will happen”

201811:23fzp5ἔσται αὐτῷ1

Alternate translation: “God will make it happen”

201911:24pn9xrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultδιὰ τοῦτο1

Here, the phrase Because of this introduces a result or inference based on what Jesus has just said about faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result or inference. Alternate translation: “So then” or “For that reason”

202011:24c61crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoπάντα ὅσα προσεύχεσθε1

The expression everything, as much as you pray contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everything that you pray”

202111:24hunmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadysπροσεύχεσθε καὶ αἰτεῖσθε1

The two words pray and request express a single idea. The word pray tells how the disciples are making their requests. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “you request in prayer” or “you request while praying”

202211:24abkerc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tenseἐλάβετε1

Here Jesus uses the past tense to refer to something in the future. He does this to indicate that the disciples should believe so strongly that they will receive what they ask for that it is as if they had already received it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the present or future tense and indicate the certainty in other way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly receive it” or “you are certain to receive it”

202311:24tu5zἔσται ὑμῖν1

Alternate translation: “God will make it happen”

202411:25m7xirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι1

In Jesus’ culture, people often would stand when praying to God. Jesus assumes that his readers would be familiar with this practice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the posture that people assume in your culture when praying, or you could simply refer to praying. Alternate translation: “when you kneel in prayer” or “when you pray”

202511:25f6exrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomτι ἔχετε κατά τινος1

Here, the phrase you have something against anyone indicates that you have been offended or injured by anyone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are upset with anyone” or “you have been offended by anyone”

202611:25jjs9rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goalἵνα1

The phrase so that introduces a purpose clause. Jesus says to forgive with the goal that your Father who {is} in the heavens may also forgive you your trespasses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that”

202711:25m2awrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν1

Jesus speaks of his disciples as if God were their physical father. He means that they have a father-son relationship with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your spiritual Father” or “God, who is like a Father to you,”

202811:25ttxgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς1

Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”

202911:25omzerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of trespasses, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when you trespass”

203011:26wlvnrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsΕἰ δὲ ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἀφίετε οὐδὲ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἀφήσει τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν1

See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it.

203111:26q3gurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὐκ ἀφίετε1

Here Jesus implies that they might not forgive other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “do not forgive fellow humans” or “do not forgive people who have sinned against you”

203211:26alh9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν1

See how you translated the phrase your Father in the previous verse (11:25). Alternate translation: “your spiritual Father” or “God, who is like a Father to you,”

203311:26cdvqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς1

See how you translated the phrase in the heavens in the previous verse (11:25). Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”

203411:26o02frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of trespasses, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you when you trespass”

203511:27m0bhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχονται-1

In contexts such as these, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “they go … go”

203611:27alh5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheἐν τῷ ἱερῷ1

Here Mark means that Jesus was walking in the temple area. He does not mean that Jesus was in the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See you translated this word in 11:11. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”

203711:28se9brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς1

The question By what authority do you do these things and the question who gave you this authority, so that you might do these things could: (1) be two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to Jesus. Alternate translation: “By what kind of authority do you do these things, or who is the one who gave you this authority, so that you might do these things” (2) both have the same meaning and be asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority. If you choose this option, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two questions into one question. Alternate translation: “Who was it who gave you the authority to do these things?”

203811:28ooxprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “How are you empowered to do these things, and who empowered you in this way”

203911:28h8glrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularποιεῖς & σοι & ποιῇς1

Because the Jewish leaders are speaking to Jesus, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

204011:28uggxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitταῦτα ποιεῖς & ταῦτα ποιῇς1

In both places, the phrase these things refers to what Jesus has done since he arrived in Jerusalem, including driving people out of the temple, healing people, and teaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “do you teach, heal, and drive people out of the temple … you teach, heal, and drive people out of the temple”

204111:28fs6lrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesἢ1

Here, the word or introduces another similar question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a related question, or you could leave or untranslated. Alternate translation: “and” or “or again,”

204211:29w96wrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces what Jesus said in contrast to what the Jewish leaders asked him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”

204311:29aak2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἕνα λόγον1

Jesus is using the term word to refer to what he will ask. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one thing”

204411:29jyq0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαὶ ἀποκρίθητέ μοι, καὶ ἐρῶ ὑμῖν1

Here Jesus implies that he will only tell them by what authority he acts if they answer him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in conditional form or in some other way that makes this relationship clear. Alternate translation: “and if you answer me, then I will tell you” or “and as long as you answer me, I will tell you”

204511:29erqprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you expressed the idea in 11:28. Alternate translation: “how I am empowered to do these things”

204611:29ywusrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitταῦτα ποιῶ1

Here, the phrase these things refers to what Jesus has done since he arrived in Jerusalem, including driving people out of the temple, healing people, and teaching. See how you translated the similar phrase in 11:28. Alternate translation: “I teach, heal, and drive people out of the temple”

204711:30jj91rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου & ἦν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of baptism, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When John baptized people, was it”

204811:30vpgvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a kind of baptism that was performed by John. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the baptism that John performed”

204911:30sh7brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐξ οὐρανοῦ1

Here, heaven represents God because it is where he dwells. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from God”

205011:30i5isrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsἀνθρώπων1

Although the term men is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “humans”

205111:30fr1brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐξ οὐρανοῦ & ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων1

Here Jesus is asking about where John’s authority came from. He indicates that it could be from God in heaven or from men on earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “authorized by God from heaven or by men on earth”

205211:31ycxmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπρὸς ἑαυτοὺς1

Here, the phrase with each other could mean: (1) that the Jewish leaders were reasoning with one another. Alternate translation: “with one another” (2) that the Jewish leaders were thinking this without saying it. Alternate translation: “within themselves”

205311:31pm87rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγοντες1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

205411:31e7j4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that it was from heaven, then he will ask us for what reason we did not believe him.”

205511:31s9vvrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ1

Here the Jewish leaders use an imaginary situation to help them decide how to answer the question. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine that we say, ‘From heaven.’ In that case, he will say to us, ‘For what reason then did you not believe him?’”

205611:31xrmkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἐξ οὐρανοῦ1

The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “John’s baptism was from heaven” or “It was from heaven”

205711:31nu1mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐξ οὐρανοῦ1

See how you translated the similar phrase in 11:30. Alternate translation: “From God”

205811:31cx93rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionδιὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?1

The Jewish leaders expect that Jesus would use the question form to rebuke them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then you should have believed him.” or “You certainly should have believed him, then!”

205911:32tdghἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων?1

Here the Jewish leaders could be: (1) asking a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “But can we really say, ‘From men’?” (2) using a conditional form that implies the result. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men.’”

206011:32tczmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων1

The Jewish leaders are using the question form to indicate that they think it is a bad idea to give the answer From men. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “But it is not possible for us to say, ‘From men.’” or “But we cannot say, ‘From men’!”

206111:32mnozrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesεἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων?1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “should we say that it was from men”

206211:32aus1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἐξ ἀνθρώπων1

The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “John’s baptism was from men” or “It was from men”

206311:32v2gsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsἐξ ἀνθρώπων1

See how you translated the similar phrase in 11:30. Alternate translation: “From humans”

206411:32z998rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-backgroundἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον, ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην, ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν1

Mark provides this background information to help readers understand why the Jewish leaders said what they did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the crowd, for they all held that John really had been a prophet” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men, because all the crowd held that John really was a prophet, and they were afraid of the crowd”

206511:32pongrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον, ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην, ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The crowd held that John really was a prophet, so they were afraid of them all”

206611:32dqltrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸν ὄχλον1

Here Mark implies that the Jewish leaders feared what the crowd would do if they answered in this way. The crowd might have rioted or attacked them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of what the crowd would do” or “that the crowd might riot”

206711:32x4borc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἅπαντες & εἶχον1

Here, the word all refers to the people in the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for everyone in the crowd held” or “for all those who were in the crowd held”

206811:32k4hirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleἅπαντες & εἶχον1

Mark says all here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of them held”

206911:33rmbdrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces what the chief priests and scribes did as a result of what they said to each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the result of an action. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” or “So then,”

207011:33us4arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisοὐκ οἴδαμεν1

The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John was from”

207111:33av5yrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultοὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν1

With the words Nor do I tell you, Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” or “Well then, neither do I tell you”

207211:33arpmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you expressed the idea in 11:28. Alternate translation: “how I am empowered to do these things”

207311:33vox9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitταῦτα ποιῶ1

Here, the phrase these things refers to what Jesus has done since he arrived in Jerusalem, including driving people out of the temple, healing people, and teaching. See how you translated the similar phrase in 11:28. Alternate translation: “I teach, heal, and drive people out of the temple”

207412:introne550

Mark 12 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

  1. Jesus in Jerusalem (11:1–13:37)
    • The parable of the vineyard (12:1–12)
    • Jesus interacts with the religious leaders (12:13–37)
      • Jesus debates with the Pharisees and Herodians about taxes (12:13–17)
      • Jesus debates with the Sadducees about the resurrection (12:18–27)
      • Jesus speaks with a scribe about the greatest commandment (12:28–34)
      • Jesus teaches about the Christ (12:35–37)
    • Jesus warns against the scribe (12:38–40)
    • Jesus teaches about a widow who gave her little money to God (12:41–44)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10–11, which is a quotation from Psalm 118:22–23, and the poetry in 12:36, which is a quotation from Psalm 110:1.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Renting out a vineyard

In 12:1–12, Jesus tells a story about a man who built a vineyard and then rented it out to farmers. Jesus is referring to a common arrangement in which a wealthy person who owned property would have poorer people use that property for farming or tending grapes. These poorer people would do the work and then sell the produce, and they would give the person who owned the property a portion of what they made. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of arrangement, make sure that your translation is clear about what is happening in the story.

The poll tax

The word translated “poll tax” refers to a specific amount of money that each adult person had to pay to the government. In Jesus’ time period, the Roman government required Jewish adults to pay a high tax. The Pharisees ask whether this tax that the Roman government required contradicted the law that God gave Moses. Make sure that your readers understand that the Pharisees are asking about a tax that the Roman government required each adult Jewish person to pay.

A man marrying his brother’s widow

In 12:19–23, the Sadducees question Jesus in regard to a hypothetical situation in which a woman marries seven brothers in succession. This situation is based on a command in the Jewish law that can be found in Deuteronomy 25:5–6. The law requires a woman who is widowed without children to marry a brother of her late husband. The first child that they have together will be considered the child of the dead man. In this way, that man’s family line would continue. The Sadducees present an extreme application of this law, with seven brothers successively marrying the same woman and dying without having children. They use this example to try to make the idea of resurrection look strange or silly. Make sure that your readers understand the example that the Sadducees present.

The great commandment

Jewish teachers sometimes debated which specific commandment was the greatest or most important one. This was important because, if commandments seemed to contradict each other in a specific situation, the greater one would be the correct one to obey. When the scribe asks Jesus about “the first commandment” in 12:28, he wants Jesus to offer an opinion about this debate. Make sure that your readers understand that this is what the scribe is asking about.

King David and the Christ

In 12:35–37, Jesus asks the people he is teaching about whether the Christ can be a descendant of David if David himself calls the Messiah “Lord” in Psalm 110:1. Since people in David’s culture called older and more important people “lord,” it does not make sense for David to call his own descendant “Lord.” When Jesus asks and teaches about this, he implies that the Christ is indeed King David’s descendant, but he is also more than that. Make sure that this teaching about calling the Christ “Lord” is clear to your readers.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

The parable of the vineyard

In 12:1–12, Jesus tells a story about a man who planted a vineyard and rented it out to farmers. When the man sends servants to collect the rent, the farmers refuse and injure or kill the servants. When the man sends his own son, the farmers kill him as well. So, man came and destroyed the farmers and rented the vineyard to other people. When he tells this story, Jesus implies that the Jewish religious leaders are like those farmers who will be destroyed. Jesus also implies that the vineyard represents the people of Israel, the servants represent God’s messengers, the son represents Jesus himself, and the man who owned the vineyard represents God. While you should not explain the meaning more than Jesus does, make sure that your translation fits with what Jesus is illustrating. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])

The stone

In 12:10–11, Jesus quotes from Psalm 118:22–23, which refers to a specific “stone.” In the Psalm, this stone most likely represents the king of Israel, or it perhaps represents the Israelite people in general. When Jesus quotes this passage, he is implicitly identifying himself with the stone. Since the stone language comes from a quotation from the Psalms, you should preserve it in some form in your translation. Also, since Jesus does not explicitly claim to be the stone, you should keep that implicit in your translation. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in questions that people ask of Jesus or in speeches that Jesus directs to individuals. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

The historic present

To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 13, 14, 16, 18, and 41. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])

207512:1w2hbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parablesἀμπελῶνα ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν1

To teach the Jewish leaders, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: A man planted a vineyard”

207612:1qa93rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsἀμπελῶνα ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν1

Jesus uses the phrase A man planted a vineyard to introduce the main character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing the main character in a story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard”

207712:1nyijrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownφραγμὸν1

A hedge is a thick wall made from bushy plants that were planted close together. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of wall, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a wall made of bushes” or “wall of plants”

207812:1l2i2rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς1

As the rest of the story shows, the man rented the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use his vineyard in exchange for a share of the crop”

207912:1fd71rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitγεωργοῖς1

While farmers is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “vine dressers” or “grape farmers”

208012:2s83vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτῷ καιρῷ1

Here Jesus refers to the time of year when the grape vines produced grapes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when it was almost harvest time,” or “when the grapes were almost ripe,”

208112:2su2erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitγεωργοὺς & γεωργῶν1

See how you translated farmers in 12:1. Alternate translation: “vine dressers … vine dressers” or “grape farmers … grape farmers”

208212:2q54wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπαρὰ τῶν γεωργῶν λάβῃ ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος1

Here the man wants to receive the share of the fruits that the farmers agreed to pay him when he rented the vineyard to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he might receive from the farmers his portion of the fruits of the vineyard” or “he might receive from the farmers the fruits of the vineyard that they agreed to pay him”

208312:2oxoorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorτῶν καρπῶν τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος1

Here, the word fruits could refer: (1) directly to the grapes that the vineyard produced. Alternate translation: “the grapes from the vineyard” (2) figuratively to what the farmers made when they sold the grapes. Alternate translation: “the money from what the vineyard produced”

208412:3vcp6rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces what the farmers actually did in contrast to what the man who owned the vineyard wanted them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “But”

208512:3ifjerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitλαβόντες αὐτὸν1

Here Jesus implies that the farmers did this once the servant arrived at the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “after the servant arrived, having seized him”

208612:3c321rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorκενόν1

Jesus speaks of this servant as if he were a container that was empty. He means that the farmers did not give him any of the fruit from the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “empty-handed” or “without any grapes”

208712:4rwwoἐκεφαλίωσαν1

Alternate translation: “they hit in the head” or “they repeatedly struck on the head”

208812:4jhi3ἠτίμασαν1

Alternate translation: “humiliated” or “dishonored”

208912:5f0lzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjἄλλον & πολλοὺς ἄλλους1

Jesus is using the adjectives another and others as nouns to mean another servant and other servants. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “another one of his servants … many more of his servants”

209012:5q1edrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisκαὶ πολλοὺς ἄλλους1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Jesus could be implying that many others: (1) were sent by the man. Alternate translation: “and he sent many others” (2) were harmed by the farmers. Alternate translation: “and they harmed many others”

209112:5azdwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὓς μὲν δέροντες, οὓς δὲ ἀποκτέννοντες1

Here Jesus implies that the farmers were beating some servants and were killing other servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “but the farmers beat some and killed others”

209212:6eoaerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔτι ἕνα εἶχεν1

Here Jesus implies that the man has one more person whom he could send to the farmers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Having one more person he could send” or “Having one more messenger”

209312:6o09rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveυἱὸν ἀγαπητόν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a son whom he loved”

209412:6u0m5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν ἔσχατον πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγων, ὅτι ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two clauses. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘They will respect my son,’ he sent his son to them last”

209512:6z5hzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesλέγων, ὅτι ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that they would respect his son”

209612:6ejmvrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγων1

If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he thought”

209712:6s7nvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου1

Here, the man implies that respecting his son would also mean giving him the portion of the fruits that he and the farmers had agreed upon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “They will respect my son and give him my portion of the fruits”

209812:7m63erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐκεῖνοι δὲ οἱ γεωργοὶ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς εἶπαν1

Here Jesus implies that those farmers said this when they saw that the man’s son had arrived at the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “But when the son arrived, those farmers said to each other” or “But those farmers, when they saw the man’s son, said to each other”

209912:7kefzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitγεωργοὶ1

See how you translated farmers in 12:1. Alternate translation: “vine dressers” or “grape farmers”

210012:7f8xsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesπρὸς ἑαυτοὺς εἶπαν, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἡμῶν ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said to each other that this man was the heir and that they should come and kill him so that the inheritance would be theirs”

210112:7sidmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomδεῦτε1

Here, the word Come is an exhortation to do something together with the speaker. The word does not necessarily mean that the people must travel somewhere. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that exhorts people to work together. Alternate translation: “Working together” or “Acting with one another”

210212:7h5vsrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goalκαὶ1

Here, the word and introduces the purpose for which the farmers plan to kill the son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “and that way”

210312:7s5dcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἡ κληρονομία1

Here the farmers are referring primarily to the vineyard, which would be the son’s inheritance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the inheritance, this vineyard,”

210412:7ay11rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἡ κληρονομία1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of inheritance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he would inherit”

210512:8gx6lrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces what the farmers did as a result of what they said to each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the result of an action. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” or “So then,”

210612:8zuwfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitαὐτὸν1

Here Jesus implies that they threw his dead body out of the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “his dead body”

210712:9r4mdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος?1

Jesus is using the question form to introduce what the lord of the vineyard will do. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do:” or “Let me tell you what the lord of the vineyard will do!”

210812:9rhrmrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultτί οὖν1

Here, the word then introduces a rhetorical question that Jesus asks based on the story that he has told. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of question. Alternate translation: “In light of that story, what” or “Given all that, what”

210912:9kdyxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a lord who owns the vineyard. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the lord who owned the vineyard” or “the man whose vineyard it is”

211012:9qh8grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐλεύσεται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “He will go”

211112:9zscwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐλεύσεται1

Here, the phrase He will come indicates that the lord of the vineyard will return to the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “He will return” or “He will visit them”

211212:9tljiγεωργούς1

See how you translated farmers in 12:1. Alternate translation: “vine dressers” or “grape farmers”

211312:9g4cerc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownδώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις1

Here Jesus refers to the same kind of arrangement that he referred to in 12:1. Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “will allow other farmers to use it”

211412:9mc5yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἄλλοις1

The word others refers to other vine dressers who will care for the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to other farmers who will care for it”

211512:10xj9jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionοὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε:1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach the Jewish leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you have read this scripture:” or “Surely you have read this scripture!”

211612:10v6tarc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsοὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε1

Here Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see Psalm 118:22–23). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And have you not read this in the book of Psalms” or “And have you never read what someone wrote in our Scriptures”

211712:10qqpurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularοὐδὲ & ἀνέγνωτε1

Because Jesus is speaking to the Jewish leaders, the word you here is singular.

211812:10mzr2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorλίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας1

Here the author of the quotation speaks of a person whom others reject as if he were a stone that builders rejected. He speaks of this person gaining power and respect as if he became the head of the corner. Jesus is applying this quotation to himself, identifying himself with the stone. However, if possible, preserve the metaphor in your translation, or if that is not possible, express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “A person who is like a stone that the builders rejected, that person has become like the head of the corner”

211912:10kv7trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitλίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες1

Here the author of the quotation is referring to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. In this case, the people do not want to use the stone for building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “A stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building”

212012:10l5marc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomκεφαλὴν γωνίας1

The phrase the head of the corner refers to a specific stone that is especially key or important for a structure. It could be a stone at the corner of a wall, a stone at the top of an arch, or another important stone. You could use a term for one of these kinds of stones, or you could refer generally to an important or essential stone. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the capstone” or “the most important stone”

212112:11r8z8παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη1

Alternate translation: “The Lord has caused this”

212212:11k5w6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν1

Here, eyes represent a person’s judgement or evaluation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in our opinion” or “from our perspective”

212312:12v9wbrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultκαὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον; ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν & καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν, ἀπῆλθον1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases, since the reason why the Jewish leaders were seeking to seize Jesus was that they knew that he spoke the parable against them. Also, the reason why they left Jesus without arresting him was because they feared the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reasons before their results. Alternate translation: “And they knew that he spoke the parable against them, so they were seeking to seize him. However, they feared the crowd, so having left him, they went away”

212412:12b1vzrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἐζήτουν1

Here, the pronoun they refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in 11:27. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were seeking”

212512:12v5wvrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastκαὶ2

Here, Mark uses the word and to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and the reason why they were not able to do so. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “yet” or “but”

212612:12lx62rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸν ὄχλον1

Here Mark implies that the chief priests and the Pharisees feared what the crowd would do if they seized Jesus. They might have rioted or attacked them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what the crowd would do” or “that the crowd might riot”

212712:12ql29rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν, ἀπῆλθον1

Here Mark implies that the Jewish leaders did not seize Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And they did not seize him, but instead, having left him, they went away”

212812:12gsh8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἀπῆλθον1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “they came away”

212912:13eq4trc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”

213012:13z2sfrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἀποστέλλουσιν1

Here, the pronoun they refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in 11:27. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders send”

213112:13pj3crc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν1

The Herodians were a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a short phrase to describe them. Alternate translation: “people who wanted King Herod to continue to rule”

213212:13kuy5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorαὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν1

Mark is speaking as if the Pharisees and the Herodians intended to catch Jesus in a trap. He means that they wanted to get Jesus to say something that would allow them to accuse him of doing wrong. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “catch him” or “cause him to make an error”

213312:13s1hbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyλόγῳ1

Here, word represents something said in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in speech”

213412:13b141rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitλόγῳ1

Here, the phrase with a word could refer to things spoken by: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “in his words” (2) the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “with their words”

213512:14dh3drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐλθόντες1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

213612:14awv5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveοἴδαμεν & δῶμεν & δῶμεν1

The spies are speaking only of themselves, so we would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction.

213712:14xhl6rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultοὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός; οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “since you do not look at the face of men, it is not a concern to you about anyone”

213812:14cp3xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomοὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός1

The Herodians and the Pharisees use this clause to say that Jesus does not care what others think and say about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not concern yourself with the opinions of others” or “you are not influenced by what others think of you”

213912:14r2f3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός1

The words translated not and anyone are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “it is a concern to you about no one”

214012:14no9yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsοὐ μέλει σοι1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of concern, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “nothing concerns you”

214112:14xptcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomοὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων1

Here, to look at the face of men refers to making decisions about how to treat people based on how they appear. People who look at the face of men treat wealthy and important people differently than they treat poor and unimportant people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for you do not judge men by appearances” or “for you do not treat people based on what they look like”

214212:14brm3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsἀνθρώπων1

Although the term men is masculine, the Herodians and the Pharisees are using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of humans”

214312:14weafrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ1

Here, the Herodians and the Pharisees are using the possessive form to describe a way that God desires or approves of. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way that pleases God”

214412:14yfncrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorτὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ1

Here the Pharisees and Herodians use the word way to refer to behavior in life. More specifically, they mean that this behavior pleases God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “behavior that pleases God”

214512:14ap2qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐπ’ ἀληθείας1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of truth, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “based on what is true”

214612:14k0twrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔξεστιν1

Here, the word lawful could be referring to: (1) whether something is permitted by the Jewish law that God gave to Moses. Alternate translation: “Does the law that God gave to Moses permit us” (2) whether something is generally right or wrong. Alternate translation: “Is it right” or “Is it appropriate”

214712:14gtskrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyΚαίσαρι1

Here, Caesar represents the Roman leaders and government in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Roman leaders” or “to the Roman empire”

214812:14puherc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisοὔ1

The Herodians and the Pharisees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “is it not lawful to do so”

214912:14y8lvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitδῶμεν ἢ μὴ δῶμεν1

Here the Pharisees and the Herodians are asking about whether they should give or not give poll taxes to Caesar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Should we give the poll tax, or should we not give it”

215012:15g48wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsαὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of hypocrisy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that they were acting hypocritically” or “that they were being hypocritical”

215112:15c7njrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί με πειράζετε?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Herodians and the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you are testing me.” or “Stop testing me!”

215212:15kgybrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularπειράζετε? φέρετέ1

Because Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees and the Herodians, the word you and the command Bring are plural.

215312:15wl34rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoneyδηνάριον1

A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to about one day’s wage for a hired worker. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a silver coin” or “a coin worth one day’s wage”

215412:16ev6src://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsοἱ1

The pronoun they refers to the people who were there, more specifically the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples of the Pharisees and the Herodians” or “the people there”

215512:16ljeorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή1

In Jesus’ culture, when governments made coins, they would usually put the face of the king or leader on one side, and they would usually have writing on the coin that honored that king or leader. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this practice more explicit. Alternate translation: “face and words of honor did the Roman government stamp on this coin”

215612:16l2tcrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἡ ἐπιγραφή1

Here, the word inscription refers to a few words carved or pressed into a hard surface. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of writing, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “writing” or “written message”

215712:16gi96rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisΚαίσαρος1

The Herodians and the Pharisees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “The image and inscription are Caesar’s”

215812:16z45krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitΚαίσαρος1

Here the fact that the image and inscription on the coin are Caesar’s implies that they were created by the empire that Caesar ruled, the Roman empire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “They are of Caesar, the man who rules the Roman empire”

215912:17fl4lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι1

Here, Caesar represents the Roman leaders and government in general. See how you translated this word in 12:14, but make sure that the connection to the answer “Caesar’s” in 12:16 is clear. Alternate translation: “The things of the Roman leaders, give back to the Roman leaders” or “The things of the Roman empire, give back to the Roman empire”

216012:17fchorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularἀπόδοτε1

Because Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees and the Herodians, the command give back is plural.

216112:17la16rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisκαὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things that belong to God”

216212:18y8yorc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsκαὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι; καὶ ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες1

Mark is here introducing the Sadducees as new participants in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “And some people approached him. They were Sadducees, who are a group who say that there is no resurrection. They were questioning him, saying”

216312:18edcnrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundκαὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι1

Here Mark provides background information about the Sadducees that will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the Sadducees teach that there is no resurrection. Some of them come to him”

216412:18yx13rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

216512:18ss09rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguishΣαδδουκαῖοι & οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι1

This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes that more explicit. Alternate translation: “Sadducees, men who believe that no one will rise from the dead”

216612:18rdl7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of resurrection, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that people do not resurrect”

216712:18i14arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχονται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “go”

216812:18ax25rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγοντες1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

216912:19e8x2rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsΜωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν1

Here, the Sadducees introduce a summary of a section of an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Deuteronomy (see Deuteronomy 25:5–6). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the Sadducees are summarizing an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote to us in the book of Deuteronomy” or “Moses declared to us in the Law”

217012:19hhmirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ, καὶ καταλίπῃ γυναῖκα καὶ μὴ ἀφῇ τέκνον, ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “wrote to us, ‘If someone’s brother dies and leaves behind a wife but does not leave a child, his brother should take the wife and raise up seed for his brother’”

217112:19m8fhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveἔγραψεν ἡμῖν1

Here, the word us would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducees mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew.

217212:19csxerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypoὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ, καὶ καταλίπῃ γυναῖκα καὶ μὴ ἀφῇ τέκνον, ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ1

Here Moses uses an imaginary situation to show what should happen when that kind of situation actually happens. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “to suppose that someone’s brother dies and leaves behind a wife but does not leave a child. In that situation, his brother should take”

217312:19w3evτινος ἀδελφὸς1

Alternate translation: “someone with a brother”

217412:19kgwsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ1

Here Moses required that, when a man’s brother died without having any children even though he was married, the man had to marry his brother’s widow. The first child that they had would be considered offspring of the man’s deceased brother. That way, the deceased brother’s family line could continue. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit in your translation, or you could include some of this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “his brother should marry the widow and raise up seed with her. The first child will continue the dead man’s family line”

217512:19g49erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα1

Here, the phrase take the wife means that the man should marry his brother’s widow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that man should marry his brother’s widow” or “he should marry his dead brother’s wife”

217612:19m2umrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα1

Here, the author of the quotation is speaking of having a child as if it were raising up seed. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “produce offspring”

217712:20wz27rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypoἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος1

Here the Sadducees use an imaginary situation to set up a question they want to ask Jesus. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Now imagine a family with seven brothers. The first”

217812:20pj71rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjὁ πρῶτος1

The Sadducees are using the number first as a noun to mean the first brother. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother”

217912:20pj2grc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalὁ πρῶτος1

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one”

218012:20vagarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἔλαβεν γυναῖκα1

Here, the phrase took a wife indicates that the man got married. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “got married” or “married someone”

218112:20af1trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorσπέρμα1

Here, the Sadducees are speaking of offspring as if they were seed. See how you translated the similar use of this word in 12:19. Alternate translation: “offspring”

218212:21d61grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjὁ δεύτερος1

The Sadducees are using the number second as a noun to mean the second brother. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the next brother” or “the second oldest brother”

218312:21na6src://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalὁ δεύτερος1

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two”

218412:21uef6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἔλαβεν αὐτήν1

Here, the phrase took her indicates that the man married his brother’s widow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “got married to her” or “married her”

218512:21cgzmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorσπέρμα1

Here, the Sadducees are speaking of offspring as if they were seed. See how you translated the similar use of this word in 12:19. Alternate translation: “offspring”

218612:21tbzwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisκαὶ ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως1

The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and the third likewise took her and died, not having left seed” or “and the third likewise experienced the same things”

218712:21l1dsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjὁ τρίτος1

The Sadducees are using the number third as a noun to mean the third brother. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the next brother” or “the third oldest brother”

218812:21hx1qrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalὁ τρίτος1

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three”

218912:22wjq8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjοἱ ἑπτὰ1

The Sadducees are using the number seven as a noun to mean the seven brothers. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers”

219012:22g9azrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὐκ ἀφῆκαν σπέρμα1

Here the Sadducees imply that all seven brothers married the woman and died without leaving seed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all married her, one by one, and all of them died, not leaving seed”

219112:22l3dgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorσπέρμα1

Here, the Sadducees are speaking of offspring as if they were seed. See how you translated the similar use of this word in 12:19. Alternate translation: “offspring”

219212:22e7thrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπάντων1

The Sadducees are using the adjective all as a noun to mean all the people they have mentioned. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of all those people”

219312:23yidnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν1

The terms resurrection and rise again mean similar things. The Sadducees are using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “When they rise again” or “In the resurrection”

219412:23w4wuἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει1

The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In the supposed resurrection” or “If there is a resurrection”

219512:23qtp0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of resurrection, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When people resurrect”

219612:23wl8urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἀναστῶσιν1

Here, the phrase rise again refers to people who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will be restored to life” or “they will resurrect”

219712:23sv6erc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἀναστῶσιν1

Here, the pronoun they refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “men and women rise again”

219812:23tytkrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the Sadducees ask their question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a question, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “We ask this question because” or “This is a problem, since”

219912:23c4p5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjοἱ & ἑπτὰ1

The Sadducees are using the number seven as a noun to mean the seven brothers. See how you expressed the idea in 12:22. Alternate translation: “all seven of the brothers”

220012:24zp2prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionοὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Sadducees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are most certainly being led astray because of this, not knowing the Scriptures nor the power of God!” or “I tell you that you are being led astray because of this, not knowing the Scriptures nor the power of God.”

220112:24gjy0rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultοὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Is it not because you do not know the Scriptures nor the power of God that you are being led astray”

220212:24sie3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveοὐ & πλανᾶσθε1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is they themselves. Alternate translation: “Are you not going astray” or “Are you not leading yourselves astray”

220312:24wb1prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularοὐ & πλανᾶσθε1

Because Jesus is speaking to the Sadducees, the word you here is plural.

220412:24tpkqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoδιὰ τοῦτο & μὴ εἰδότες1

Here, the word this refers directly ahead to the phrase not knowing the Scriptures nor the power of God. Jesus expresses the idea in this way because it was powerful in his language. If using the word this to refer to what someone is about to say would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information and make the expression powerful in another way. Alternate translation: “because you do not know”

220512:24i8ilrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of power, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the powerful things that God can do”

220612:25eqwurc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces an explanation related to how the Sadducees have been “led astray” (see 12:24). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “What you should know is that”

220712:25nvh6rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἀναστῶσιν, οὔτε γαμοῦσιν & εἰσὶν1

Both uses of the pronoun they refer to men and women in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “when men and women rise … they neither marry … they are”

220812:25s99lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἀναστῶσιν1

Here, the word rise refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they are restored to life”

220912:25ox82rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjἐκ νεκρῶν1

Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to refer to all people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from among the dead people” or “from the corpses”

221012:25ensgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται1

In Jesus’ culture, it was customary to talk about men marrying and women being given in marriage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “men do not marry and women are not given in marriage” or “men and women do not get married”

221112:25y8vzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveγαμίζονται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, Jesus implies that it is the people’s parents. Alternate translation: “do their parents give them in marriage”

221212:25pi8lrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastἀλλ’1

What follows the word but here is in contrast to what is currently the case on earth. Jesus is using this contrast to show the Sadducees that they were mistaken to think that the existence of men and women in heaven would follow the same pattern or order of things as had their former lives on earth. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather”

221312:25asw4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simileἀλλ’ εἰσὶν ὡς ἄγγελοι ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς1

Jesus is saying that when people rise from the dead, they are like angels because neither of them marry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they are like angels in the heavens, since they too do not marry”

221412:26it73rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesπερὶ δὲ τῶν νεκρῶν, ὅτι ἐγείρονται, οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε1

Here, the phrase But concerning introduces the next topic that Jesus wants to talk about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic. Alternate translation: “Next, I will talk about the dead, that they are raised. Did you not read”

221512:26mfferc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτῶν νεκρῶν1

Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to refer to all people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. See how you expressed the idea in 12:25. Alternate translation: “the dead people” or “the corpses”

221612:26o34prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐγείρονται1

Here, the word raised refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they are restored to life”

221712:26z36nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐγείρονται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God raises them”

221812:26eod4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionοὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου, πῶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς λέγων, ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach the Sadducees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you have read in the book of Moses, at the bush, how God spoke to him, saying, ‘I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.’” or “Surely you have read in the book of Moses, at the bush, how God spoke to him, saying, ‘I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’!”

221912:26jgdtrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularοὐκ ἀνέγνωτε1

Because Jesus is speaking to the Sadducees, the word you here is plural.

222012:26jc5arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the book that Moses wrote and authorized, the Pentateuch (the first five books of the Old Testament). Jesus is not using the possessive form to indicate a book that Moses owned. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another. Alternate translation: “the book that Moses authorized” or “the books that come from Moses”

222112:26w2ljrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου1

Here Jesus is referring to the passage in the book of Moses where God appears to Moses in a bush that is on fire but that does not burn up. This passage can be found in Exodus 3:2–6, and the quotation that follows is more specifically from Exodus 3:6. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the passage about the bush” or “in the place in the book of Exodus where Moses encountered God in a bush”

222212:26nh43rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesλέγων, ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he is the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob?”

222312:26y35vrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγων1

If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

222412:26re82rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ1

Here, the author of the quotation is using the possessive form to describe the God whom Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob worship. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the God that Abraham honors, and the God that Isaac honors, and the God that Jacob honors”

222512:27afitrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisοὐκ ἔστιν Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “God is not a God of the dead, but he is a God of the living”

222612:27tgjkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὐκ ἔστιν Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων1

Here Jesus implies that, although Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob had already died by the time God spoke these words, God still called himself their God. Since God is not a God of the dead, but of the living, this means that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob must be alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God is not of the dead, but of the living, so Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob must live again after they died”

222712:27s1u7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureοὐκ & Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων1

If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two phrases here. Alternate translation: “a God of the living, not of the dead”

222812:27ehs5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionνεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the God whom the living, not the dead, worship. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “honored by the dead, but by the living”

222912:27dgc9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjνεκρῶν & ζώντων1

Jesus is using the adjectives dead and living as nouns to mean people who are dead and living. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “of dead people … of living people”

223012:27v7uirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπολὺ πλανᾶσθε1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is they themselves. Alternate translation: “You are misunderstanding much” or “You are deceiving yourselves much”

223112:27kd8yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularπολὺ πλανᾶσθε1

Because Jesus is speaking to the Sadducees, the word You here is plural.

223212:28w5phrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”

223312:28zqy4rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsπροσελθὼν εἷς τῶν γραμματέων, ἀκούσας αὐτῶν συνζητούντων, ἰδὼν ὅτι καλῶς ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς, ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν1

Here Mark introduces one of the scribes as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there a scribe there. When he came up, he heard them discussing this together. He saw that Jesus answered them well, and he questioned him”

223412:28z4hgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goπροσελθὼν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone up”

223512:28nxccrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitαὐτῶν συνζητούντων1

Here Mark implies that the scribe heard Jesus and the Sadducees discussing whether people rise from the dead and what happens to them then. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “them discussing the resurrection of the dead together”

223612:28b3yhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἰδὼν1

Here, Mark is using the word seen to mean “observed” or “knew.” He is describing something a person would perceive with their mind by association with their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “having understood” or “having observed”

223712:28q1u5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων1

Here, the scribe is using the word first to refer to what is most important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Which is the most significant commandment of all” or “Which commandment is the greatest of all”

223812:28kftzrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων1

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “commandment number one”

223912:28delvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπάντων1

The scribe is using the adjective all as a noun to mean all the commandments. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of all the commandments”

224012:29ztyhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorπρώτη1

Here, the Jesus is using the word first to refer to what is most important. See how you translated the word first in 12:28. Alternate translation: “The most significant” or “The greatest”

224112:29euimrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπρώτη1

Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun to mean the first commandment. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The first commandment”

224212:29n74yrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalπρώτη1

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Number one”

224312:29-30yo1hrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsἐστίν, ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν & καὶ ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου, ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου1

Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Deuteronomy 6:4–5. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “is this commandment from the book of Deuteronomy: ‘Hear, Israel, the Lord our God is one Lord. And you will love the Lord your God from your whole heart, and from your whole soul, and from your whole mind, and from your whole strength.’”

224412:29-30yop8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesἐστίν, ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν & καὶ ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου, ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “is that Israel should hear that the Lord their God is one Lord and that they should love the Lord their God from their whole heart, and from their whole soul, and from their whole mind, and from their whole strength.”

224512:29l4h7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsἄκουε1

Here, the word Hear draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Hear with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention”

224612:29mq92rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἸσραήλ1

Here, the word Israel refers to the people who are descended from a man named Israel. This man’s other name was Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Israelites” or “descendants of Israel”

224712:29kspbΚύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν1

Alternate translation: “the Lord our God, the Lord is one” or “the Lord is our God, the Lord is one”

224812:29mmtbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitΚύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν1

The phrase the Lord our God is one Lord could be: (1) an affirmation that the Lord our God is the only one whom the Israelites honored and worshiped as Lord and God. Alternate translation: “the Lord our God is our only Lord” or “the only Lord is the Lord our God” (2) an affirmation of the uniqueness of the Lord our God. Alternate translation: “the Lord our God is a unique Lord”

224912:30vllbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularἀγαπήσεις & σου & σου & σου & σου & σου1

Since in this command God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the words you and your are singular throughout this verse.

225012:30thj7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarativeἀγαπήσεις1

The author of the quotation is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “you should love” or “you must love”

225112:30anukrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionΚύριον τὸν Θεόν σου1

Here, the author of the quotation is using the possessive form to describe the God whom the people of Israel worship. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the Lord God whom you honor”

225212:30xjngrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merismἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου1

Here, the author of the quotation is referring to all of a human being by naming multiple parts of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with all of who you are” or “with your entire being”

225312:30q49vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου1

In Mark’s culture, the heart is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate heart by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “from all your desires” or “with all your feelings”

225412:30m8hiἐξ & ἐξ & ἐξ & ἐξ1

Alternate translation: “with … with … with … with”

225512:30x3n5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου1

Here, soul represents a person’s life with special focus on that person’s identity and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with everything you are” or “from all your inclinations”

225612:30mii2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of strength, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from how strong you are” or “with everything that you are able to do”

225712:31fz8grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorδευτέρα1

Here, the scribe is using the word second to refer to what is the second most important thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The next most significant” or “The second greatest”

225812:31eu8brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjδευτέρα1

Jesus is using the adjective second as a noun to mean the second commandment. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The second commandment”

225912:31oeghrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalδευτέρα1

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Number two”

226012:31gpjqrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsαὕτη, ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν1

Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Leviticus 19:18. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “is this commandment from the book of Leviticus: ‘You will love your neighbor as yourself.’”

226112:31xoomrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsαὕτη, ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “is that one should love one’s neighbor as oneself.”

226212:31k0l4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularἀγαπήσεις & σου & σεαυτόν1

Since in this command God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the words You, your, and yourself are singular.

226312:31tp6prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarativeἀγαπήσεις1

The author of the quotation is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “You should love” or “You must love”

226412:31np4yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisὡς σεαυτόν1

The author of the quotation is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “as you love yourself”

226512:31c3gmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simileὡς σεαυτόν1

The author of the quotation assumes that people love themselves, so he wants these people to love their neighbors just as much. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as deeply as yourself”

226612:31p1ecμείζων τούτων ἄλλη ἐντολὴ οὐκ ἔστιν1

Alternate translation: “All other commandments are less important than these”

226712:31gvrvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἄλλη ἐντολὴ οὐκ1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of commandment, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “nothing that God commanded us that is”

226812:31pyc1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτούτων1

Here, the word these refers to the two commandments that Jesus has just quoted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “those two commandments”

226912:32uhgyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαλῶς1

Here the scribe implies that he thinks that Jesus answered the question Well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You have answered well”

227012:32qqm4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐπ’ ἀληθείας1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of truth, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Based on what is true” or “You have spoken what is true when”

227112:32iysprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismεἷς ἐστιν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος πλὴν αὐτοῦ1

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he is one, that is, there is no other besides him” or “he is one; indeed, there is no other besides him”

227212:32awe3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἷς ἐστιν1

Here, just as in 12:29, the phrase he is one could be: (1) an affirmation that God is the only one whom the Israelites honored and worshiped as God. Alternate translation: “he is our only God” or “he alone is God” (2) an affirmation of the uniqueness of God. Alternate translation: “he is unique”

227312:32oxtprc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἐστιν & αὐτοῦ1

The pronouns he and him refer to God. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “God is … God”

227412:32as2jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjἄλλος1

The scribe is using the adjective other as a noun to mean another god. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “other god”

227512:33ddr8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merismἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος1

Here, the scribe is referring to all of a human being by naming multiple parts of it. See how you expressed the similar idea in 12:30. Alternate translation: “with all of who one is” or “with the entire being”

227612:33v8ynrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας1

See how you translated the similar phrase in 12:30. Alternate translation: “from all the desires” or “with all one’s feelings”

227712:33vxehἐξ-1

Alternate translation: “with … with … with”

227812:33xnq9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of understanding, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from everything that one understands” or “with the whole mind”

227912:33k42arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος1

See how you translated the similar phrase in 12:30. Alternate translation: “from how strong one is” or “with everything that one is able to do”

228012:33ekfyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisὡς ἑαυτὸν1

The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you expressed the similar idea in 12:31. Alternate translation: “as one love oneself”

228112:33mje6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simileὡς ἑαυτὸν1

See how you expressed this idea in 12:31. Alternate translation: “as deeply as oneself”

228212:33ll9trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπερισσότερόν ἐστιν1

Here the scribe means that keeping these two commandments is more important or significant than offering burnt offerings and sacrifices. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is more significant than”

228312:33sgburc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletπάντων τῶν ὁλοκαυτωμάτων καὶ θυσιῶν1

The terms whole burnt offerings and sacrifices mean similar things. The scribe is using the two terms together to include all the different kinds of sacrifices and offerings in his claim. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “all the various offerings” or “all sacrifices that anyone might offer”

228412:34hkf7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἰδὼν αὐτὸν ὅτι1

Here, Mark is using the word seen to mean “observed” or “knew.” He is describing something a person would perceive with their mind by association with their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “having understood that” or “having observed that”

228512:34is4crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorοὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ1

Here, Jesus speaks as if the man was physically not far from the kingdom of God. He means that the man is almost part of God’s kingdom. Jesus is speaking of the kingdom of God as if it were a physical place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are almost in the kingdom of God” or “You almost belong to the kingdom of God”

228612:34b144rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotesοὐ μακρὰν & ἀπὸ1

Jesus is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, not, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, far. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “very close to”

228712:34rgh8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα1

The words translated no one and any longer are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “people no longer were daring”

228812:35ifdjrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “Sometime later,”

228912:35ikubrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀποκριθεὶς1

Here, the word answering indicates that Jesus asked this question in response to how the Jewish leaders had been trying to trick and trap him with their questions. Jesus was not directly responding to anyone’s question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in response to how the Jewish leaders had been testing him” or “after the Jewish leaders had tested him”

229012:35ptc8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheἱερῷ1

Here Mark means that Jesus was teaching in the temple area. He does not mean that Jesus was in the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See you translated this word in 11:11. Alternate translation: “temple courtyard”

229112:35q6e4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionπῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν?1

This is not a rhetorical question. Rather, Jesus’ listeners had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement.

229212:35i6a4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorυἱὸς Δαυείδ1

Here, the word son refers to a male descendant. It does not mean that the Christ is the direct son of David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descended from David” or “in the lineage of David”

229312:36e1zqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounsαὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ1

Jesus uses the word himself here to emphasize that it was David, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who wrote the words in the quotation that follows. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom they call the father of the Christ”

229412:36ejy2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ1

Here, the phrase in the Holy Spirit indicates that David wrote the words that follow as the Holy Spirit inspired him. In other words, the Holy Spirit prompted David to write this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “by the inspiration of the Spirit” or “prompted by the Spirit”

229512:36jlbdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesεἶπεν & εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right hand until he puts his enemies under his feet”

229612:36xdd5rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsεἶπεν1

Here Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see Psalm 110:1). This Psalm was written by David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “said in the book of Psalms” or “wrote in Scriptures”

229712:36dv7brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου1

Here, the term Lord does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance refers to God. The second instance refers to a person whom David respectfully calls “lord.” The ULT and UST capitalize this second instance of the word because it refers to the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “God, the Lord, said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord”

229812:36v53prc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionκάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου1

When someone sits at God’s right hand, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Sit to rule at my right hand” or “Take the place of honor and authority at my right hand”

229912:36k2j1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐκ δεξιῶν μου1

Here, the phrase at my right hand refers to the place next to a person’s right hand, which would be the “right side.” In the author’s culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that the Lord has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at my right side” or “at the honorable place next to me”

230012:36rfy9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου1

In the author’s culture, to put people under a person’s feet indicates that those people have been conquered and are powerless and shamed. So, this means that God will conquer and shame all the enemies of the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “until I make your enemies kneel before you” or “until I conquer and shame your enemies”

230112:36tt1mrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου1

Many ancient manuscripts read under your feet. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “as a footstool of your feet.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

230212:37qpdyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitαὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον, καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?1

In Jesus’ culture, people would not call any of their descendants Lord, since this title was used for people who were more important or older. Jesus’ question assumes this practice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit. Alternate translation: “David himself calls him ‘Lord,’ and no one calls his own son ‘Lord.’ So, how can he be his son”

230312:37j7wnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesαὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον1

If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David himself calls the Messiah his Lord”

230412:37ssq3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounsαὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ1

See how you translated the phrase David himself in 12:36, where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom they call the father of the Christ,”

230512:37rh2trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionκαὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν1

Like the question in 12:35, this is a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones the Jewish leaders asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “so in what way can he be his son”

230612:37quccrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultκαὶ1

Here, the word and introduces a question that is based on the previous statement. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference or conclusion. Alternate translation: “so”

230712:37tjp6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorυἱός αὐτοῦ1

Here, the word son refers to a male descendant. It does not mean that the Christ is the direct son of David. See how you expressed the idea in 12:35. Alternate translation: “descended from him” or “in his lineage”

230812:38bh8wrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequentialκαὶ1

Mark uses the word And to indicate that Jesus is still in the temple area talking to the people there, as he was in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes that more explicit. Alternate translation: “Then” or “At that time”

230912:38yhfvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitβλέπετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων1

Here Jesus means that people need to Watch out that they do not act like the scribes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you are not like the scribes” or “Watch out that you do not behave like the scribes do”

231012:38s30crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularβλέπετε1

Because Jesus is teaching many people, the command Watch out is plural.

231112:38nxy9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν1

In this culture, long robes were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in long robes was to assert one’s right to high status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what it means to behave in this way. Alternate translation: “to walk around looking important in their long robes”

231212:38mu5arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀσπασμοὺς1

The implication is that these would be respectful greetings in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “respectful greetings”

231312:38akkwrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownταῖς ἀγοραῖς1

The word marketplaces refers to large, open-air areas where people buy and sell goods. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of area, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the town squares” or “the parks”

231412:39mwmfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorπρωτοκαθεδρίας & πρωτοκλισίας1

Here Jesus speaks of the seats and places for the most important people as if they were first in a sequence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “important seats … important places”

231512:39x6ctrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalπρωτοκαθεδρίας & πρωτοκλισίας1

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the number one seats … the number one places”

231612:40j27brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorοἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν1

Here Jesus speaks as if the scribes were devouring or eating the houses of widows. He means that they are taking the houses away from the widows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones taking the houses of widows” or “the ones defrauding widows of their houses”

231712:40jtw4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν1

Jesus speaks of the houses of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that widows own”

231812:40r3htrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπροφάσει1

Here, the phrase as a pretext could mean: (1) that the scribes and Pharisees are using long prayers to try to look godly. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly” (2) that the scribes are Pharisees are using their long prayers to hide or cover up how they devour the houses of widows. Alternate translation: “to cover that up” or “to disguise what they do”

231912:40d0uarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsλήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of condemnation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will be condemned more severely”

232012:40h36xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπερισσότερον κρίμα1

Here Jesus implies that these scribes will receive greater condemnation than they would have if they had not pretended to be godly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “greater condemnation than people who did not pretend to be godly”

232112:40qm52rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyκρίμα1

Jesus is using the word condemnation to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned for doing something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “punishment”

232212:41r69xrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” or “After that,”

232312:41cx75rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomκατέναντι τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου1

Here, a place opposite the treasury is directly in front of the treasury. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the treasury in front of him” or “with the treasury before him”

232412:41p2kprc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτοῦ γαζοφυλακίου & τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον1

A treasury is a box or receptacle in which people can put and store money. More specifically, this word refers to the receptacles in the temple courtyard into which people could drop money that would be used to keep the temple operating. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of receptacle, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the temple money box … the temple money box” or “the chest for the gifts for the temple … the chest for the gifts for the temple”

232512:41jgkwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπλούσιοι1

Mark is using the adjective rich as a noun to mean rich people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “rich people”

232612:41rl1lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπολλά1

Mark is using the adjective much as a noun to mean much money. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “much money”

232712:42zl5vrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsἐλθοῦσα μία χήρα πτωχὴ ἔβαλεν1

Here Mark introduces one poor widow as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a woman arrived. She was a widow, and she was poor. She put in”

232812:42b3olrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐλθοῦσα1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

232912:42g6ryrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoneyλεπτὰ δύο1

The word lepta is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value”

233012:42n29erc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoneyὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης1

A quadrans was one of the smallest and least valuable coins in circulation in this place and time. It was equivalent to about an eighth of an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of one of the least valuable coins in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “which is a nickel” or “which is not even an hour’s wage”

233112:43-44ipl1rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridgeἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ, πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν τῶν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον & πάντες γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον, αὕτη δὲ, ἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς, πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν ἔβαλεν, ὅλον τὸν βίον αὐτῆς1

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 12:43 and 12:44 into a verse bridge in order to include the reason for Jesus’ declaration before including his declaration. Alternate translation: “All put in from the things abounding to them, but this poor widow, from her poverty, put in everything, as much as she had, her whole life. Therefore, truly I say to you that she put in more than all the ones putting into the treasury”

233212:43ehlbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularὑμῖν1

Because Jesus is speaking to his disciples, the word you here is singular.

233312:43ih0mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ, πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν1

Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not express them as if they were figurative.

233412:43n8z5πάντων & τῶν βαλλόντων1

Alternate translation: “everyone else who put money”

233512:43n7surc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτὸ γαζοφυλάκιον1

See how you translated treasury in 12:41. Alternate translation: “the temple money box” or “the chest for the gifts for the temple”

233612:44c7jjrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces the basis or reason for the claim that Jesus made in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I say that because” or “Here is why:”

233712:44n9eprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπάντες1

Jesus is using the adjective all as a noun to mean all the people who were putting money into the treasury. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all these people” or “all those who have given money”

233812:44ihuqἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον1

Alternate translation: “put in only some of the many things that they had”

233912:44ui9aαὕτη & ἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς, πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν ἔβαλεν1

Alternate translation: “she put in all of the few things that she had”

234012:44qnzqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of poverty, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “although she was poor”

234112:44l4tprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoπάντα ὅσα εἶχεν1

The expression everything, as much as she had contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everything that she had”

234212:44p3asrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorὅλον τὸν βίον αὐτῆς1

Here Jesus speaks as if the woman had put in her whole life. He means that she put in all the money that she had to buy what she needed to live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all she had to live on” or “so that she had nothing left to buy even the necessities”

234312:44qrz3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsὅλον τὸν βίον αὐτῆς1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “all that kept her alive”

234413:introti7d0

Mark 13 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

  1. Jesus in Jerusalem (11:1–13:37)
    • The disciples ask Jesus about the destruction of the temple (13:1–4)
    • Jesus teaches about the destruction of the temple (24:5–31)
      • Things that will happen in the time before the destruction of the temple (13:5–13)
      • Things that will happen immediately before the destruction of the temple (13:14–23)
      • The coming of the Son of Man (13:24–27)
      • When these things will happen (13:28–31)
    • Jesus teaches about his second coming (13:32–37)

When Jesus speaks about which topics

When the disciples speak to Jesus in 13:4, they ask about two things: first, they want to know when the temple will be destroyed, and second, they want to know what the sign will be that shows that the temple is about to be destroyed. Most Christians agree that Jesus answered these two questions but also included information about his second coming. However, Christians disagree about when Jesus is speaking about which topic. He could:

  1. finish speaking about the destruction of the temple in 13:31 and then go on to speak about his second coming (the outline above follows this view)
  2. finish speaking about the destruction of the temple (perhaps as a foreshadowing of the final tribulation) in 13:23 and then go on to speak about his second coming
  3. speak about the destruction of the temple (perhaps as a foreshadowing of the final tribulation) in 13:5–23 and 13:28–31 and about his second coming in 13:24–27 and 13:32–37

Since Christians disagree over when Jesus is speaking about which topic, if possible format your translation so that several interpretations are possible.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The destruction of the temple

The temple in Jerusalem was a very impressive, large building. Despite that, Jesus predicted that it would be destroyed within the lifetime of those who heard him. In fact, about 40 years later, a Roman army conquered Jerusalem and destroyed the temple.

The Son of Man coming on the clouds of heaven

In 13:26, Jesus indicates that he, the Son of Man, will “come” in clouds. However, he does not indicate the location to which he will “come.” Christians debate whether Jesus is describing his return to earth or his enthronement in heaven. If possible, your translation should allow for both possibilities. See the notes on this verse for translation options.

“This generation” in 13:30

In 13:30, Jesus says that what he has described will happen before “this generation” passes away. Many interpretations have been proposed for the group of people to which “this generation” refers:

  1. The people who were alive while Jesus was speaking these words
  2. The people who would be alive when the signs of the end began
  3. Christians throughout history
  4. Jewish people in general throughout history
  5. Humans in general

Since the word that Jesus uses primarily refers to people who are alive at the same time, if possible use a word or phrase that refers to such a group of people. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include some interpretations of the word in a footnote.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when Jesus is teaching four of his disciples. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

The historic present

To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verse 13. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])

234513:1cb77rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheαὐτοῦ1

Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples,”

234613:1ltydrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐκπορευομένου1

In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “coming out”

234713:1rrv1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheἱεροῦ1

Here Mark means that Jesus left the temple area. He does not mean that Jesus was in the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See you translated this word in 11:11. Alternate translation: “temple courtyard”

234813:1rmlxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsἴδε1

Here, the word look is meant to draw the attention of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks a person to look or to pay attention. Alternate translation: “see” or “look at that”

234913:1hnptrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί!1

This is an exclamation that is emphasizing that the stones and buildings are large and impressive. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “What impressive stones! What impressive buildings!” or “How impressive these stones and buildings are!”

235013:1ql81rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitποταποὶ λίθοι1

Here, stones refers to the very large stones with which the temple walls were built. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What manner of stones in the walls” or “What manner of building stones”

235113:2rez6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionβλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς?1

Jesus is using the question form to draw the attention of the disciples to the buildings. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Consider these great buildings.” or “See these great buildings!”

235213:2aza6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularβλέπεις1

Because Jesus is speaking to one of his disciples, the word you here is singular.

235313:2ov2brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleοὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ1

Jesus says that every stone will be torn down as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Almost every stone upon a stone will not be left here, and almost none of them will not be torn down”

235413:2xdhjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveοὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be invading enemies. Alternate translation: “An invading army will certainly not leave a stone upon a stone here, which they will not tear down”

235513:2jo8iοὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ1

If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas in positive form. Alternate translation: “Every stone will be toppled off the stone it is on, and each one will be torn down”

235613:2xqsnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐ μὴ-1

The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means … by no means”

235713:3izt8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheαὐτοῦ1

Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples,”

235813:3u7jurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomκατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ1

Here, a place opposite the temple is directly in front of the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the temple in front of him” or “with the temple before him”

235913:4pqa9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperativeεἰπὸν1

This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you tell”

236013:4ekxmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularεἰπὸν1

Because the four disciples are speaking with Jesus, the command Tell is singular.

236113:4uf37rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitταῦτα1

Here, the phrase these things refers to the events that Jesus described in 13:2. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the events you have spoken about” or “that destruction”

236213:4ibslrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitμέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα1

Here, the phrase all these things could refer to: (1) the events that Jesus described in 13:2. Alternate translation: “all the events you have spoken about are about to be completed” (2) the end of the age, or the time when Jesus returns. Alternate translation: “this age is about to be completed” or “all things are about to end”

236313:4lw1nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveμέλλῃ & συντελεῖσθαι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are about to take place” or “are about to occur”

236413:5fe42rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

236513:5qekcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ1

Jesus is speaking as if the disciples could literally be led astray, that is, led down the wrong path. He means that they could be deceived. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes you to believe what is wrong”

236613:6pbz4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπολλοὶ & πολλοὺς1

In both places, Jesus is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “Many men and women … many men and women”

236713:6sxl3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐλεύσονται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “will go”

236813:6z63urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου1

Here, the word name refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on that person’s authority. More specifically, Jesus could mean that: (1) these people claim to have the authority that Jesus properly has. Alternate translation: “in my authority” or “claiming to have the authority I have” (2) these people claim to represent Jesus. Alternate translation: “claiming to be my representatives” or “as if they were my representatives”

236913:6cee7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesλέγοντες, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that they are him, and”

237013:6wv12rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐγώ εἰμι1

The implication is that these people are claiming to be the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am the Christ”

237113:6h7fsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorπολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν1

See how you translated the similar expression in 13:5. Alternate translation: “they will cause many to believe what is wrong”

237213:7fl5hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων1

The phrase wars and rumors of wars could mean: (1) reports of wars that are currently happening and reports of wars that might happen in the future. Alternate translation: “of wars that are happening and rumors about wars that might happen” (2) reports of wars that are already taking place nearby and reports of wars that are happening in distant places. Alternate translation: “reports of wars that are close by and of wars that are far away”

237313:7eujorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveμὴ θροεῖσθε1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the wars and rumors of wars. Alternate translation: “do not let those things trouble you”

237413:7xp8arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitδεῖ γενέσθαι1

Here Jesus means that God has planned these things, and they will not change. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God has chosen that these things will happen”

237513:7d1k9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὔπω τὸ τέλος1

Here Jesus could be speaking about: (1) the end of the temple, which Jesus had predicted in 13:2. Alternate translation: “the end of the temple is not yet” or “what I have predicted will not yet happen” (2) the end of the age, which he will say more about later in his teaching. Alternate translation: “the end of the world is not yet” or “it is not yet the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease”

237613:8a4rlrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a further explanation of what is going to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Even more,”

237713:8ydrbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν1

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two phrases. Alternate translation: “nation will rise against nation, yes, kingdom against kingdom” or “nation and kingdom rise against nation and kingdom”

237813:8rlxfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν1

The words nation and kingdom represents nations and kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom and nation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “some nations will rise against other nations, and some kingdoms against other kingdoms”

237913:8oyrdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν1

Here, the words nation and kingdom represent the people who live in them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of a nation will rise up against the people of another nation, and the people of a kingdom against the people of another kingdom”

238013:8xln4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐγερθήσεται & ἐπ’1

The phrase rise against referring to attacking someone or something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will fight against”

238113:8e2lnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisβασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise against kingdom”

238213:8npuarc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsλιμοί1

Many ancient manuscripts read famines. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “famines and troubles.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

238313:8pcyirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitταῦτα1

Here, These things refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The things that I have just described are”

238413:8dz8grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἀρχὴ ὠδίνων1

Here Jesus speaks of the events that he has described as if they were the beginning of birth pains. He means that, just like birth pains, they are difficult and painful things that eventually lead to a happy and wonderful result. If possible, you should maintain the figure of speech or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “like the beginning of birth pains”

238513:9c2clrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ ὑμεῖς1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus will speak about, which is you, the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new topic, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “As for you”

238613:9nutirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorβλέπετε & ἑαυτούς1

Jesus uses a word for seeing to indicate the need for paying attention or being ready. He means that they need to make sure that they are ready for what is going to happen to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves” or “pay attention to yourselves”

238713:9tswyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomπαραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς1

Here, the phrase hand you over refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand before” or “they will bring you before”

238813:9mbr5rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsπαραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς1

The pronoun They refers to people in general who will persecute Jesus’ followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “People will hand you over”

238913:9voihrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveδαρήσεσθε1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “people will beat you”

239013:9gbb4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitσταθήσεσθε1

Here, the phrase you will be made to stand before refers to being arrested and accused before someone in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will be seized and put on trial”

239113:9zdp8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσταθήσεσθε1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand”

239213:9ht5urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ1

Here Jesus means that these things will happen because the disciples are connected with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you follow me”

239313:9qq6rrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goalεἰς μαρτύριον1

Here, the phrase for a testimony could introduce: (1) the purpose for which God allows the disciples to be made to stand before governors and kings. Alternate translation: “and that way you can give testimony” (2) the result of the disciples being made to stand before governors and kings. Alternate translation: “and as a result you will give testimony”

239413:9v23prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsεἰς μαρτύριον1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of testimony, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure that your translation matches the option you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “which will happen so that you can testify” or “and as a result you will testify”

239513:9y6p6rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοῖς1

The pronoun them refers to the governors and kings mentioned in this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those governors and kings”

239613:10e6adrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπρῶτον1

Here Jesus implies that what he describes in this verse will happen before the “end” he referred to in 13:7. As in 13:7, here Jesus could be referring to: (1) the end of the temple, which Jesus had predicted in 13:2. Alternate translation: “before the end of the temple” or “before what I have predicted about the temple happens” (2) the end of the age, which he will say more about later in his teaching. Alternate translation: “before the end of the world” or “before the current way of doing things ceases”

239713:10ruk9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalπρῶτον1

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Make sure that your translation fits with the interpretation you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “prior to what I have predicted” or “prior to the end”

239813:10sfjcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveκηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον1

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that believers will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “believers to proclaim the gospel” or “people to proclaim the gospel”

239913:11k924rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἄγωσιν ὑμᾶς1

Here, the pronoun they refers to any person who leads the disciples away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to any person. Alternate translation: “somebody leads you away” or “anyone leads you away”

240013:11uy91rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomπαραδιδόντες1

Here, the phrase handing {you} over refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “seizing you” or “bringing you before the authorities”

240113:11l4fmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitλαλήσητε1

Here Jesus implies that the disciples will be required to speak in their defense after people hand them over. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will say when they accuse you” or “you will say in your defense”

240213:11n447rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultἀλλ’ ὃ ἐὰν δοθῇ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ, τοῦτο λαλεῖτε; οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clause, since the last clause gives the reason for the result that the first clauses describe. Alternate translation: “Since you are not the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit, whatever is given to you in that hour, speak that”

240313:11p9pirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoὃ ἐὰν δοθῇ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ, τοῦτο λαλεῖτε1

Here, the word that refers directly back to whatever is given to you in that hour. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce whatever is given to you and then explain what they should do with it. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word that would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “speak whatever is given to you in that hour”

240413:11m0xqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveδοθῇ1

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God, and more specifically the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit gives”

240513:11nr2rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ1

Here, the phrase in that hour refers to the time when they have been handed over and need to say something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that moment”

240613:11q2o3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὐ & ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον1

Here Jesus means that they will not say whatever they think but will instead say what the Holy Spirit reveals to them. He does not mean that the Holy Spirit will use their bodies to project his voice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you are not speaking your own words, but the words you speak come from the Holy Spirit”

240713:11a9b6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit is the one speaking through you”

240813:12toqprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπαραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς1

Here, the implication is that these people will do these bad things to their family members, because these people hate Jesus, but their family members believe in him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “unbelieving brother will hand over believing brother to death, and an unbelieving father, his believing child, and unbelieving children will rise up against believing parents and put them to death”

240913:12py9urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomπαραδώσει & ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον1

Here, the phrase hand over refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will seize brother to cause his death” or “will bring brother before the authorities to cause his death”

241013:12m6iqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsπαραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν1

Although the term brother is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sibling will hand over sibling”

241113:12utykrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsεἰς θάνατον & θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be killed … cause them to die”

241213:12b9uxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisπατὴρ τέκνον1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “a father will hand over his child to death”

241313:12hrhwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsπατὴρ τέκνον1

Although the term father is masculine, Jesus is probably using the word here in a generic sense that includes both fathers and mothers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “parents, their children” or “a father or mother, his or her child”

241413:12vjcwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐπαναστήσονται1

Here, the phrase rise up against refers to rebelling against an authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will defy”

241513:12r66src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitθανατώσουσιν αὐτούς1

Here Jesus implies that the children will have someone else put their parents to death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have them put to death”

241613:13pk3grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων1

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all will hate you”

241713:13paf4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπάντων1

Jesus is using the adjective all as a noun to mean all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all people” or “everyone”

241813:13w8pzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleπάντων1

Jesus says all here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most people”

241913:13jhp6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyδιὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου1

Here, name represents the person whose name it is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of me”

242013:13gbjhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoὁ & ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται1

Here, the phrase this one refers directly back to the one having endured to the end. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce people who endure to the end and then explain what happens to them. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the phrase this one would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “the one having endured to the end will be saved”

242113:13c33nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounὁ & ὑπομείνας1

Jesus is speaking of anyone who endures, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anyone who endures”

242213:13vcz4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰς τέλος1

Here, the phrase the end could refer to: (1) the time when the persecution of the person who is enduring ceases. Alternate translation: “to the end of the persecution” (2) the person’s death. Alternate translation: “until he or she dies” (3) the time when Jesus comes back. Alternate translation: “until when I return”

242313:13w28qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveοὗτος σωθήσεται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will save this one”

242413:14d4nwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως1

The phrase the abomination of desolation is found in Daniel 9:27, Daniel 11:31, and Daniel 12:11. Jesus’ audience would have been familiar with these passages, which prophesy about the abomination entering the temple and defiling it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the temple”

242513:14v73erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe an abomination that causes desolation. If that is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the abomination that causes desolation” or “the abomination that leads to desolation”

242613:14ev0arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως1

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of abomination and desolation, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the abominable thing that desolates”

242713:14heferc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ1

Here, the word translated standing is masculine, which is why the ULT uses the word he in this sentence. By using this form, Mark could be indicating that: (1) the abomination is a thing that is identified with a man. In this case, it could be a statue of a man or something that a man sets up or creates. You could express the idea by referring to the abomination with the pronoun it. Alternate translation: “standing it should not be” (2) the abomination is a man who can also be described as an abomination. You could express the idea by referring to the abomination with the pronoun he or by using some other form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “standing where that man of abomination should not be”

242813:14vx3crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὅπου οὐ δεῖ1

Jesus’ audience would have known that the phrase where he should not be implicitly refers to the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where he should not be”

242913:14ck7arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὐ δεῖ, ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω, τότε1

Here, clause let the one reading understand could be: (1) written by Mark to anyone who reads this story. Use a form that clearly indicates that Mark is writing this, not reporting what Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “he should not be” (and I, Mark, add: let the one who reads this story understand), “then” (2) spoken by Jesus to anyone who reads what Daniel wrote about the abomination of desolation. Alternate translation: “he should not be—let the one who has read the book of Daniel understand—then”

243013:14sq7mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω1

Here, the phrase let the one reading understand could indicate that the one reading: (1) should be able to understand what the abomination of desolation is. In this case, Mark could be implying that the one reading needs to read the passages in the book of Daniel where this abomination is mentioned. Alternate translation: “you know what I mean” or “the one reading should understand from the book of Daniel” (2) should try to understand what the abomination of desolation is. Alternate translation: “let the one reading try to understand” or “reader, pay attention”

243113:14bunsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3pὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω1

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one reading must understand”

243213:14poltrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3pοἱ ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ, φευγέτωσαν1

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones in Judea must flee”

243313:14d8flrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰς τὰ ὄρη1

Here Jesus implies that people will be safer in the mountains than in Judea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the mountains where they will be safer”

243413:15u0perc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word but introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave but untranslated. Alternate translation: “and”

243513:15dv7drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounὁ & ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἆραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ1

Here Jesus gives a command to one person, but he implies that it applies to any of his disciples who are in the situation that he describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “let the ones on the housetops not go down nor go in to take anything from their houses”

243613:15m1hqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὁ & ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἆραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ1

Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his hearers know this and that they know that the roofs were accessed by an exterior staircase at the back of the house, distant from the entry at the front. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “let the one who is on top of his roof escape immediately by the back stairway and not descend in order to go into his house to take anything”

243713:15of80rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadysὁ & ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω1

This phrase expresses a single idea by using two terms connected with nor. The phrase go down tells how the person is able to go in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use nor. Alternate translation: “let the one on the housetop not go down to enter in order” or “let the one on the housetop not, after going down, go in”

243813:15zftarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3pὁ & ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω1

If your language does not use third-person imperatives in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one on the housetop must not go down nor go in”

243913:15xetkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goὁ & ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω1

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “let the one on the housetop not come down nor come in”

244013:15vxmyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsαὐτοῦ1

Although the term his is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her”

244113:16iav2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ1

Here Jesus gives a command to one person, but he implies that it applies to any of his disciples who are in the situation that he describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “let the ones in the fields not turn back to the things behind to get their cloaks”

244213:16n44rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ1

People in Jesus’ time often walked from their towns to the field that they worked in during the day. Jesus is saying that, when they see the abomination of desolation, they should not return to their town to get their cloaks. Instead, they should flee directly from the field that they are working in. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “let the one working the field not return to his town or house to get his cloak”

244313:16wcddrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3pὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω1

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one in the field must not turn back”

244413:16at4arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotationsαὐτοῦ1

Although the term his is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her”

244513:16y1e9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτὸ ἱμάτιον1

The word cloak refers to an outer garment. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “jacket” or “outer garment”

244613:17wf32rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”

244713:17bi8nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις1

Here, the phrase having in the womb refers to being pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the ones who are with child” or “to the ones who are pregnant”

244813:17bv9zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitταῖς θηλαζούσαις1

This does not mean babies who are nursing but women who are nursing babies (providing their milk for them). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to mothers who are nursing their babies”

244913:17u8kkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις1

Here, the phrase those days refers to the time period that Jesus has been describing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “during that time period”

245013:18-19et3brc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridgeπροσεύχεσθε δὲ ἵνα μὴ γένηται χειμῶνος & ἔσονται γὰρ αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι θλῖψις, οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη, ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως ἣν ἔκτισεν ὁ Θεὸς, ἕως τοῦ νῦν, καὶ οὐ μὴ γένηται1

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 13:18 and 13:19 into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to give the reason for Jesus’ exhortation before including the exhortation. Alternate translation: “But there will be in those days tribulation—such as this kind has not happened from the beginning of creation which God created until now and will certainly not happen. Therefore, pray that it might not happen in winter”

245113:18nnvtrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now”

245213:18gshmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitμὴ γένηται1

Here Jesus could be referring to: (1) the things he has predicted, including the appearance of the abomination and the destruction of the temple. Alternate translation: “these events might not happen” (2) how his disciples need to flee to the hills (see 13:14). Alternate translation: “your escape might not happen” or “that you do not need to flee”

245313:18w91rrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownχειμῶνος1

In the location to which Jesus is referring, winter is the time of year when it is cold and travel is difficult. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term for a season in which it would be difficult to travel, or you could translate winter with a general expression. Alternate translation: “in the rainy season” or “in the cold season”

245413:19ltzvrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the disciples should pray that they these things would not happen in winter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should pray that because” or “That is because”

245513:19l5u9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἔσονται & αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι θλῖψις1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tribulation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in those days people will be greatly hurt” or “in those days people will be greatly afflicted”

245613:19zs4grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι1

Here, the phrase those days refers to the time period that Jesus has been describing. See how you expressed the idea in 13:17. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “during that time period”

245713:19e98eοἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη1

Alternate translation: “of a kind that has not yet happened” or “which will be worse than any type of tribulation that has happened”

245813:19r1lyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoἀρχῆς κτίσεως ἣν ἔκτισεν ὁ Θεὸς1

The expression the beginning of creation which God created contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the beginning of what God created” or “the beginning of God’s creation”

245913:19c5szrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὐ μὴ γένηται1

Here Jesus means that tribulation of this kind will not happen again after these events occur. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will certainly not happen again after that”

246013:19fqx5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐ μὴ1

The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”

246113:20ocw8rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contraryεἰ μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν Κύριος τὰς ἡμέρας, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ1

Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that the Lord really has shortened the days. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “were the Lord not to shorten the days, no flesh would be saved” or “imagine that the Lord did not shorten the days. Then, no flesh would be saved”

246213:20aggrrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tenseμὴ ἐκολόβωσεν Κύριος τὰς ἡμέρας, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ1

Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this because he knows that God has already decided to shorten the days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense, or you could refer to God’s decision. Alternate translation: “the Lord were not going to shorten the days, no flesh would be saved” or “the Lord had not already made the decision to shorten those days, no flesh would have been saved”

246313:20el7grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomτὰς ἡμέρας & τὰς ἡμέρας1

Here, the phrase the days refers to the time period that Jesus has been describing. See how you expressed the idea in 13:17. Alternate translation: “that time … that time” or “that time period … that time period”

246413:20dosxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveοὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no flesh would remain” or “no flesh would continue to live”

246513:20kda6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyσάρξ1

Jesus is using flesh to represent humans. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “humans”

246613:20fz5frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoτοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς, οὓς ἐξελέξατο1

The expression the elect whom he chose contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “those whom he chose” or “his elect”

246713:20af7nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς1

Jesus is using the adjective elect as a noun to mean elect people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the elect people”

246813:21-22d9grrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridgeκαὶ τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἴδε, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἴδε, ἐκεῖ, μὴ πιστεύετε & ἐγερθήσονται γὰρ ψευδόχριστοι καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται, καὶ δώσουσιν σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα, πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς1

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 13:21 and 13:22 into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include the reason for Jesus’ command before the command itself. Alternate translation: “And then false Christs and false prophets will be raised up and will give signs and wonders, to lead astray, if possible, the elect. So, if anyone says to you, ‘Behold, here is the Christ! Behold, there!’ do not believe it.”

246913:21xpd6rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-factτότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ1

Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it will happen. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Then, although some people will say to you”

247013:21qsfurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἴδε, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἴδε, ἐκεῖ, μὴ πιστεύετε1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “says to you that you should look because the Christ is here or that you should look because he is there, do not not believe it”

247113:21ynm4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἴδε, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἴδε, ἐκεῖ1

Here Jesus is implying that these two statements are two examples of what people might say to the disciples. Jesus is not implying that the same person says these two sentences during the same conversation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes that idea moreexplicit. Alternate translation: “‘Behold, here is the Christ!’ or if anyone says to you, ‘Behold, there!’”

247213:21pctqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsἴδε-1

In both places, the word Behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to look at something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to look, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Look … Look” or “Pay attention … Pay attention”

247313:21yfd3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἴδε, ἐκεῖ1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Behold, there is the Christ”

247413:22x8d5rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a basis for the command that Jesus gave in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I say that since” or “That is because”

247513:22yw81rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐγερθήσονται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be the false Christs and false prophets themselves. Alternate translation: “will rise up”

247613:22n39arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐγερθήσονται1

Here, the phrase will be raised up refers to people beginning to do some task publicly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appear” or “will begin to lead”

247713:22w3mfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletσημεῖα καὶ τέρατα1

The terms signs and wonders mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “amazing signs” or “impressive deeds”

247813:22vh4trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorπρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς1

Jesus is speaking as if the false Christs and prophets could literally lead people astray. He means that they deceive others. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 13:5. Alternate translation: “to cause, if possible, the elect to believe what is wrong”

247913:22hqcurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰ δυνατὸν1

Here, the phrase if possible could mean: (1) that it is not actually possible to lead astray the elect. Alternate translation: “if it were possible” (2) that the false Christs and false prophets will try everything they can to lead astray the elect. Alternate translation: “if they can” or “by all possible means”

248013:22n81irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτοὺς ἐκλεκτούς1

Jesus is using the adjective elect as a noun to mean elect people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated this word in 13:20. Alternate translation: “the elect people” or “the people whom God has elected”

248113:23z378rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesὑμεῖς δὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus will speak about, which is you, the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new topic, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “As for you”

248213:23jq8prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorβλέπετε1

Jesus uses a word for seeing to indicate the need for paying attention or being ready. He means that they need to make sure that they are ready for what is going to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar idea in 13:9. Alternate translation: “be prepared” or “pay attention”

248313:23r4yrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsἰδοὺ1

Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention”

248413:23va6hπροείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα1

Alternate translation: “I have told you all these things ahead of time” or “I have told you all these things before they occur”

248513:24is3hrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastἀλλὰ1

Here, the word But indicates that Jesus will now start speaking about new events. These events may contrast with the events that Jesus has previously described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next thing that a speaker wants to describe. Alternate translation: “Then,” or “Further,”

248613:24vmnarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις1

Here, the phrase those days refers to the time period that Jesus has been describing. See how you expressed the idea in 13:17. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “during that time period”

248713:24n2rrrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequentialμετὰ1

Here, the word after indicates that the events Jesus will describe in 13:24–27 will come after the tribulation that Jesus mentioned in 13:19. The word after does not indicate how long it will be between the tribulation and the events that Jesus describes in 13:24–27. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates sequence without indicating how close the events are to each other. Alternate translation: “following” or “sometime subsequent to”

248813:24mfy8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτὴν θλῖψιν ἐκείνην1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of tribulation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “people are greatly hurt in those ways” or “people are greatly afflicted as I have foretold”

248913:24zy2frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will darken the sun”

249013:24a3qvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personificationἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς1

Here, Jesus speaks as if the moon were a person who could give something to someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the moon will become dark”

249113:25au6lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveαἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will shake the powers of the heavens”

249213:25hge7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismαἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς1

Here, the phrase the powers in the heavens could refer to: (1) powerful spiritual beings that dwell in the heavens. Alternate translation: “the powerful beings in the heavens” (2) the heavenly bodies, including the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, and stars”

249313:26kl95rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsὄψονται1

The pronoun they refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “men and women will see”

249413:26-27a130rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personτὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & ἀποστελεῖ & ἐπισυνάξει & αὐτοῦ1

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, who am the Son of Man, … I will send … I will gather together my”

249513:26nlo7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfoἐρχόμενον1

Christians debate exactly what it means in this verse for the Son of Man to be coming. Some think he is coming to God’s heavenly throne room. Others think he is coming back to earth. If possible, use a form that does not explicitly state where he is coming. Alternate translation: “traveling” or “going”

249613:26h4z1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsμετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης1

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of power and glory, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who is very powerful and glorious” or “very powerfully and gloriously”

249713:27nsyorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐπισυνάξει1

Here Jesus implies that the Son of Man will cause the angels to gather together his elect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he will have them gather together” or “he will command them to gather together”

249813:27a1z2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ1

Jesus is using the adjective elect as a noun to mean elect people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated this word in 13:20. Alternate translation: “his elect people” or “the people whom he has elected”

249913:27u1vprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ1

These two phrases mean similar things. The phrase from the four winds indicates that the elect are gathered from every direction. The phrase from the end of the earth to the end of heaven indicates that they are gathered from the farthest places. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the two phrases and emphasize in another way the complete range of this gathering. Alternate translation: “from even the farthest points in every direction”

250013:27vpb6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων1

The phrase the four winds refers to the four primary directions: north, south, east, and west, and so includes every place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the north, south, east, and west” or “from every place”

250113:27aqk4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ1

Here, the phrase the end of the earth to the end of heaven refers to the parts of the world that are the farthest away. Jesus means that the elect will be gathered from every place, no matter how far away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the nearest to the farthest places” or “from even the farthest places”

250213:28rt1orc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to speak about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”

250313:28c99src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parablesἀπὸ & τῆς συκῆς, μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν1

To teach the disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “learn from this illustration concerning the fig tree”

250413:28u8harc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounτῆς συκῆς & ἤδη ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς ἁπαλὸς γένηται, καὶ ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα1

The phrase fig tree represents fig trees in general, not one particular fig tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “fig trees … their branches already become tender, and they put out leaves”

250513:28ti6eἤδη ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς ἁπαλὸς γένηται1

Here, the clause its branch already becomes tender means that the fig tree has begun to grow new branches, which are tender when they are new. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it grows new twigs” or “it sprouts fresh branches”

250613:28z417rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτὸ θέρος1

In the location to which Jesus is referring, summer is the time of year when trees and plants grow and produce fruit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term for a season in which plants and trees grow. Alternate translation: “the time for things to grow” or “the hot season”

250713:29q53brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitταῦτα1

Here, the phrase all these things refers back to what Jesus has described in 13:5–23 or perhaps 13:5–27. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the things I have told you about”

250813:29w1k7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐγγύς ἐστιν1

Here, the word translated it could: (1) refer to the coming of the Son of Man and the gathering of the elect, as described in 13:26–27. Alternate translation: “his coming is near” or (if you expressed Son of Man in the first person) “my coming is near” (2) be translated as “he” and refer to the Son of Man. Alternate translation: “he is near” or (if you expressed Son of Man in the first person) “I am near”

250913:29z2pfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐπὶ θύραις1

The phrase at the doors indicates that something or someone is very near and ready to enter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ready to enter” or “about to arrive”

251013:30m7uxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἡ γενεὰ αὕτη1

Here, generation represents the people who are part of the generation, which means that they are adults who are alive at the same time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation”

251113:30tg35rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἡ γενεὰ αὕτη1

Christians debate whom Jesus was referring to with the phrase this generation. See the chapter introduction for more information. Two possibilities are most likely. Jesus could be referring to: (1) the people who were alive while he was saying these words. Alternate translation: “people who are alive right now” (2) the people who will be alive when the things that he has described begin to happen. Alternate translation: “people who will be alive then”

251213:30h72rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismοὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ1

Jesus is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase pass away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die”

251313:30h7dmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative phrase certainly not and the negative verb pass away. Alternate translation: “will certainly remain”

251413:30elbxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐ μὴ1

The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”

251513:30t66qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitταῦτα πάντα1

Here, as in 13:29, the phrase all these things refers back to what Jesus has described in 13:5–23 or perhaps 13:5–27. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all the things I have told you about”

251613:31k4zbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merismὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ1

Here Jesus refers two main components of creation, heaven and earth, to refer to all of creation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All creation” or “The universe”

251713:31ah6wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyοἱ & λόγοι μου1

Here, the phrase my words represents what Jesus has said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things I have spoken”

251813:31cq65rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative phrase certainly not and the negative verb pass away. Alternate translation: “will always remain” or “will always be true”

251913:31gf5vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐ μὴ1

The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”

252013:32orjhrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesπερὶ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας1

Here, the phrase But concerning introduces the next topic that Jesus wants to talk about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic. Alternate translation: “Next, I will talk about that day or the hour. About them”

252113:32ap3arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletτῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας1

The terms day and hour mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “that specific time”

252213:32km5zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας1

Here Jesus is referring to the exact moment when he will return to this world, which will also be the end of the current time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the day or hour when I will return” or “the timing of my second coming”

252313:32go3drc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptionsοὐδεὶς οἶδεν; οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ1

If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows and no one else, neither the angels in heaven, nor the Son”

252413:32z3q9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfoὁ Υἱός & ὁ Πατήρ1

Son and Father are important titles that describes the relationship between Jesus the Son and God the Father. Be sure to retain these titles in your translation.

252513:32c1b2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personὁ Υἱός1

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son”

252613:33zqyvrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultβλέπετε, ἀγρυπνεῖτε, καὶ προσεύχεσθε, οὐκ οἴδατε γὰρ πότε ὁ καιρός ἐστιν1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the result that the first clauses describe. Alternate translation: “Because you do not know when the time is, be alert! Stay awake and pray”

252713:33ovuhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorβλέπετε1

Jesus uses a word for seeing to indicate the need for paying attention or being ready. He means that they need to make sure that they are ready for what is going to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar idea in 13:9. Alternate translation: “Be prepared” or “Pay attention”

252813:33kdjnrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsἀγρυπνεῖτε, καὶ προσεύχεσθε1

Many ancient manuscripts read Stay awake and pray. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “Stay awake.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

252913:33pj0vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἀγρυπνεῖτε1

Here Jesus speaks of being alert and watchful as if it were staying awake. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be watchful” or “Remain vigilant”

253013:33i43krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὁ καιρός ἐστιν1

Here Jesus is referring to the exact moment when he will return to this world, which will also be the end of the current time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will come back” or “my second coming will be”

253113:34ygl0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parablesὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀπόδημος1

To teach the disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this illustration: It is as a man on journey”

253213:34iwt8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὡς1

Here Jesus implies that what he has said about the need to be watchful and alert is like the parable he is about to give. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What I have told you is like this:” or “Your situation can be illustrated in this way:”

253313:34w4dyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsδοὺς τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ἑκάστῳ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having empowered his servants, each to do his work”

253413:34huofrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἑκάστῳ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ1

Here Jesus implies that the man gave his servants authority to do the specific tasks or work that he told each of them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to each servant authority over his own work”

253513:34xp0src://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsτῷ θυρωρῷ & ἵνα γρηγορῇ1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “the doorkeeper, ‘Stay alert;’”

253613:34cuz8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτῷ θυρωρῷ1

A doorkeeper is a person who guards an entrance into a building and makes sure that only certain people can enter. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of guard, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the servant who guarded the door”

253713:34g7j1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitγρηγορῇ1

Here Jesus implies that the man who owned the house commanded the doorkeeper to stay alert in general but especially to be ready for when he returned and wanted to enter into his house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he should stay alert for him to come back” or “he should stay alert for his return home”

253813:35z7wirc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultοὖν1

Here, the word therefore indicates that Jesus is about to tell his disciples how to apply the story he told in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing an application. Alternate translation: “as a result” of “and so”

253913:35c96lrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγρηγορεῖτε & οὐκ οἴδατε γὰρ, πότε ὁ κύριος τῆς οἰκίας ἔρχεται, ἢ ὀψὲ, ἢ μεσονύκτιον, ἢ ἀλεκτοροφωνίας, ἢ πρωΐ1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because you do not know when the lord of the house is coming—whether evening or midnight or at rooster crowing or at morning—stay alert”

254013:35-36gx23rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personὁ κύριος τῆς οἰκίας ἔρχεται & εὕρῃ1

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first-person form. Alternate translation: “I, the lord of the house, am coming … I might find”

254113:35k2yyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὁ κύριος τῆς οἰκίας ἔρχεται1

Here Jesus identifies himself with the man from the parable he just told. This man owned the house and left on a journey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am coming, just as the servants did not know when the lord of the house was coming”

254213:35s8j9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἀλεκτοροφωνίας1

A rooster is a large bird, a male chicken, which often calls out with a loud sound around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “when the birds begin to sing”

254313:35v6itrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἀλεκτοροφωνίας1

In Jesus’ culture, people referred to the period of the night soon before the sun rose as the time of rooster crowing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that refers to the hours before dawn. Alternate translation: “before dawn” or “in the hours before the sunrise”

254413:36wd97εὕρῃ1

Alternate translation: “unexpectedly”

254513:36mh8trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorκαθεύδοντας1

Here Jesus speaks of people who are not ready for his return as if they were sleeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “like someone who is asleep” or “unprepared for his return” or “not being watchful”

254613:37wmicrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces a further development of what Jesus has been saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development in what someone is saying, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,”

254713:37rbkdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπᾶσιν1

Jesus is using the adjective all as a noun to mean all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to every person” or “all men and women”

254814:introuk360

Mark 14 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

  1. Jesus’ last days and death (14:1–15:47)
    • The chief priests and scribes plan to kill Jesus (14:1–2)
    • A woman anoints Jesus (14:3–9)
    • Judas agrees to hand Jesus over (14:10–11)
    • Jesus’ last meal with his disciples (14:12–25)
    • Jesus predicts that his disciples will deny him (14:26–31)
    • Jesus prays in Gethsemane (14:32–42)
    • Judas hands Jesus over, and the disciples flee (26:43–52)
    • Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council (14:53–65)
    • Peter denies Jesus three times (14:66–72)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, which is a quote from Zechariah 13:7.

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Perfumed oil

In 14:3–9, a woman anoints Jesus with perfumed oil. The kind that the woman uses was very expensive. People would use these oils to make themselves look and smell good. Also, they used oils to anoint corpses before they buried them, possibly to keep them from smelling. In this story, the woman uses the oil to honor Jesus, and Jesus also interprets it as a preparation for his burial. Make sure that your readers understand what anointing with this kind of oil means. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/oil]])

Denying Jesus

Throughout this chapter, Jesus and his disciples speak about “denying” Jesus. If a disciple denies Jesus, the disciple claims to have no connection with Jesus, neither knowing nor following him. Consider how you might naturally express this idea in your language.

Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council

In 14:53–65, Mark narrates Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council. Since Jerusalem was governed by the Roman empire, the Roman governor, Pilate, was the only one who could actually have someone executed. So, the Jewish council needed to find evidence against Jesus that proved that he did something for which the Roman governor would execute him. This trial, then, was a preliminary step. They first needed to find good evidence to condemn Jesus, and then they needed to present evidence to the Roman governor that would lead to him executing Jesus. While you should not explain all these details in your translation, make sure that your translation does fit with this general idea.

The Son of Man coming on the clouds of heaven

In 14:62, Jesus indicates that he, the Son of Man, will “come” on the clouds of heaven. However, he does not indicate the location to which he will “come.” Christians debate whether Jesus is describing his return to earth or his enthronement in heaven. If possible, your translation should allow for both possibilities. See the notes on this verse for translation options.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Body and bread, blood and cup

In 14:22–25, Jesus identifies bread as “my body” and wine in a cup as “my blood of the covenant.” These statements can be understood in at least three primary ways: (1) the bread and wine somehow become Jesus’ body and blood; (2) Jesus’ body and blood are present, physically or spiritually, in the bread and wine; or (3) the bread and wine memorialize or symbolize Jesus’ body and blood. Christians are divided on this question, and statements that link body and blood to bread and wine are very significant in the Bible and in Christian teaching. For these reasons, it is best to preserve these statements without expressing them as similes or in another nonfigurative way. If you must express them in another way, see the notes on 14:22–25 for translation possibilities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Many of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when Jesus is talking to groups of people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

The historic present

To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 12, 13, 17, 27, 30, 32, 33, 34, 37, 41, 43, 45, 51, 53, 61, 63, 66, 67. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])

Abba, Father

In 14:36, Mark indicates that Jesus says “Abba, Father” when he prays. “Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds. The word that follows, which is the word for “father” in Greek, could be Mark’s explanation of what “Abba” means. On the other hand, Jesus might have used this Greek word in his prayer. If possible, spell out “Abba” as it sounds in your language and then use the word you use to translate “Father” when it refers to God. See the notes on this verse for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])

Judas’ kiss for Jesus

In 14:44–45, Mark describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them, probably on one cheek or on both cheeks. If men would not greet each other with a kiss in your culture, you could explain the purpose of the kiss, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/kiss]])

254914:1hwb4rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundδὲ1

Mark uses the word Now to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,”

255014:1xa8frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸ Πάσχα καὶ τὰ Ἄζυμα1

Here Mark’s readers would have known that the Passover was a festival that took place on the first day of the week-long celebration named the Festival of Unleavened Bread, so Mark speaks of the two as one event. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread, the Passover,” or “the Passover, the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread,”

255114:1ve8frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐν δόλῳ1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of deceit, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “deceitfully” or “cleverly”

255214:1qtymrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀποκτείνωσιν1

Here Mark implies that the chief priests and elders would have other people kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might have him killed”

255314:2d5ozrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγάρ1

Here, the word For introduces a reason why the chief priests and scribes wanted to seize Jesus “by deceit.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for something, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “They were seeking a way to do this by deceit because” or “Here is why they needed to be deceptive:”

255414:2w7g6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἔλεγον & μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, μήποτε ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were saying that they would not do it during the festival, so that there would not be a riot of the people”

255514:2em4qrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἔλεγον1

The pronoun they refers to “the chief priests and the scribes” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the chief priests and the scribes were saying”

255614:2fk19rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitμὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ1

The phrase Not during the festival refers to not arresting Jesus during the festival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We must not arrest him during the festival”

255714:2fsxrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτῇ ἑορτῇ1

Here, the festival refers to the Passover and the Festival of Unleavened Bread, as indicated in 14:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the festival of Passover and Unleavened Bread” or “the Festival of Unleavened Bread, including the Passover”

255814:2dzh1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτοῦ λαοῦ1

This means specifically the great crowds of people who were in the city of Jerusalem and who liked Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the people who listen to Jesus” or “of the people who are here who follow Jesus”

255914:3zuherc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. This event most likely happened about the same time as the chief priests and scribes were planning how to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,”

256014:3owfprc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsκαὶ ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἐν Βηθανίᾳ, ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ, κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ1

Both uses of the pronoun he refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And Jesus being in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, Jesus reclining to eat”

256114:3hh81rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitΣίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ1

Here Mark could be implying that: (1) Simon had once been a leper but had been healed. Alternate translation: “of Simon, who had been healed of leprosy” (2) the house was owned by Simon, who was a leper, but he did not live there. Alternate translation: “owned by Simon the leper” (3) the leper was a nickname for Simon, who did not actually have leprosy. Alternate translation: “of Simon, who was nicknamed ‘the leper’”

256214:3bf84rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΣίμωνος1

The word Simon is the name of a man. This is a different man than Simon Peter and Simon the Zealot.

256314:3sh4src://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownκατακειμένου αὐτοῦ1

In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “he sitting down to eat” or “he eating”

256414:3s5v0rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsἦλθεν γυνὴ ἔχουσα ἀλάβαστρον μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς1

Here Mark introduces a woman into the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman who had an alabaster jar of very precious perfumed oil of pure nard. She came to Jesus”

256514:3pkwrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionἀλάβαστρον μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς1

Mark is using the possessive form to describe an alabaster jar that is filled with very precious perfumed oil, which he identifies as pure nard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “an alabaster jar full of very precious perfumed oil, specifically nard”

256614:3nl8frc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἀλάβαστρον1

The word alabaster is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of stone, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a white stone jar”

256714:3hk2prc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownμύρου & πολυτελοῦς1

This oil had fragrant additives. To make themselves have a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Mark indicates that this was particularly precious oil. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of oil, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “of very precious oil with perfume in it”

256814:3yb3wπολυτελοῦς1

Alternate translation: “very expensive”

256914:3fqa9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownνάρδου πιστικῆς1

Here Mark indicates that the oil was made from the roots of a nard plant, which is sometimes called “spikenard.” If your readers would not be familiar with nard plants, you could use a descriptive phrase or a more general expression. Alternate translation: “of pure extract from spikenard roots” or “made only from plant roots”

257014:4cuofrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδέ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

257114:4atturc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀγανακτοῦντες πρὸς ἑαυτούς1

Here Mark could be implying that: (1) the people spoke the following words to each other. Alternate translation: “being very angry and saying to one another” (2) the people thought the following words without saying them. Alternate translation: “being very angry and thinking”

257214:4-5y4z3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsπρὸς ἑαυτούς, εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν? & ἠδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι ἐπάνω δηναρίων τριακοσίων, καὶ δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς & καὶ1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking for what the waste of the perfumed oil had happened and saying that the perfumed oil was able to have been sold for more than 300 denarii and given to the poor. And”

257314:4v57prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionεἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν?1

The people there are using the question form to show that they think the woman wasted the perfume. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason for this waste of the perfumed oil.” or “What a waste of the perfumed oil!”

257414:4g9qwεἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν1

Alternate translation: “What is the purpose for this waste of the perfumed oil”

257514:4glelrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of waste, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is she wasting this perfumed oil”

257614:4gjmgrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownμύρου1

See how you translated the phrase perfumed oil in 14:3. Alternate translation: “of the oil with perfume in it”

257714:5qeiprc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a reason why these people say that the woman wasted the perfume. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “We say that because” or “As a matter of fact,”

257814:5y113rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἠδύνατο & τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι ἐπάνω δηναρίων τριακοσίων, καὶ δοθῆναι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would have done the action, it is clear from the context that would have been the woman. Alternate translation: “she was able to sell this perfumed oil for more than 300 denarii and give it”

257914:5xfzsrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτὸ μύρον1

See how you translated the phrase perfumed oil in 14:3. Alternate translation: “oil with perfume in it”

258014:5t4p8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoneyἐπάνω δηναρίων τριακοσίων1

The word denarii refers to silver coins, each equivalent to about one day’s wage for a hired worker. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. See how you translated denarii in 6:37. Alternate translation: “for more than 300 silver coins” or “more than 300 days’ wages”

258114:5k83qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐπάνω δηναρίων τριακοσίων, καὶ δοθῆναι1

Here these people imply that the perfumed oil could have been sold for more than 300 denarii, and this money is what would been given to the poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for more than 300 denarii, which could have been given”

258214:5h62krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτοῖς πτωχοῖς1

These people are using the adjective poor as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor”

258314:5kmpdκαὶ ἐνεβριμῶντο αὐτῇ1

Alternate translation: “And they were criticizing her harshly because of what she had done”

258414:6gz8jrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces how Jesus responded in contrast to how the other people there responded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”

258514:6cz95rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἄφετε αὐτήν1

Here, the command Leave her alone means that these people should stop rebuking and criticizing the woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Stop scolding her” or “Do not criticize her”

258614:6r9wtrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke these people for saying what they did about how the woman acted. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Do not cause trouble for her.” or “Stop causing trouble for her!”

258714:6f4yjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsαὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε? καλὸν ἔργον1

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of trouble and work, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “are you troubling her … something good”

258814:6oewtἐν ἐμοί1

Alternate translation: “to me”

258914:7rjybrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a reason why Jesus rebukes these people for saying that the woman should have given money to the poor instead of pouring the perfume on Jesus’ head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a rebuke, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “I am rebuking you because” or “Here is why I say that:”

259014:7tc3jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτοὺς πτωχοὺς1

Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor”

259114:7vs5fαὐτοῖς εὖ ποιῆσαι1

Alternate translation: “to give money to them”

259214:8z479rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὃ ἔσχεν ἐποίησεν1

Here Jesus implies that the woman did what she was able to do to serve and help Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “She did what she was able to do” or “What she could do, she did”

259314:8q5i1προέλαβεν1

Alternate translation: “She acted beforehand”

259414:8al01rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsεἰς τὸν ἐνταφιασμόν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of burial, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for when I am buried”

259514:9ysc5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveκηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον & καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη, λαληθήσεται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the actions, you could use indefinite subjects. Alternate translation: “people preach the gospel … they will also speak what she did”

259614:9u2arrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsεἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of remembrance, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that she is remembered” or “as a way to remember her”

259714:10npzwrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”

259814:10tq5arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτῶν δώδεκα1

See how you translated the phrase the Twelve in 3:16. Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”

259914:10br8zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἀπῆλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “came away”

260014:10z71frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς1

Judas did not hand Jesus over to the chief priests yet. Rather, he went to make arrangements with them about doing that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “so that he might arrange with them how he would hand him over to them” or “so that he might offer to hand him over to them”

260114:11kzk1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀκούσαντες1

Here Mark implies that the chief priests heard that Judas wanted to hand Jesus over. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having heard that Judas Iscariot wanted to betray Jesus to them”

260214:11f7ekrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐπηγγείλαντο αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι1

Here Mark implies that the chief priests promised to give him silver if he handed Jesus over to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “promised to give him silver if he handed Jesus over to them”

260314:11m4ilrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἀργύριον1

Here, silver represents coins made from silver. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “silver coins”

260414:12uhvrrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”

260514:12dby4rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalτῇ πρώτῃ1

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day one”

260614:12r9myrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἔθυον1

The pronoun they refers to Jewish people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a word or phrase that refers to Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “Jewish people were sacrificing”

260714:12vxaxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸ Πάσχα1

Here Mark uses the name of the festival, Passover, to refer to the lamb that God had commanded Jews to kill and eat for their celebration meal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “lambs for their Passover meals”

260814:12yqexrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularθέλεις & φάγῃς1

Because the disciples are speaking to Jesus, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

260914:12vok1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἀπελθόντες1

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come away”

261014:12k4fkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitφάγῃς1

Here the disciples imply that will eat the Passover with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “we may eat”

261114:12bel5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸ Πάσχα2

Jesus’ disciples are using the name of the festival, Passover, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal”

261214:13sunyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdualαὐτοῖς & ὑμῖν1

Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns them and you would both be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural.

261314:13cijyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goὑπάγετε1

In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of Go. Alternate translation: “Come”

261414:13a7xgrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownκεράμιον ὕδατος1

Here, the phrase pitcher refers to a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. This large jug was full of water. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “a jug full of water”

261514:14i344rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesεἴπατε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅτι ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within quotations. Alternate translation: “tell the master of that house that the Teacher wants to know where his guest room is, where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples”

261614:14imqgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ1

The master of that house is the man who owns the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the man whose house it is”

261714:14z6lurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω?1

Jesus instructs the two disciples to ask about Where the guest room is, but this question always implies that the disciples are asking for permission to use the guest room. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Also, you could express the idea as a request rather than as a question. Alternate translation: “Will you allow me to use my guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?” or “Please allow me to use my guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples.”

261814:14yhtmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτὸ κατάλυμά μου1

Here, Jesus is instructing the disciples to use the possessive form to describe a guest room that has been reserved for Jesus. Jesus does not own this guest room. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the guest reserved for me” or “the guest room prepared for me”

261914:14q3pnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸ Πάσχα1

Jesus instructs his disciples to use the name of the festival, Passover, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar idea in 14:13. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal”

262014:15z0xbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdualὑμῖν1

Since the word you applies to the two disciples, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural.

262114:15jlcirc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἀνάγαιον μέγα1

In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you could use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. Alternate translation: “a big hall” or “a large dining room”

262214:15x3zkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐστρωμένον ἕτοιμον1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could indicate that the man who owned the house did it. Alternate translation: “one that he has furnished and made ready”

262314:15ujqyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletἐστρωμένον ἕτοιμον1

The terms furnished and ready mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “ready for us to use” or “furnished with everything we need”

262414:15k4t7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveἡμῖν1

Here, when Jesus says us, he is referring to himself and his disciples, including the two he is addressing here, so us would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms.

262514:16sb35rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἦλθον1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “came”

262614:16ozjdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεὗρον καθὼς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς1

Here Mark means that what Jesus said to them is exactly what happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what he said to them is what occurred” or “it happened just as he said to them”

262714:16wkh9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸ Πάσχα1

Jesus instructs his disciples to use the name of the festival, Passover, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar idea in 14:13. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal”

262814:17i1q1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα1

Here Mark implies that Jesus and the Twelve came to the room in the house in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he comes with the Twelve to the house”

262914:17t0q5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχεται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “he goes”

263014:17bheurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτῶν δώδεκα1

See how you translated the phrase the Twelve in 3:16. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had chosen to be apostles”

263114:18cwl8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀνακειμένων1

In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture. Since Mark clarifies that they are eating, you do not need to explain the meaning of the action. See how you expressed the similar phrase in 14:3. Alternate translation: “sitting down”

263214:18dg95rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguishὁ ἐσθίων μετ’ ἐμοῦ1

Here Jesus further describes the one who will hand him over as someone who is eating with him. Since all the disciples were eating with him, Jesus is not making distinctions between disciples. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “you who are eating with me”

263314:19laytrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἤρξαντο λυπεῖσθαι, καὶ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “What Jesus said began to grieve them, and they began”

263414:19v3a1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomεἷς κατὰ εἷς1

The phrase one by one indicates that each of the disciples spoke to Jesus in sequence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one at a time”

263514:19f13prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionμήτι ἐγώ?1

Here the disciples could be using the question form: (1) to tell Jesus that they would never hand him over. In this case, you could express the idea as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not the one!” (2) to ask a hesitant question. In this case, they are unsure whether they would hand Jesus over. Alternate translation: “Can it really be me?”

263614:19cy1grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisμήτι ἐγώ1

The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will hand you over”

263714:20a0c1rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces what Jesus said in contrast to what the disciples were asking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”

263814:20n1tvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτῶν δώδεκα1

See how you translated the phrase the Twelve in 3:16. Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom I have chosen to be apostles”

263914:20htn4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheὁ ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον1

Here Jesus describes one specific way of eating food in his culture to refer to eating in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one taking food from the same plate with me” or “the one participating in this meal with me”

264014:20foryrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguishὁ ἐμβαπτόμενος1

Here Jesus is further describing the one of the Twelve who will hand him over. He is not identifying which one of the Twelve it will be. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “one of you who are dipping”

264114:21m02trc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesὅτι1

Here, the word For introduces a further explanation about what Jesus has said about one of the Twelve betraying him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Yes,”

264214:21cif4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ; οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται1

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, depart just as it has been written about me. But woe to that man through whom I am handed over”

264314:21h35qrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tenseὑπάγει1

Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe a future event. He does this to emphasize that the future event is sure to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense here and express the certainty in another way. Alternate translation: “will surely depart”

264414:21q5l3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismὑπάγει1

Here, departs is a polite way to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite way to refer to dying, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “passes away” or “dies”

264514:21hl6zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαθὼς γέγραπται1

Here Jesus implies that what has been written can be found in the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures”

264614:21b13qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveγέγραπται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the people who wrote the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote” or “the Scriptures testify”

264714:21f51nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveδι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται1

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who hands over the Son of Man”

264814:21ct78rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveοὐκ ἐγεννήθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the man’s mother. Alternate translation: “that man’s mother had not given birth to him”

264914:22ne53rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἄρτον1

The term bread refers to a loaf of bread, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. The bread referred to here was a flat loaf of unleavened bread that was eaten as part of the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “a loaf of unleavened bread”

265014:22oqv3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεὐλογήσας1

Here Mark could be implying that Jesus blessed: (1) God for providing the food. Alternate translation: “having blessed God” or “having praised God” (2) the food. Alternate translation: “having blessed it” or “having asked God to make it holy”

265114:22ula2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔκλασεν1

Here Matthew means that Jesus broke the bread in pieces so that it could be served to the disciples. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he divided the bread into servings” or “he broke the bread into smaller pieces”

265214:22ukucrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisλάβετε1

Here Jesus implies that he wants the disciples to Take the pieces of bread that he gave to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Take these pieces of bread”

265314:22qqcdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitλάβετε1

Here Jesus implies that the disciples should eat the pieces of bread after they Take them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Take and eat”

265414:22adb2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorτοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου1

Here Jesus identifies the bread as his body. This figure of speech has been interpreted in a number of ways. The bread could somehow become Jesus’ body, or Jesus’ body could be present in some way when people eat the bread, or the bread could represent or memorialize Jesus’ body. Because of the variety of interpretations and the significance of this metaphor, you should preserve the metaphor if there is any way to do so. If you must express the metaphor in a different way, use a form that could fit with as many of the listed interpretations as possible. Alternate translation: “This functions as my body”

265514:23u6rcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheποτήριον1

Here Mark uses the word cup to refer both to it and to the drink inside the cup, which in Jesus’ culture would have been wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a cup full of wine” or “some wine”

265614:23whqjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἔπιον ἐξ αὐτοῦ πάντες1

Here Mark implies that the disciples took turns drinking from the cup until they had all had a drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “each of them drank from it” or “one by one they all drank from it”

265714:24hs24rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorτοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης1

Here Jesus identifies the cup of wine as his blood of the covenant. This figure of speech has been interpreted in a number of ways. The wine could somehow become Jesus’ blood, or Jesus’ blood could be present in some way when people drink the wine, or the wine could represent or memorialize Jesus’ blood. Because of the variety of interpretations and the significance of this metaphor, you should preserve the metaphor if there is any way to do so. If you must express the metaphor in a different way, use a form that could fit with as many of the listed interpretations as possible. Alternate translation: “This functions as my blood of the covenant”

265814:24cdolrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsτοῦτό1

Here, the pronoun This refers to the wine in the cup that Mark mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the wine more directly. Alternate translation: “The wine in this cup”

265914:24nj85rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionτὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης1

Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe how his blood inaugurates or initiates the covenant. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “my blood that initiates the covenant”

266014:24m329rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsτῆς διαθήκης1

Many ancient manuscripts read of the covenant. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “of the new covenant.” The word “new” may have been accidentally added here because it appears in the parallel story in Luke (see Luke 22:20). If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

266114:24q5hnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸ ἐκχυννόμενον1

Here Jesus means that he will die and his blood will be poured out of his body. He is using words that people would use to describe how animals would be offered to God: these animals would be killed and then their blood would be poured out on or near the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which, when I die, is being poured out” or “which is being shed”

266214:24pt5qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐκχυννόμενον1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, Jesus implies that he himself does it when he dies. Alternate translation: “I am pouring out”

266314:24p5vrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπολλῶν1

Jesus is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women”

266414:25mxwnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐκέτι οὐ μὴ πίω1

The words translated certainly not any longer are three negative words. In this construction, the second and third negatives do not cancel the first. Instead, they give greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use three negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a triple negative here. If your language does not use three negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “I will by no means any longer drink” or “I will certainly no longer drink”

266514:25t7airc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου1

Here, the phrase fruit of the vine refers to wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “alcohol made from grapes” or “wine”

266614:25qyf8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomτῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης1

Here Jesus uses the term day to refer to a particular moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that hour” or “the moment”

266714:25y1pfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitαὐτὸ πίνω καινὸν1

Here, the word new could go with: (1) drink. In this case, Jesus means that he will drink the wine in a new way. Alternate translation: “I drink it in a new way” or “I drink it anew” (2) the wine. In this case, Jesus means that he will drink new wine. Alternate translation: “I drink new wine”

266814:26b994rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”

266914:26l996rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownὑμνήσαντες1

A hymn is a song or poem that is sung to praise God. The Jews would traditionally sing a psalm from Psalms 113–118 at the end of the Passover meal, so the hymn that Jesus and his disciples sang was likely one of these psalms. If your readers would not be familiar with a hymn, you could use the name for religious songs in your culture, if you have them, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “having sung a psalm” or “having sung a song of praise to God”

267014:27pu4src://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultπάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε, ὅτι γέγραπται, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα καὶ τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clauses gives the basis for the claim that the first clause makes. Alternate translation: “It is written, ‘I will strike the shepherd and the sheep will be scattered.’ Therefore, you all will be caused to stumble”

267114:27lty4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorπάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε1

Here Jesus speaks as if his disciples were going to stumble. He means that they will reject and desert him because of what will happen to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You all will desert me” or “You all will run away from me”

267214:27zaxmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You all will stumble”

267314:27gkb5rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsγέγραπται1

Here, Jesus uses the phrase it is written to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament passage of Scripture, (Zechariah 13:7). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “you can read in the Scriptures” or “it says in the book of Zechariah”

267414:27jp51rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveγέγραπται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Zechariah. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote” or “God spoke through Zechariah”

267514:27qzzvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesγέγραπται, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα καὶ τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that God will strike the shepherd and the sheep will be scattered”

267614:27cv7zrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorπατάξω τὸν ποιμένα καὶ τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται1

Here the author of the quotation speaks as if the Messiah were a shepherd and as if his people were sheep. He means that the Messiah is the leader, and his people are like helpless sheep without him. Since Jesus is quoting these words from the Old Testament, if possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “I will strike the person who is like a shepherd and those who are like sheep will be scattered”

267714:27ui7yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπατάξω1

In this quotation, God is the one speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I, God, will strike”

267814:27jjqtrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπατάξω1

Here, the word strike means to hit someone hard enough to kill that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will fatally strike” or “I will strike down”

267914:27w2azrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveτὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sheep will scatter”

268014:28dm1qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐγερθῆναί με1

Here, the phrase raised up refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am restored to life”

268114:28qi4grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveτὸ ἐγερθῆναί με1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, Jesus could be implying that: (1) God will do it. Alternate translation: “God raises me up” (2) Jesus himself will do it. Alternate translation: “I raise myself up”

268214:28ghdsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπροάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν1

Here Jesus implies that once he is in Galilee, his disciples will meet him there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will go before you into Galilee, where you will be with me again”

268314:28p4lkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goπροάξω1

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of go. Alternate translation: “I will come before”

268414:29u6sbrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces what Peter said in contrast to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”

268514:29op1trc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalεἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται1

Peter is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that all might be caused to stumble. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Even were all to be caused to stumble”

268614:29j961rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorσκανδαλισθήσονται1

Here Peter speaks as if all the disciples were going to stumble. He means that they will reject and desert Jesus because of what will happen to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in 14:27. Alternate translation: “will desert you” or “will run away from you”

268714:29amz6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσκανδαλισθήσονται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble”

268814:29div5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisοὐκ ἐγώ1

Peter is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not be caused to stumble”

268914:30fyuvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularσοι & σὺ1

Because Jesus is speaking to Peter, the word you is singular throughout this verse.

269014:30z2q9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitσήμερον, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ1

Here, the word today refers to a period of 24 hours. In Jesus’ culture, people usually considered sunset to be the start of the next day. So, Jesus is indicating that Peter will deny him that night, before the sun rises. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different phrase that refers to this period of time. Alternate translation: “during this very night,” or “before the sun rises again,”

269114:30i4g3rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι1

A rooster is a large bird, a male chicken, which often calls out with a loud sound around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. See how you translated this word in 13:35. Alternate translation: “a bird sings”

269214:30egi5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ1

Here Jesus implies that Peter will deny that he knows Jesus and is his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will deny three times that you know me” or “you will deny three times that you are my disciple”

269314:31s9djἐκπερισσῶς1

Alternate translation: “insistently” or “forcefully”

269414:31dfplrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypotheticalἐὰν δέῃ με συναποθανεῖν σοι1

Peter is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that it might be necessary to die with Jesus. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Even were it necessary for me to die with you”

269514:31w3bwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐὰν δέῃ με συναποθανεῖν σοι1

Here Peter means that if it were necessary for him to die if he remained faithful to Jesus, he would rather do that than deny him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Even if it were necessary for me, to keep from denying you, to die with you” or “Even if I would have to die with you if I stayed with you”

269614:31t33brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularσοι & σε1

Because Peter is speaking to Jesus, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

269714:31kk3xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὐ μή σε ἀπαρνήσομαι1

Here Peter implies that he will certainly not deny that he knows Jesus and is his disciple. See how you expressed the similar phrase in 14:30. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not deny that I know you” or “I will certainly not deny that I am your disciple”

269814:31w9zkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐ μή1

The words translated certainly not are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means”

269914:31z9lerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὡσαύτως & καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον1

The phrase they all also were speaking in the same manner means that all of the disciples were saying the same thing that Peter said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they all also were saying the same kind of thing” or “they all also were declaring that they would not deny Jesus”

270014:32ni66rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχονται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “they go”

270114:32x67urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsλέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, καθίσατε ὧδε, ἕως προσεύξωμαι1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “tells his disciples to sit there while he prayed”

270214:33i7a3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπαραλαμβάνει τὸν Πέτρον, καὶ Ἰάκωβον, καὶ Ἰωάννην, μετ’ αὐτοῦ; καὶ ἤρξατο ἐκθαμβεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was something that Jesus was thinking about. Alternate translation: “he takes along Peter and James and John with him. And something began to distress and greatly trouble him” or “as he takes along Peter and James and John, what he was thinking began to distress and greatly trouble him”

270314:33o38rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletἐκθαμβεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν1

The terms distressed and greatly troubled mean similar things. Mark is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to be extremely distressed” or “to be very troubled”

270414:34krj1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπερίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was something that Jesus was thinking about. Alternate translation: “Something grieves my soul very much” or “What I am thinking grieves my soul very much”

270514:34eyw3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου1

Here, soul refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is I who am”

270614:34ic1grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperboleἕως θανάτου1

Jesus is using the phrase to death to describe the extent of his grief. He uses this overstatement in order to show how very grieved he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses great sorrow, or you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “so much so that I cannot stand it much longer” or “as if I were about to die”

270714:35fq5brc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goπροελθὼν μικρὸν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come a little father”

270814:35i78erc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionἔπιπτεν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς1

In Mark’s culture, falling to the ground refers to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “he bowed down” or “he lay down to show respect”

270914:35lsf9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsπροσηύχετο ἵνα, εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν, παρέλθῃ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “was praying, ‘If it is possible, let the hour pass from me’”

271014:35gj74rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomπαρέλθῃ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα1

Here, when Jesus prays that he the hour might pass from him, he is praying that he would not experience the hour. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the hour might not happen to him” or “he might not have to endure the hour”

271114:35wc6drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἡ ὥρα1

Here, hour represents events that will take place during a specific period of time, described generally as an hour. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the coming events” or “the things that would happen soon”

271214:36k3circ://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἈββά, ὁ Πατήρ1

Here Mark uses an Aramaic word for Father (Abba) and then the normal word for Father in his language. He could be: (1) including the word that Jesus used (Abba) and then translating it for his readers. If possible, simply include both words in your translation. If it is necessary, you could use a form that indicates that Mark is translating the word that Jesus used. Alternate translation: “Abba—that is, Father—” (2) indicating that Jesus used both of these words in his prayer. Alternate translation: “Abba, my Father”

271314:36c11wrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterateἈββά1

The word Abba is an Aramaic word meaning Father. Jewish people used this word to address their fathers. Mark has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. Since the Aramaic word Abba is followed by the Greek word Father, it is best to transliterate Abba and then give its meaning in your language as Mark does.

271414:36t9r2rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciplesὁ Πατήρ1

Father is an important title that describe the relationship between God the Father and Jesus his Son.

271514:36heiqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularσοι & παρένεγκε & σύ1

Because Jesus is speaking to God the Father, the word you throughout this verse and the command Remove are singular.

271614:36s1r5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperativeπαρένεγκε1

This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you remove”

271714:36jk6arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorτὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο1

Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this suffering that is like a cup full of poison” or “this suffering”

271814:36qeu3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisοὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλὰ τί σύ1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do not do what I will, but do what you will”

271914:37dinarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχεται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “he goes”

272014:37ja6drc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοὺς1

The pronoun them refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John”

272114:37nwu9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitλέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ1

Here Mark implies that Jesus woke up Peter before speaking to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he wakes up Peter to say to him”

272214:37kp33rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionΣίμων, καθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Peter. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “Simon, I see that you were sleeping. You were not able to be alert for one hour.” or “Simon, you were sleeping! You surely should have been able to be alert for one hour!”

272314:37nhqhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularκαθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας1

Because Jesus is speaking to Peter, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

272414:38k8gjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἵνα1

Here, the phrase so that could introduce: (1) the purpose for which the disciples should pray. Alternate translation: “in order that” (2) what the disciples should pray. Alternate translation: “that”

272514:38qzqerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorμὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν1

Here Jesus speaks as if temptation were a location that someone could enter into. He is referring to experiencing temptation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not experience temptation” or “you are kept away from temptation”

272614:38hi36rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsμὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of temptation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you are not tempted”

272714:38zrp4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnounτὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής1

The words spirit and flesh represent people’s spirits and flesh in general, not one particular spirit and flesh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “People’s spirits indeed are willing, but their flesh is weak”

272814:38c1jerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον1

Here, spirit represents a person’s desires and will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The will indeed wants to do it” or “Inside, you indeed are willing”

272914:38djxcrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπρόθυμον1

Here Jesus implies that the spirit is willing to do what is right, and more specifically what Jesus has asked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is willing to do what is right” or “is willing to do what I ask”

273014:38b909rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἡ & σὰρξ ἀσθενής1

Here, flesh represents a person’s body and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the body is weak” or “when you act you are weak”

273114:39utqorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἀπελθὼν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come away”

273214:39l9njrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸν αὐτὸν λόγον1

Here, word represents what Jesus prayed using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the same things he had prayed the first time” or “the same prayer as earlier”

273314:40zkb2rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultκαὶ πάλιν ἐλθὼν, εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας, ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the third clause gives the reason for the result that the second clause describes. Alternate translation: “And since their eyes were weighed down, when he came again, he found them sleeping”

273414:40ybmyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐλθὼν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

273514:40bgyjrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοὺς1

Here, the pronoun them refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John”

273614:40ht2prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι1

Here, the clause their eyes were weighed down indicates that the three disciples were very tired and sleepy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were exhausted” or “they were very tired”

273714:40haygrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their eyes were heavy” or “sleepiness weighed their eyes down”

273814:40q1pqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitοὐκ ᾔδεισαν τί ἀποκριθῶσιν αὐτῷ1

Here Mark implies that Jesus woke the disciples up, and then they did not know what they might answer him when he spoke to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he awakened them and spoke to them, they did not know what they might answer him”

273914:41wn89rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαὶ ἔρχεται τὸ τρίτον1

Here Mark implies that Jesus went away and prayed and then returned to the disciples the third time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus again prayed some distance away, and then he comes the third time”

274014:41x7qdrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalτὸ τρίτον1

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “time number three” or “yet again”

274114:41jo0trc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοῖς1

Here, the pronoun them refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “to Peter, James, and John”

274214:41cgjmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε1

This sentence could be: (1) a rhetorical question that Jesus uses to rebuke the disciples. In this case, Jesus is disappointed that the disciples continue to sleep. Alternate translation: “Do you continue to sleep and rest?” (2) a command to continue to sleep and rest. In this case, Jesus means that the time when they were supposed to be alert is over, and they might as well sleep and rest now. Alternate translation: “Go ahead and continue to sleep and rest!” or “You can continue to sleep and rest.”

274314:41lw7wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionκαθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Peter, James, and John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is sad that you are still sleeping and resting.” or “You should not still be sleeping and resting!”

274414:41ufrqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletκαθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε1

The terms sleeping and resting mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Are you still taking your rest” or “Are you still sleeping soundly”

274514:41wxmqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀπέχει1

Here Jesus implies that the disciples have slept enough, and they should wake up and be ready to act. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “It is enough sleep”

274614:41ae53rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἡ ὥρα1

Here, the word hour refers to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the moment”

274714:41m72lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἡ ὥρα1

Here, Jesus implies that the hour is the time when he will suffer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the hour of my suffering”

274814:41msb2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsἰδοὺ1

Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the disciples and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention:”

274914:41h5u5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personπαραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου1

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am handed over”

275014:41eg9mrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπαραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone hands the Son of Man over”

275114:41uyzfrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tenseπαραδίδοται1

Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe a future event that he knows will surely happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense and indicate the certainty in another way. Alternate translation: “will certainly be handed over”

275214:41mcnsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyεἰς τὰς χεῖρας1

The term hands represents power and control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how expressed the similar idea in 9:31. Alternate translation: “into the power” or “into the control”

275314:42qmm4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureἐγείρεσθε, ἄγωμεν; ἰδοὺ, ὁ παραδιδούς με ἤγγικεν1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences. Alternate translation: “Behold, the one handing me over has come near. Get up, let us go”

275414:42ruj7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsἰδοὺ1

Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the disciples and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention:”

275514:43ytk9rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ εὐθὺς1

Here, the phrase And immediately introduces the next major event in the story. Mark implies that this event began soon after the event he just finished narrating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that”

275614:43nz4trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjτῶν δώδεκα1

See how you translated the phrase the Twelve in 3:16. Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”

275714:43q47krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisμετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος1

Mark is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “a large crowd arrived with him”

275814:43fikkrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownξύλων1

A “club” is a hard piece of wood that a person uses to hit people. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of weapon, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people”

275914:44r9cprc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundδεδώκει δὲ ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν σύσσημον αὐτοῖς λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀπάγετε ἀσφαλῶς1

To help his readers understand what happens next, Mark provides this background information about how Judas had arranged his betrayal of Jesus with the Jewish leaders. Here Mark uses the word Now to introduce the background information which he gives in the rest of this verse. Use a natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Earlier, Judas, who was going to hand him over, had given them a signal. He had said, ‘Whomever I kiss is he. Seize him and lead him away securely’”

276014:44bzj2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitσύσσημον1

Here Mark is referring to an action by which one person communicates to others. More specifically, Judas arranged with the crowd an action that would communicate to them which person was Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a signal to point out Jesus” or “a cue that would indicate whom to seize”

276114:44bgnjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsλέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀπάγετε ἀσφαλῶς1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was he, and that they should seize him and lead him away securely”

276214:44bvwxrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγων1

If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

276314:44w9x9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionὃν ἂν φιλήσω1

In Jesus’ culture, close friends would greet each other with a kiss. In some cultures, a kiss as a greeting is appropriate, but in other cultures it is not appropriate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what the kiss means, or you could refer to how close friends would greet each other in your culture. Alternate translation: “Whomever I greet with a kiss” or “Whomever I hug”

276414:44lsh3αὐτός1

Alternate translation: “the one you are seeking”

276514:44p6n7ἀσφαλῶς1

Alternate translation: “under guard”

276614:45tpd4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐλθὼν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

276714:45zno3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitῬαββεί1

Judas says Rabbi to greet Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Greetings, Rabbi”

276814:45mimrrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionκατεφίλησεν αὐτόν1

In Jesus’ culture, close friends would greet each other with a kiss. See how you expressed the idea in 14:44. Alternate translation: “he greeted him with a kiss” or “he hugged him”

276914:46y5qvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelismοἱ & ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν1

The clauses they laid their hands on {him} and seized him mean similar things. Mark is using the two clauses together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single clause. Alternate translation: “they seized him” or “they took hold of him to arrest him”

277014:46gszhrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν1

Here, they laid their hands on {him} means that they grabbed and restrained Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they took hold of him” or “they grabbed him”

277114:47msfyrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδέ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,”

277214:47m6b9rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsεἷς & τις τῶν παρεστηκότων1

Mark uses this phrase to bring one of the characters in the story into the center of the action, but he does not identify the person by name. John indicates in his Gospel that it was Peter, but since Mark does not name him here, it would not be appropriate to use his name in your translation. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a certain man who was standing nearby came forward and”

277314:48gv6erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀποκριθεὶς1

Here, the word answering indicates that Jesus was responding to what had happened. He was not answering a question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in response to what had happened”

277414:48eq25rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με?1

Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the people who were arresting him for how they were acting. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It was not necessary for you to come out as against a robber, bringing swords and clubs to seize me.” or “There was no reason for you to come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as if I were a robber!”

277514:48umtmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simileὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν1

Jesus is saying that the crowds are acting like he is a dangerous robber because they have come to arrest him with many weapons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As you arm yourselves to seize a robber,” or “As if I were a bandit who needed to be subdued with force”

277614:48djp0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξήλθατε1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “have you gone out”

277714:48gb9grc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownξύλων1

See how you translated clubs in 14:43. Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people”

277814:49my05rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheτῷ ἱερῷ1

Here Mark means that Jesus was teaching in the temple area. He does not mean that Jesus was in the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard”

277914:49t9d8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἀλλ’ ἵνα1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “But all these events have happened so that” or “But what you have done has happened so that”

278014:49t42yrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultἵνα1

Here, the phrase so that could introduce: (1) a result from what has happened. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for what has happened. Alternate translation: “in order that”

278114:49d8whrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαί1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it might fulfill the Scriptures”

278214:50gqz8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjἔφυγον πάντες1

Mark is using the adjective all as a noun to mean all the disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all of the disciples fled”

278314:51dd3hrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsνεανίσκος τις συνηκολούθει αὐτῷ, περιβεβλημένος σινδόνα ἐπὶ γυμνοῦ1

Here Mark introduces a certain young man as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a certain young man was there with Jesus. He was wearing a linen garment over his naked body”

278414:51y5ytrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownσινδόνα1

The term linen refers to a high-quality cloth made from the fibers of the flax plant. If your readers would be unfamiliar with linen, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a garment made of fine cloth”

278514:51glq9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐπὶ γυμνοῦ1

Here Mark implies that the young man was not wearing anything except for the linen garment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and nothing else”

278614:51nag4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκρατοῦσιν αὐτόν1

Here Mark implies that the men who arrested Jesus seized this young man by his garment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the men seize him by his garment”

278714:52c4vtrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαταλιπὼν τὴν σινδόνα1

Here Mark implies that the young man, when the crowd seized his garment to arrest him, slipped out of it and left it behind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “letting go of his linen garment and leaving it behind”

278814:52s13hrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτὴν σινδόνα1

See how you translated this phrase in 14:51. Alternate translation: “the garment made of fine cloth”

278914:53bmrdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyτὸν ἀρχιερέα1

Here, the high priest represents the house where the high priest lived. This is clear from the next verse, which refers to “the courtyard of the high priest.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the house of the high priest”

279014:54bzg7rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneousκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces something that was happening at the same time as what Mark narrated in the previous verse (Jesus being led to the house of the high priest). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous action, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “While that was happening,”

279114:54l5glrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὁ Πέτρος ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ, ἕως1

Here Mark implies that Peter followed from a distance because he did not want anyone to see him and arrest him too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Peter, because he did not want to be seen and arrested, was following him from a distance. He went as far as”

279214:54odmsrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτῶν ὑπηρετῶν1

Here, the word officers refers to servants and attendants in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that generally refers to servants and any others who do what they are told. Alternate translation: “the attendants” or “those who served there”

279314:55w23nrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” or “Next,”

279414:55wlp4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐζήτουν κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαρτυρίαν1

Here Mark means that the chief priests and the Sanhedrin were trying find evidence against Jesus. In other words, they needed to find people who were willing to say that Jesus had done something very wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “were seeking evidence against Jesus” or “were seeking proof that Jesus had done something wrong”

279514:55xp1qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsμαρτυρίαν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of testimony, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “someone to testify”

279614:55yew5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsεἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that they could have him killed”

279714:55gpgjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν1

Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and the Sanhedrin want to convince the Roman authorities to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have the Romans put him to death”

279814:56cz91rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces an explanation about how the Sanhedrin could not find any testimony against Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As a matter of fact,”

279914:56wwphrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjπολλοὶ1

Mark is using the adjective many as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many witnesses” or “many men”

280014:56az3krc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesκαὶ1

Here, the word and introduces something that contrasts with how many people were testifying falsely against Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “yet” or “but”

280114:56quw1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsαἱ μαρτυρίαι1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of testimonies, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the things they testified to”

280214:56pswbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἴσαι & οὐκ ἦσαν1

Here Mark implies that, because what the people were testifying about was not the same, the Jewish leaders could use the testimony as evidence to convict Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “were not same, and so they could not convict Jesus” or “were not the same, so they could not be used to accuse Jesus”

280314:57ucdwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀναστάντες1

In Jesus’ culture, people would stand up when they were about to give official testimony. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having presented themselves to the Sanhedrin” or “having stood up before the court”

280414:57vulzrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγοντες1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said”

280514:58nbvurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, ὅτι ἐγὼ καταλύσω τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, τὸν χειροποίητον, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἄλλον ἀχειροποίητον οἰκοδομήσω1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “We heard him saying that he will destroy this temple made with hands and that in three days he will build another made without hands”

280614:58f82erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusiveἡμεῖς1

The pronoun We refers to the people who falsely testified against Jesus. It does not include the people to whom they are speaking. If your language requires you to mark such forms, We would be exclusive here.

280714:58e94yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdocheτὸν χειροποίητον & ἀχειροποίητον1

Here, the word hands refers to main part of the body that people use to make things. So the phrase refers to the whole person who makes things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “made by humans … made without humans” or “made by people … made without people”

280814:58wzagrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveτὸν χειροποίητον & ἀχειροποίητον1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that hands made … that hands did not make”

280914:58b49arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitδιὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν1

Here, the phrase in three days refers to a time period made up of three days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “during a period of three days”

281014:58hm5erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjἄλλον1

The witnesses are using the adjective another as a noun to mean another temple. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “a different temple”

281114:58qqfdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀχειροποίητον1

Here, the phrase made without hands implies that God, not humans, will make this temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “made by God, not by human hands”

281214:59pbj6καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτως1

Alternate translation: “Yet not even in this case”

281314:59atbzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἡ μαρτυρία αὐτῶν1

See how you translated the word testimony in 14:55. Alternate translation: “what they testified to”

281414:59c0g3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἴση1

Here, just as in 14:56, Mark implies that, because what the people were testifying about was not the same, the Jewish leaders could use the testimony as evidence to convict Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the same, and so they could not convict Jesus” or “the same, so it could not be used to accuse Jesus”

281514:60d7i8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀναστὰς & εἰς μέσον1

In Jesus’ culture, people would stand up when they were about to make an official statement. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having stood up in the midst of the Sanhedrin to say something” or “having stood up in the midst of the court”

281614:60pgaqrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγων1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

281714:60utl8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureοὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?1

Here the high priest could be asking: (1) two questions. See the ULT and UST. (2) one question. Alternate translation: “Do you not answer anything to what these are testifying against you”

281814:60rleerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν1

The words translated not and anything are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “Do you answer nothing”

281914:60a359οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν1

Alternate translation: “Do you have no answer”

282014:60ot8vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularοὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ & σου1

Because the high priest is speaking to Peter, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

282114:60ztt0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν1

Here the high priest is asking Jesus how he will defend himself against the people who have accused him of saying and doing wrong things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What is your defense against these testifying against you”

282214:61p8b5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletὁ & ἐσιώπα, καὶ οὐκ ἀπεκρίνατο οὐδέν1

The phrases was silent and did not answer anything mean similar things. Mark is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he did not reply to anything that was said against him!” or “he remained completely silent”

282314:61ypcxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐκ ἀπεκρίνατο οὐδέν1

The words translated not and anything are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. See how you expressed the similar form in 14:60. Alternate translation: “answered nothing”

282414:61t77irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularσὺ1

Because the high priest is speaking to Jesus, the word you is singular.

282514:61o27trc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ1

Here, the title the Blessed One is a polite way of referring to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that the Blessed One is God. Alternate translation: “the Son of the Blessed God” or “the Son of God, the Blessed One”

282614:61pib6rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciplesὁ Υἱὸς1

The word Son is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God.

282714:61c17drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveτοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, the high priest implies that he and other Jews do it. Alternate translation: “of the One whom we bless”

282814:62c212rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsisἐγώ εἰμι1

Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I am that person” or “I am the Christ, the Son of the Blessed One”

282914:62yhhkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123personτὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου1

Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, who am the Son of Man,”

283014:62d5qmrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον1

When someone sits at the right hand, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “sitting to rule at the right hand” or “taking the place of honor and authority at the right hand”

283114:62a2ilrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἐκ δεξιῶν & τῆς δυνάμεως1

Here, the phrase at the right hand refers to the place next to a person’s right hand, which would be the “right side.” In the Jesus’ culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that Jesus has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at the right side of power” or “at the honorable place of power”

283214:62e1xdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐκ δεξιῶν & τῆς δυνάμεως1

Here, the word power could refer to: (1) the power that a person sitting at the right hand has. In this case, Jesus implies that the right hand is God’s. Alternate translation: “at the right hand with power” or “at the right hand of God, the place of power,” (2) God the Father by reference to the power that he has. Alternate translation: “at the right hand of the powerful God” or “at the right hand of the Almighty”

283314:62iiogrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐκ δεξιῶν & τῆς δυνάμεως1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of power, and if you do not translate the word as a title for God, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “at the right hand, which is a powerful place,” or “powerfully at the right hand”

283414:62ca5jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfoἐρχόμενον1

Christians debate exactly what it means in this verse for the Son of Man to be coming. Some think he is coming to God’s heavenly throne room. Others think he is coming back to earth. If possible, use a form that does not explicitly state where he is coming. Alternate translation: “traveling” or “going”

283514:62usr2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfoτῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ1

The expression of heaven contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the clouds”

283614:63f851rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

283714:63jz48rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionδιαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ1

In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothing was a symbolic act done to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “having torn his tunics in outrage”

283814:63afd3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?1

The high priest is using the question form to emphatically state that he thinks that they do not need more witnesses. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We do not still have need of witnesses.” or “We certainly do not still have need of witnesses!”

283914:63n7xnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitμαρτύρων1

Here the high priest implies that they do not need more witnesses to prove that Jesus had done something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of witnesses to prove that he is guilty”

284014:64zwf9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsτῆς βλασφημίας1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of blasphemy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “him blaspheme” or “the blasphemous things he says”

284114:64zc7arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτί ὑμῖν φαίνεται1

Here the high priest is asking the rest of the Jewish council to state whether they think Jesus is guilty or innocent and what they should do with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What is your verdict” or “What do you think we should do”

284214:64fu4grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἔνοχον εἶναι θανάτου1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who deserved to die”

284314:65y1s4τινες1

Alternate translation: “some of those present” or “some of the people there”

284414:65se1nrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionἐμπτύειν αὐτῷ1

In Jesus’ culture, people would spit on someone to insult that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “to spit on him, dishonoring him,”

284514:65d56trc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownπερικαλύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον1

To blindfold someone means to tie a thick cloth around the middle of a person’s head to cover the eyes and prevent that person from seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “to cover his face so that he could not see”

284614:65dg7urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ironyπροφήτευσον1

The guards did not believe that Jesus was a real prophet and could Prophesy. When they demanded that Jesus should Prophesy, they were challenging him to do something they believed he could not do. They were only asking Jesus to Prophesy in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Show us that you can prophesy” or “Prophesy to us if you really can”

284714:65gvq3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπροφήτευσον1

Here the people telling Jesus to Prophesy are implying that they want him to identify who it was who had just hit him. Since he was blindfolded, this would be prophesying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Prophesy! Tell us who hit you.” or “Declare who struck you!”

284814:65svkgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularπροφήτευσον1

Because these people are speaking to Jesus, the command Prophesy is singular.

284914:65vwyzrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownοἱ ὑπηρέται1

Here, the word officers refers to servants and attendants in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that generally refers to servants and any others who do what they are told. See how you translated this word in 14:54. Alternate translation: “the attendants” or “those who served there”

285014:65q6qwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitαὐτὸν ἔλαβον1

Here Mark implies that the officers took charge of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “took charge of him” or “took him away”

285114:66rlmbrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneousκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces something that was happening at the same time as what Mark narrated in 14:55–65 (Jesus’ trial). This story continues the narrative about Peter that Mark began in 14:54. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “During those events,” or “While that was happening,”

285214:66bqyzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκάτω ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ1

Here Mark implies that the room where the Sanhedrin was meeting was above the ground. The room could have been raised slightly above the ground above another room. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard below the room where Jesus was” or “in the courtyard, which was lower than the house”

285314:66crfmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχεται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “goes”

285414:67rtosrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitθερμαινόμενον1

Here Mark implies that Peter was still warming himself by the fire in the courtyard of the high priest’s house (see 14:54). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “warming himself by the fire”

285514:67eiqorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαὶ σὺ μετὰ τοῦ Ναζαρηνοῦ ἦσθα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ1

Here the servant girl means that Peter was a disciple of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You also were a disciple of the Nazarene, Jesus”

285614:67mzhrrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularσὺ1

Because the servant girl is speaking to Peter, the word You is singular.

285714:68es9krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὁ & ἠρνήσατο1

Here Mark implies that Peter denied that he was with Jesus as his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he denied that he was with Jesus”

285814:68bkdwrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγων1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”

285914:68y3jurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomοὔτε οἶδα, οὔτε ἐπίσταμαι σὺ τί λέγεις1

Here Peter means that servant girl’s words do not apply to him. He does not mean that he was unable to know or understand what the servant girl said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You are saying things that I neither know nor understand anything about” or “I have nothing to do with what you are talking about!”

286014:68l5i1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletοὔτε οἶδα, οὔτε ἐπίσταμαι σὺ τί λέγεις1

The phrase Neither have I known and the phrase nor do I understand mean basically the same thing. Peter is using the repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “I surely do not know what you are saying” or “I have no idea what you are talking about”

286114:68yxskrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularσὺ1

Because Peter is speaking to the servant girl, the word you is singular.

286214:68q6m5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξῆλθεν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of went. Alternate translation: “he came out”

286314:68r148rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτὸ προαύλιον1

A forecourt is an open area that leads into another open area (the “court”), which is more closely connected to the house. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of open area, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the outer court” or “the open area further away from the house”

286414:68liv8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsτὸ προαύλιον1

Many ancient manuscripts do not include any more words in this verse after the phrase the forecourt. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the words “and a rooster crowed” after the forecourt. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

286514:69bnzorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsτοῖς παρεστῶσιν, ὅτι οὗτος ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐστιν1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “to the ones standing around that he was from them.”

286614:69xv3hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐξ αὐτῶν ἐστιν1

Here the servant girl means that Peter was one of the people who traveled with Jesus and were part of his group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is one of them” or “is a follower of Jesus”

286714:69v5krrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτῶν1

The pronoun them refers to Jesus and his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples”

286814:70jrw2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπάλιν ἠρνεῖτο1

Here Mark implies that Peter was denying that he was with Jesus as his disciple. See how you expressed the similar idea in 14:68. Alternate translation: “was denying again that he was with Jesus”

286914:70kxvwrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultἀληθῶς ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ, καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖος εἶ1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “You also are a Galilean, so truly you are from them”

287014:70blutrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ1

Here the people mean that Peter was one of the people who traveled with Jesus and were part of his group. See how you expressed the similar phrase in 14:69. Alternate translation: “you are one of them” or “you are a follower of Jesus”

287114:70x04urc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularεἶ-1

Because these people are speaking to Peter, the word you throughout this verse is singular.

287214:70qjgsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomαὐτῶν1

The pronoun them refers to Jesus and his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples”

287314:70pjm3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖος εἶ1

Here the people standing around imply that, since Peter was a Galilean, he must have been with Jesus, who also was a Galilean. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for you, like Jesus, are a Galilean” or “for Jesus is a Galilean, and you are one also”

287414:71zsq0ὁ & ἤρξατο ἀναθεματίζειν καὶ ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα1

Alternate translation: “he began to say, ‘I call a curse down on myself and swear that I do not know”

287514:71ce6rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀναθεματίζειν1

Here, the phrase to curse could mean that: (1) Peter asks God to curse him if he is lying. Alternate translation: “to ask God to curse him if he was speaking falsely” or “to invoke a curse on himself” (2) Peter curses Jesus. Alternate translation: “to curse Jesus”

287614:71viherc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον, ὃν λέγετε1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “to swear that he did not know the man whom they were talking about”

287714:72i7u2rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν1

See how you translated rooster and “crow” in 13:30. Alternate translation: “a bird sang”

287814:72ja3erc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalἐκ δευτέρου1

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “time number two”

287914:72cfnorc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyῥῆμα1

Here, word represents what Jesus just said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “statement” or “words”

288014:72xb2frc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsεἶπεν αὐτῷ & ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι δὶς, τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ; καὶ1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “said to him, that before a rooster crowed twice, he would deny him three times, and”

288114:72trxcπρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι δὶς, τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ1

This clause is basically identical to what Jesus said in 14:30, so express the idea as you did there.

288214:72ocerrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularἀπαρνήσῃ1

Because Jesus spoke these words to Peter, the word you is singular.

288314:72zr4prc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐπιβαλὼν, ἔκλαιεν1

The word translated as having broken down could indicate that: (1) Peter became overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. Alternate translation: “having become overwhelmed with grief, he was weeping” or “having lost control of his emotions, he was weeping” (2) Peter was thinking about what had happened. Alternate translation: “having reflected on what had happened, he was weeping” or “having thought about what he had just done, he was weeping” (3) Peter fell down on the ground because of how upset he was. Alternate translation: “having cast himself on the ground, he was weeping” or “having fallen down, he was weeping” (4) Peter began to weep. Alternate translation: “he began weeping”

288415:introd8230

Mark 15 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

  1. Jesus’ last days and death (14:1–15:47)
    • Jesus’ trial before Pilate (15:1–15)
    • Jesus is crucified (15:16–41)
      • The soldiers mock Jesus (15:16–20)
      • Jesus is crucified, and people mock him (15:21–32)
      • Jesus dies (15:33–41)
    • Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus’ body (15:42–47)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

Golgotha

As Mark indicates in 15:22, “Golgotha” means “Place of a Skull.” The reason why this place was called Place of a Skull is not known. It could have been named this because the appearance of this place resembled a skull. Or, it could have been named this because it was the site of so many executions, in which case the word “Skull” is being used as metonymy to refer to death. Because the reason that this location was called Place of a Skull is unknown, you should translate this phrase in a way that allows for either meaning, as modeled by the ULT and UST.

The drinks that people offered to Jesus

In 15:23, some people offer Jesus “wine having been mixed with myrrh.” In 15:36, someone offers Jesus “vinegar.” In both cases, scholars debate whether people offered these drinks to help Jesus by easing the pain or quenching his thirst or whether they offered these drinks to torment Jesus by giving him a bad-tasting drink or to mock him. Since it is not obvious what the purpose of the drinks was, if possible express the idea in such a way that your readers could draw either conclusion. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include some extra information in a footnote. See the notes on these verses for translation options.

Calling Elijah

In 15:34, Jesus calls out “Eloi, Eloi,” which is how Jesus said “My God, my God” in his language. Some of the people standing there misheard him and thought that he was calling out to “Elijah,” a prophet with a name that sounds like “Eloi.” There is a story about this Elijah in 2 Kings 2:11–12, where God takes him into heaven. So, some people believed that Elijah did not die and would someday return. The people who thought Jesus was calling to Elijah thought that he was asking Elijah to return and rescue him. If your readers would not understand why the people standing near Jesus speak about Elijah, you could include some extra information in your translation or include this information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])

The curtain of the temple tearing from top to bottom

The “curtain” to which Mark refers in 15:38 could be either the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple, or it could be the curtain that separated the Holy Place from the rest of the temple area. Mark indicates that this curtain tore from the top to the bottom, which means that a person did not do it. Christians debate what the tearing of this curtain might have symbolized. There are at least three major options:

  1. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that access to God is now available to everyone.
  2. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is going to destroy the temple.
  3. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is revealing something.

Since Mark does not explain what the tearing of the curtain means, you should not explain it in your translation. However, if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include what it might mean in a footnote.

The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried (15:46) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a large hole or room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

Sarcasm

In this chapter, people mock Jesus several times. First, in 15:16–19, the soldiers pretend like Jesus is a king. They give him a purple robe, a crown of thorns, and they pretend to greet him and honor him as a king. They do not actually believe that Jesus is a king, so they are doing these things sarcastically to make fun of Jesus. Second, in 15:29–32, people walking by and the Jewish leaders tell Jesus to save himself and to come down from the cross. They do not actually believe that he can do these things, so they are speaking sarcastically to make fun of Jesus. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that these are sarcastic actions done to make fun of Jesus. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

Most of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when people are speaking to Jesus. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

The historic present

To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 2, 16, 17, 20, 21, 22, and 27. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])

Eloi, Eloi, lema sabachthani?

In 15:34, Mark spells out the sounds of the words that Jesus spoke in his own language, which in this case could have been Aramaic or Hebrew. Either way, Mark translates the words later on in the verse as “My God, my God, why did you forsake me?” You can express the idea as Mark did by spelling out how the words sound and then translating their meaning in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])

Verse 28

Many of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for 15:28. A few early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words: “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘And he was counted with lawless ones.’” Since a similar sentence appears in Luke 22:37, it is likely that people who copied the manuscripts accidentally or intentionally added these words here in Mark. Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST include these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])

288515:1yaczrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ εὐθὺς1

Here, the phrase And immediately introduces the next major event in the story. Mark means that this event began soon after the event he just finished narrating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,”

288615:1pqnvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomσυμβούλιον ποιήσαντες1

Here, the phrase having made counsel indicates that the Jewish leaders were working together to figure something out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having made plans” or “having come up with an idea”

288715:1bhdqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαὶ ὅλον τὸ Συνέδριον1

Here Mark is referring to the rest of the Sanhedrin. He does not mean that the chief priests, elders, and scribes whom he has previously mentioned were not part of the Sanhedrin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and the rest of the entire Sanhedrin” or “all the other members of the Sanhedrin”

288815:1xz7crc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitδήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν1

Here Mark implies that the Jewish council commanded guards to bind Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having commanded the guards to bind Jesus”

288915:1y550rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀπήνεγκαν1

Here Mark implies that the Jewish council led Jesus away from the high priest’s house and to the place where Pilate was staying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they led him away from the high priest’s house”

289015:1v2yfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπαρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ1

Here Mark implies that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “handed him over to Pilate to be judged by him”

289115:2kn7irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadysὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ λέγει1

Together the two words answering and says mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “But he responded to him” or “But he said to him”

289215:2dh6nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomσὺ λέγεις1

Here, the phrase You say {it} indicates that the speaker acknowledges the truth of what the other person said. Jesus uses this phrase to indirectly indicate that Pilate is right to suggest that Jesus is the King of the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that gives an indirect positive response to a request. If necessary, you could express the idea more directly, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “That is what you say” or “Your words show what is true”

289315:3ue18κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ & πολλά1

Alternate translation: “were saying that Jesus had done many wrong things” or “were telling Pilate that Jesus had frequently done what was wrong”

289415:3bkoerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπολλά1

Here, the word translated of many things could: (1) indicate that the chief priests accused Jesus of doing many different things. Alternate translation: “of many crimes” (2) indicate that the chief priests accused Jesus many times. Alternate translation: “repeatedly” or “again and again”

289515:4dliwrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

289615:4xcz7rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγων1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he asked”

289715:4x1dcrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultοὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? ἴδε, πόσα σου κατηγοροῦσιν!1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the question in the first sentence. Alternate translation: “See how many things they are accusing you! Do you not answer anything?”

289815:4q7m8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν1

The words translated not and anything are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “Do you answer nothing”

289915:4s2asοὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν?1

Alternate translation: “Do you have no answer”

290015:4bzlprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymyἴδε1

Here Pilate uses the word See to refer to hearing or paying attention to something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Hear” or “Consider”

290115:5uqcarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesὁ & Ἰησοῦς οὐκέτι οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίθη1

The words translated no longer and anything are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “Jesus answered nothing at all”

290215:5way9ὁ & Ἰησοῦς οὐκέτι οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίθη1

Alternate translation: “But Jesus gave no more answers”

290315:5camxrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultὥστε θαυμάζειν1

Here, the phrase so as to introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “so that he amazed”

290415:6ul19rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundδὲ1

Here Mark provides background information about something that Pilate, the governor, normally did. This background information will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Here is some important information:”

290515:6v8swrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἑορτὴν1

Here, the phrase the festival refers to the Passover and the Festival of Unleavened Bread, as indicated in 14:1. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed festival in 14:2. Alternate translation: “the festival of Passover and Unleavened Bread” or “the Festival of Unleavened Bread, including the Passover”

290615:6cgjqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀπέλυεν1

Here Mark implies that Pilate normally or customarily did this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he customarily released” or “it was his custom to release”

290715:6cz7vrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsαὐτοῖς & παρῃτοῦντο1

The pronouns them and they refer to the people who were in Jerusalem at during the festival. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “to the people … they were requesting” or “to the people there … those people were requesting”

290815:7pdy3rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundδὲ1

Here, the word Now marks a continuation of the break in the main story line which began in the preceding verse. Mark is introducing more background information, this time about Barabbas, to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” or “Here is some more important information:”

290915:7vwjgrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsἦν & ὁ λεγόμενος Βαραββᾶς, μετὰ τῶν στασιαστῶν δεδεμένος1

Here Mark introduces Barabbas as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man called Barabbas. He had been bound with the rebels”

291015:7lx8nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveλεγόμενος1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called”

291115:7wvzqrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveδεδεμένος1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the Roman authorities. Alternate translation: “whom the Roman soldiers had bound” or “whom the Roman authorities had bound”

291215:7iofnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsφόνον πεποιήκεισαν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of murder, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “had murdered others”

291315:7ygwgrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐν τῇ στάσει1

Here Mark refers to an insurrection that his readers were familiar with. Most likely, this insurrection occurred soon before this story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the recent insurrection” or “in the insurrection that had just happened”

291415:7sp58rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἐν τῇ στάσει1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of insurrection, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “while they were revolting”

291515:8zc0wrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀναβὰς1

Here Mark indicates that the crowd walked up to where Pilate was. Most likely, this place was on top of a hill in the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come up to the place where Pilate was” or “having walked up a hill to Pilate”

291615:8a4xbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἀναβὰς1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone up”

291715:8wt1yrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsἀναβὰς1

Some ancient manuscripts read having come up. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “having cried out.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

291815:8h6w3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitαἰτεῖσθαι καθὼς1

Here Mark implies that the crowd asked Pilate to release a prisoner, just as he usually did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to request that he release a prisoner, just as”

291915:8ahalrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐποίει1

Here Mark refers to what Pilate normally or customarily did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he customarily did” or “it was his custom to do”

292015:9o3j4rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγων1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said”

292115:9a0tbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularθέλετε & ὑμῖν1

Because Pilate is speaking to the crowd in Jerusalem, the word you throughout this verse is plural.

292215:9s9qjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸν Βασιλέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων1

Here Pilate uses the same title for Jesus that he used in 15:2. He does not indicate whether he thinks that Jesus really is the King of the Jews, but he uses the title because Jesus apparently accepted it in 15:2. Alternate translation: “the one who is called the King of the Jews”

292315:10i4ibrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultγὰρ1

Here, the word For introduces a reason why Pilate asked the question that he just asked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a question, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “Pilate did that because”

292415:10u647rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsδιὰ φθόνον1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of envy, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they envied him” or “they were upset that everyone liked him”

292515:11vcomrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces how the chief priests and elders were trying to have Jesus executed in contrast to Pilate, who wanted to release Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,”

292615:11y5w3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphorἀνέσεισαν1

Mark speaks of the chief priests as if they had stirred a pot and put into motion things that had been lying quietly on the bottom. Mark means that the chief priests encouraged the crowd to ask Pilate to release Barabbas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “influenced” or “incited”

292715:11pvu6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἵνα & ἀπολύσῃ1

Here Mark implies that the crowd would ask or demand that Pilate release Barabbas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “so that they would demand that he release”

292815:11xxydrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitμᾶλλον1

Here Mark implies that they asked for Barabbas instead of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “instead of releasing Jesus”

292915:12keq2rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadysΠειλᾶτος πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς1

Together the two terms answering and was saying mean that Pilate was responding to what the crowd asked for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Pilate responded to them” or “Pilate said to them”

293015:12p94yrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπάλιν1

Mark uses the word again here because Pilate had already spoken to them regarding this matter in 15:9. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a second time” or “once more”

293115:12vlm3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτί οὖν1

Here, the word therefore indicates that Pilate asks this question in response to the crowd, who were asking that he release Barabbas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Once I release Barabbas, what”

293215:12r1lnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularλέγετε1

Because Pilate is speaking to the crowd in Jerusalem, the word you is plural.

293315:12eky3rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsλέγετε1

Many ancient manuscripts read {with the one} you call. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “{with}.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

293415:13dgzmrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

293515:13v6rjrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπάλιν ἔκραξαν1

Here, the word again could indicate: (1) that the crowd had already cried out for Pilate to release Barabbas, as Mark implies in 15:11. In this case, you could make the idea more explicit or leave again untranslated. Alternate translation: “cried out a second time” (2) that the crowd is replying to what Pilate said. Alternate translation: “yelled back” or “shouted back at Pilate”

293615:13n6jbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitσταύρωσον αὐτόν1

Here the crowd means that they want Pilate to command his soldiers to Crucify him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Command some soldiers to crucify him”

293715:13nwmsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperativeσταύρωσον αὐτόν1

This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request or a demand rather than as a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that would express a demand or request. Alternate translation: “We want you to crucify him”

293815:14efgvrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ-1

In both places, the word But introduces what Pilate or the crowds say in contrast to what the other person or people said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words or phrases that introduce this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response, … In response,” or “However, … Yet”

293915:14fb4hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestionτί γὰρ κακόν ἐποίησεν?1

Pilate is using the question form to emphasize that he thinks that Jesus has not done any evil. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Despite what you say, he did not do evil.” or “Yet he has certainly not done evil!”

294015:14iee4rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultτί γὰρ1

Here, the word For indicates that Pilate is asking for a reason why the crowd wants him to crucify Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that a question is asking for a reason for something. Alternate translation: “Why? What” or “What is your reason for that? What”

294115:14x3sirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjκακόν1

Pilate is using the adjective evil as a noun to mean an evil thing. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “evil thing”

294215:14e55irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitσταύρωσον αὐτόν1

See how you translated the phrase Crucify him in 15:13. Alternate translation: “We ask that you command some soldiers to crucify him”

294315:15dq7zrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

294415:15qt8yτῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι1

Alternate translation: “to make the crowd happy by doing what they wanted him to do”

294515:15vqiwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπαρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν1

Here Mark implies that Pilate handed Jesus over to his soldiers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he handed Jesus over to his soldiers”

294615:15fwg6rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitφραγελλώσας1

Here Mark implies that Pilate had his soldiers flog Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having commanded his soldiers to flog him”

294715:15yzn5rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownφραγελλώσας1

Flogging was a Roman penalty in which soldiers whipped a person with a whip to which were attached pieces of bone and metal to increase the whip’s capacity to do harm to the person being flogged. If your readers would not be familiar with this form of punishment, you could explain explicitly what flogging was. Alternate translation: “having whipped him with a whip to which were attached pieces of bone and metal”

294815:15w1slrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goalἵνα1

The phrase so that introduces a purpose for which Pilate handed Jesus over. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that”

294915:15r9idrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσταυρωθῇ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Pilate’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers might crucify him”

295015:16exdurc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventδὲ1

Here, the word Now introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”

295115:16eg6xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτῆς αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον, καὶ1

Here Mark provides an explanation of what this specific courtyard was. Use a form that shows that Mark is giving more information about the courtyard. Alternate translation: “the courtyard—that is, the Praetorium—and” or “the courtyard. This courtyard was part of the Praetorium. They”

295215:16abe0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτῆς αὐλῆς1

Here, the word translated courtyard could refer to: (1) the open area that was part of the Praetorium. Alternate translation: “the open area that belonged to the Roman soldiers” (2) Pilate’s palace or residence. Alternate translation: “the palace”

295315:16lb2xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπραιτώριον1

The Praetorium was where the Roman governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem and where the soldiers in Jerusalem lived. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of structure, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the government building” or “the governor’s residence”

295415:16b5gsrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν1

The word cohort is a military term. Each cohort is a group of about 600 soldiers, which is a tenth of a legion. Most likely, Mark is referring to all the soldiers who were stationed in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable military term in your language or a more general term. Alternate translation: “the whole company” or “all the soldiers stationed there”

295515:17tn33rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύραν, καὶ περιτιθέασιν αὐτῷ πλέξαντες ἀκάνθινον στέφανον1

In Roman culture, a purple robe was like the expensive clothing worn by kings, and in that culture a king usually wore a crown. The soldiers put a purple robe and a crown of thorns on Jesus to pretend that he was a king, even though they did not think that he really was a king. They did this to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “put on him a purple robe in mockery and place on him, having woven it together, a crown of thorns as if he were a king” or “put on him a purple robe and place on him, having woven it together, a crown of thorns. They did these things in order to mock him by pretending that they believed he really was a king”

295615:17ilugrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαὶ ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν1

As 15:20 indicates, the soldiers took Jesus’ own clothes off before putting the purple robe on him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that more explicitly here. Alternate translation: “and, having taken off his garments, put on him”

295715:17ly5arc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownπορφύραν1

The word purple refers to a color that is a combination of blue and red. If your readers would be unfamiliar with the color purple, you could refer to a similar color. Alternate translation: “a lavender robe” or “a reddish-blue robe”

295815:17isxwrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionἀκάνθινον στέφανον1

Mark is using the possessive form to describe a crown that is made from branches with thorns on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a crown made from thorns”

295915:17xfk8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀκάνθινον1

Mark uses the word thorns to refer to small branches with thorns on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of thorny branches”

296015:18ft1jrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ironyΧαῖρε, Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων1

Here the soldiers mock Jesus by greeting him as if he were King of the Jews when they do not believe that he actually is. They actually meant to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that this is irony. Alternate translation: “Rejoice, you so-called King of the Jews”

296115:18c4aerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomΧαῖρε1

In Jesus’ culture, people commonly greeted each other with the word Rejoice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that people use to greet each other. Alternate translation: “Hello”

296215:19muvwrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionἐνέπτυον αὐτῷ1

In Jesus’ culture, people would spit on someone to insult that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “spitting on him to dishonor him”

296315:19a8a9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionτιθέντες τὰ γόνατα, προσεκύνουν αὐτῷ1

In Jesus’ culture, bending the knee and bowing before someone was a way to respect a greater person, especially when asking the greater person to do a favor. Here, the soldiers perform this action to mock Jesus by pretending that he is a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what kneeling means. Alternate translation: “they were prostrating themselves before him” or “they were kneeling down before him as if he were a king”

296415:19dd05rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doubletτιθέντες τὰ γόνατα, προσεκύνουν αὐτῷ1

The phrases bending the knee and bowing down mean similar things. Mark is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “they were bowing down low to him” or “they were formally bending the knee to him”

296515:20styvrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownπορφύραν1

See how you translated the phrase purple robe in 15:17. Alternate translation: “lavender robe” or “reddish-blue robe”

296615:20dp33rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐξάγουσιν αὐτὸν1

Here Mark implies that the soldiers led Jesus out from the Praetorium. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “led him out of the Praetorium”

296715:20euk7rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goalἵνα1

The phrase so that introduces the purpose for which Jesus was led out, namely that they might crucify him. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that”

296815:21zo0frc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsκαὶ ἀγγαρεύουσιν, παράγοντά τινα Σίμωνα Κυρηναῖον, ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ, τὸν πατέρα Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Ῥούφου, ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ1

Here Mark introduces Simon as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “And a certain man was passing by, Simon, a Cyrenean (the father of Alexander and Rufus). He was coming from the country. They pressed him into service so that he might carry his cross”

296915:21cj4lrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἀγγαρεύουσιν1

According to Roman law, Roman soldiers could press someone into service, which means that they could force a person to carry a load for them or work for them. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus’ cross. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of forced service, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “they conscripted” or “they compelled to work for them”

297015:21i242rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsἀγγαρεύουσιν1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of service, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they forced to serve them”

297115:21rtz2rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΣίμωνα & Ἀλεξάνδρου & Ῥούφου1

The words Simon, Alexander, and Rufus are the names of men.

297215:21cyn6rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundΚυρηναῖον & τὸν πατέρα Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Ῥούφου1

The phrases a Cyrenean and the father of Alexander and Rufus include background information about the man whom the soldiers forced to carry Jesus’ cross. Use a natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “who was a Cyrenean and who was the father of Alexander and Rufus”

297315:21s4j3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ1

Here Mark implies that Simon was coming from the farmlands outside Jerusalem and going toward Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “coming into Jerusalem from outside the city”

297415:21n1ozrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐρχόμενον1

In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of coming. Alternate translation: “going”

297515:21d3i2rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goalἵνα1

The phrase so that introduces the purpose for which they pressed Simon into service, namely so that they could require him to carry Jesus’ cross. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that”

297615:22w6c7rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterateΓολγοθᾶν1

The word Golgotha is an Aramaic word. Mark has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. Since Mark states what this word means later in the verse, you also should spell it out the way it sounds in your language.

297715:22m1ddrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον1

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which one can translate as”

297815:23x6d1rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronounsἐδίδουν1

Here, the pronoun they could refer: (1) the soldiers. Alternate translation: “some of the soldiers were giving” (2) to some people who were nearby. Alternate translation: “some people there were giving”

297915:23e9xdrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfoἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον1

Scholars do not agree on why myrrh would be mixed with wine for Jesus to drink. It could be to make the wine smell or taste special, in which case the soldiers are continuing to mock Jesus as a king. It could be that people thought that the myrrh would lessen the pain that Jesus was going to experience. If possible, refer to the myrrh without explaining why it would be mixed in. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include some of this information in a footnote.

298015:23qyt8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἐσμυρνισμένον1

The word myrrh refers to a fragrant resin or gum that is collected from trees. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of resin or gum, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “having been mixed with a fragrant gum” or “having been mixed with myrrh, a sweet-smelling resin”

298115:23ld7erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐσμυρνισμένον1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the people who offered the wine to Jesus. Alternate translation: “that people had mixed with myrrh”

298215:24f6qmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureκαὶ διαμερίζονται τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, βάλλοντες κλῆρον ἐπ’ αὐτὰ, τίς τί ἄρῃ1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could rearrange these clauses so that the events they describe are in sequence. Alternate translation: “also they cast a lot for his garments, who would take what, and then they divided his garments”

298315:24t99rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitδιαμερίζονται τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ1

Here Mark means that the soldiers took the clothes that Jesus had been wearing and divided them up by giving each piece of clothing to a soldier. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they take his clothes and distribute them among them”

298415:24s5m6rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownβάλλοντες κλῆρον ἐπ’ αὐτὰ1

The term lot refers to an object with different markings on various sides that was used to decide randomly among several possibilities. It would be tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with a lot, you could refer to a similar practice in your culture, or you could use a more general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “rolling dice for them” or “deciding randomly about them”

298515:24mn6xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitαὐτὰ, τίς τί ἄρῃ1

Here Mark implies that this is the purpose for which they were casting a lot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “them to decide who would take what” or “them in order to choose which soldier would take which piece of clothing”

298615:25dzbrrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundἦν δὲ1

Mark uses the word Now to introduce background information, which is the time of day when Jesus was crucified. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “This all happened during” or “As for the time, it was”

298715:25japrrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownὥρα τρίτη1

In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. So, the third hour would be around nine o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “9:00 AM”

298815:25q1zerc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalὥρα τρίτη1

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “hour three”

298915:26b84arc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possessionἡ ἐπιγραφὴ τῆς αἰτίας αὐτοῦ1

Here, Mark is using the possessive form to describe an inscription that states the charge that was made against Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the inscription that stated the charge against him”

299015:26k1kurc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἐπιγραφὴ1

Here, the word inscription refers to a few words written to identify something. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of writing, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “written description” or “identification”

299115:26cbx4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐπιγεγραμμένη1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the soldiers. Alternate translation: “which one of the soldiers had written”

299215:26c0zfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ironyὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων1

Here the soldiers continue mock Jesus by referring to him as if he were King of the Jews when they do not believe that he actually is. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that this is irony. See how you expressed the similar idea in 15:18. Alternate translation: “The so-called King of the Jews”

299315:27mgf3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjἕνα ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἕνα ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ1

Here, Mark uses the adjectives right and left as nouns to refer to Jesus’ right and left sides. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “one on his right side and one on his left side”

299415:28xybhrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsΚαὶ ἐπληρώθη ἡ γραφὴ ἡ λέγουσα Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη1

See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it.

299515:28tkdcrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsἐπληρώθη ἡ γραφὴ ἡ λέγουσα1

Here the author quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from Isaiah 53:12. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the passage in Isaiah was fulfilled that says” or “what Isaiah the prophet wrote was fulfilled. He wrote”

299615:28itjzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐπληρώθη ἡ γραφὴ1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the soldiers crucifying Jesus with two robbers. Alternate translation: “that fulfilled the scripture” or “when the soldiers crucified those two robbers with Jesus, it fulfilled the scripture”

299715:28d5g8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveΚαὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “And they counted him with lawless ones” or “And others counted him with lawless ones”

299815:29v8nurc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionκινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν1

The people’s action of wagging their heads at Jesus showed that they felt disdain for him and that they disapproved of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, or you could indicate what the gesture means. Alternate translation: “showing disdain for him by wagging their heads” or “wagging their heads to mock him”

299915:29a7ftrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsοὐὰ1

Here, the word Aha expresses mock surprise. In other words, the people are pretending to be surprised that Jesus is on the cross in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that expresses this idea in your language. Alternate translation: “Wow” or “What”

300015:29hy37rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ οἰκοδομῶν ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις1

Here the people refer to Jesus by what the false witnesses testified during his trial that he had said (see 14:58). If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate more explicitly that the people are describing Jesus. Alternate translation: “You who said that you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days”

300115:29zhpnrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις1

Here, the phrase in three days refers to a time period made up of three days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in 14:58. Alternate translation: “during a period of three days”

300215:30r4dmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goκαταβὰς1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone down”

300315:31d5seἐμπαίζοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους1

Alternate translation: “saying mocking things about Jesus among themselves”

300415:31o9qvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἄλλους ἔσωσεν1

In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus saved others by healing their diseases, releasing them from demon-possession, and saving them from other physical problems. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “He saved others by curing or exorcising them”

300515:31n13xrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladjἄλλους1

The Jewish leaders are using the adjective others as a noun to mean other people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “other men and women”

300615:32q5qvrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypoὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, ἵνα ἴδωμεν καὶ πιστεύσωμεν1

Here the Jewish leaders use what they think is an imaginary situation to prove that Jesus is not really the Christ, the King of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine he really were the Christ, the King of Israel. In that case, he should come down now from the cross so that we might see and might believe” or “If he is the Christ, the King of Israel, let him come down now from the cross. Then, we will see and believe”

300715:32t1vmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ironyὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω1

Here the Jewish leaders mock Jesus by speaking about him as if he were the Christ, the King of Israel when they do not believe that he actually is. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words, as Mark indicated when he says that they mocked Jesus (see 15:31). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that this is irony. Alternate translation: “Let the so-called Christ, the King of Israel, come down” or “He calls himself the Christ, the King of Israel. Let him come down”

300815:32f8ywrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3pὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω1

If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Christ, the King of Israel, must come down”

300915:32r6c4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω1

In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of come. Alternate translation: “Let the Christ, the King of Israel, go down”

301015:32ljm7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἴδωμεν καὶ πιστεύσωμεν1

Here the Jewish leaders imply that they might see Jesus coming down from the cross and then they might believe that he really is the Christ, the King of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “we might see him come down and might believe that he really is the Christ”

301115:32dcb9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveσυνεσταυρωμένοι1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate’s soldiers were crucifying”

301215:33q1ghrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownὥρας ἕκτης & ὥρας ἐνάτης1

In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. So, the sixth hour would be around noon, and the ninth hour would be around three o’clock in the afternoon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. See how you translated the similar time reference in 15:25. Alternate translation: “12:00 PM … 3:00 PM”

301315:33m67drc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalὥρας ἕκτης & ὥρας ἐνάτης1

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “hour six … hour nine”

301415:33ckv1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsσκότος ἐγένετο1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of darkness, you could express it in a different way. Alternate translation: “the sky darkened” or “the light dimmed”

301515:33b3dxrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν1

Here, the whole land could refer to: (1) the entire area around where Jesus was crucified. This could include just the city of Jerusalem or all of Palestine. Alternate translation: “over that whole region” (2) the entire earth. Alternate translation: “over the whole earth”

301615:34r6tjrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownτῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ1

See how you translated the phrase the ninth hour in 15:33. Alternate translation: “3:00 PM”

301715:34o6nirc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalτῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ1

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “at hour nine”

301815:34azt0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐβόησεν & φωνῇ μεγάλῃ1

Here, the phrase cried out with a loud voice means that Jesus raised the volume of his voice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yelled loudly”

301915:34ls1nrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterateἘλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει?1

This phrase is what Jesus cried out in his own language, either Aramaic or Hebrew. Mark has spelled the words out using Greek letters so his readers would know how they sounded. Since Mark states what these words mean later in the verse, you also should spell them out the way they sound in your language.

302015:34qw71rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον1

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you expressed this construction in 15:22. Alternate translation: “which one can translate as”

302115:34n09irc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplicationὁ Θεός μου, ὁ Θεός μου1

Here Jesus repeats the phrase My God to express the urgency and emotion of his question. If repeating this phrase would not express urgency or emotion in your language, you could eliminate the repetition and express the urgency and emotion in another way. Alternate translation: “Please, my God”

302215:35apg3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀκούσαντες1

Mark implies that the people did not understand what Jesus said. They heard him say “Eloi,” which means “My God,” but they thought it sounded like the name Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state more explicitly that these people misunderstood Jesus. Alternate translation: “having heard Jesus speaking without understanding him”

302315:35zkidrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsἴδε1

Here, the word Behold draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express Behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” or “See”

302415:36hqvhrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownσπόγγον1

A sponge is a soft, porous object that can soak up and hold liquid, which comes out of it when the sponge is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this object, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something used to soak up liquid”

302515:36wegrrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownὄξους1

Here, vinegar refers to the inexpensive and sour wine that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of beverage, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “with cheap wine” or “with an inexpensive alcoholic beverage”

302615:36gvvprc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπεριθεὶς καλάμῳ, ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν1

The person put the sponge on a reed, or long stick, so that he could hold the sponge up to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having put it around a reed, used the reed to lift the sponge up to Jesus to give it to him to drink”

302715:36yeforc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotationsλέγων1

Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared”

302815:36mib7rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἄφετε1

Here, the clause Leave {him} means that no one should do anything more to or for Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Wait” or “Stay away from him”

302915:36gzpmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingularἄφετε1

Because this person is speaking to the other people there, the command Leave {him} is plural.

303015:36mys5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἔρχεται1

In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of comes. Alternate translation: “goes”

303115:36tyufrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαθελεῖν αὐτόν1

Here the man implies that Elijah might take him down from the cross. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to take him down from the cross”

303215:37xkpkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην1

Here, the phrase having let out a loud voice means that Jesus shouted loudly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in 15:34. Alternate translation: “having yelled loudly”

303315:37puakrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismἐξέπνευσεν1

Mark is referring to death in a polite way by using the word expired. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state the meaning. Alternate translation: “passed away” or “died”

303415:38sk3rrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symactionτὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple”

303515:38t71krc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ1

Here Mark could be referring to the curtain: (1) that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain that marked off the Most Holy Place in the temple” (2) that separated the Holy Place from the rest of the temple area. Alternate translation: “the curtain that marked off the temple building”

303615:39ve5brc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word Now introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

303715:39q45erc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἐναντίας αὐτοῦ1

Here, a place opposite him is directly in front of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with Jesus in front of him” or “with Jesus before him”

303815:39gs62rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariantsοὕτως ἐξέπνευσεν1

Some ancient manuscripts read he expired in this way. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “crying out in this way he expired.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.

303915:39hue4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemismἐξέπνευσεν1

See how you translated the word expired in 15:37. Alternate translation: “he passed away” or “he died”

304015:39nqv8rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciplesΥἱὸς Θεοῦ1

Son of God is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father.

304115:40gkgirc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundδὲ1

Mark uses the word Now to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens later in the story. The word does not introduce the next event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “During all those things,”

304215:40qm3qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureκαὶ Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ, καὶ Σαλώμη1

Consider how you might naturally include a list of three women with descriptions of them. The UST has moved Salome earlier in the list so that it is clear that she is not one of the children of Mary. Alternate translation: “also Mary Magdalene and Salome and Mary the mother of James the little and of Joses”

304315:40zc9brc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΜαρία ἡ & μήτηρ1

The word Mary is the name of a woman. This Mary was not Mary Magdalene nor Mary the mother of Jesus. Mark identifies her instead as the mother of James the younger and of Joses.

304415:40e0vcrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesἸακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ1

The word James is the name of a man. This James is not James the brother of Jesus, James son of Zebedee, or James son of Alphaeus. The word Joses is also the name of a man. This Joses is not Jesus’ brother.

304515:40z5rarc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἸακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ1

When Mark refers to James as the little, he could mean that: (1) he was younger than one or more other people named James. Alternate translation: “of James the young” or “of the younger James” (2) he was less well-known than one or more other people named James. Alternate translation: “of James the less” or “of the less famous James” (3) he was a short man. Alternate translation: “of James the short”

304615:40qa0qrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΣαλώμη1

The word Salome is the name of a woman.

304715:41j15zrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundαἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ1

Mark uses the statement who, when he was in Galilee, were following him and serving him to give his readers background information about the relationship that the three women mentioned in 15:40 had with Jesus. Use a natural form in your language for expressing background information. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to delete the comma at the end of verse 40. Alternate translation: “(these three women had followed him and served him when he was in Galilee)”

304815:41hrelrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ1

Here, the phrase were following him indicates that these three women had traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were traveling with him as his students”

304915:41a3qkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goαἱ συναναβᾶσαι1

Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going up to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “gone up” rather than come up in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “who had gone up with”

305015:42-43ekblrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridgeκαὶ ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον & ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον καὶ ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ1

If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 15:42 and 15:43 into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to introduce Joseph of Arimathea before stating what he did and why he did it. Alternate translation: “And Joseph, the one from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also himself was waiting for the kingdom of God, came. And evening already having come, because it was the Day of Preparation, that is, the day before the Sabbath, having dared, he entered in to Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus”

305115:42duu5rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “Then,”

305215:42lxm5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον1

Here Mark indicates that Joseph of Arimathea acted as he did (see 15:43) because it was the Day of Preparation. Mark assumes that his readers will know that Jews would not move or bury a body on the Sabbath (the next day). He also assumes that his readers will know that the law includes a command to bury on the same day anyone who was executed as Jesus was (see Deuteronomy 21:22–23). So, if he wanted bury Jesus’ body, Joseph needed to receive the body and bury it quickly, before the next day began. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include this information in a footnote or make some of it more explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “evening already having come, because it was the Day of Preparation, that is, the day before the Sabbath when no one could bury anyone”

305315:42ug97rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπαρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον1

Here, as Mark indicates the Day of Preparation is the day before the Sabbath. On this day, Jews would prepare for the Sabbath so that they would not have to do work on that day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the day on which Jews prepared for the Sabbath, that is, the day before the Sabbath” or “the day before the Sabbath, the day on which Jews prepared for the Sabbath”

305415:43xn8trc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participantsἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν1

Here Mark introduces Joseph as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a man from Arimathea came. He was named Joseph, and he was a respected member of the council who also himself was waiting for the kingdom of God. Having dared, he entered in”

305515:43wgz8rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesἸωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας1

The word Joseph is the name of a man, and the word Arimathea is the name of the city he was from.

305615:43u7llrc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-backgroundεὐσχήμων βουλευτής1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “an honorable member of the council” or “a member of the council whom others thought highly of,”

305715:43ov1vrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronounsὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν1

Mark uses the word himself to emphasize that Joseph was one of the people who was waiting for the kingdom of God. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “who, he too, was” or “who indeed also was”

305815:43nu77rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐλθὼν1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

305915:43zvw4rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ1

The reason that Joseph asked Pilate for the body of Jesus was so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “asked for the body of Jesus so that he could bury it”

306015:44vu11rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then”

306115:44cnlzrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitεἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν1

Here Mark means that Pilate was not sure whether Jesus had already died, but he marveled that it might be true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates this kind of possibility. Alternate translation: “because it was possible that Jesus had already died”

306215:44f484rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτὸν κεντυρίωνα1

Here Mark implies that this is the same centurion who was in charge of crucifying Jesus (see 15:39). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the centurion who was in charge of Jesus’ crucifixion” or “the centurion who oversaw Jesus’ execution”

306315:44u9o3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἐπηρώτησεν αὐτὸν εἰ πάλαι ἀπέθανεν1

It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he asked him, ‘Has he already died?’”

306415:45z3glrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitγνοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ κεντυρίωνος1

Here Mark implies that Pilate learned that Jesus really was dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having learned from the centurion that Jesus had already died”

306515:45v5ysrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ1

Here Mark implies that Pilate commanded his soldiers to give the corpse to Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he told his soldiers to let Joseph have the corpse” or “he permitted Joseph to take the corpse”

306615:46g4c9rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownσινδόνα & τῇ σινδόνι1

The term linen cloth refers to a high-quality cloth made from the fibers of the flax plant. If your readers would be unfamiliar with linen, you could use a general expression. See how you translated linen in 14:51. Alternate translation: “a fine cloth … in the fine cloth”

306715:46eb9hrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαθελὼν αὐτὸν, ἐνείλησεν τῇ σινδόνι, καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸν ἐν μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας; καὶ προσεκύλισεν λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τοῦ μνημείου1

Here Mark implies that other people helped Joseph when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, laid it in the tomb, and rolled a stone against the entrance to the tomb in order to close it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him took Jesus’ body down, wrapped the body in the linen cloth, and put it in a tomb, which was having been cut from rock. And they rolled a stone against the door of the tomb”

306815:46wh20rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαθελὼν αὐτὸν1

Here Mark implies that Joseph took Jesus’ body down from the cross. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having taken him down off the cross”

306915:46ugphrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἐνείλησεν τῇ σινδόνι1

This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could indicate that more explicitly, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “he wrapped him in a linen burial cloth” or “he prepared him for burial”

307015:46fflqrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας1

Here Mark means specifically a burial place that had been cut or chiseled out of rock, most likely into the face of a cliff. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of burial place, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “was having been chiseled into the rock” or “which had been specially prepared”

307115:46g9hfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἦν λελατομημένον1

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that it was people whom Joseph had hired. Alternate translation: “people had previously cut” or “Joseph had had people cut”

307215:46dfhmrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitπροσεκύλισεν λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τοῦ μνημείου1

Here Matthew implies that Joseph rolled the stone to close up the tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he rolled a stone against the door of the tomb to close it up”

307315:47lthtrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneousδὲ1

Here, the word Now introduces something that was happening at the same time as what Mark narrated in the previous verse (Joseph burying Jesus’ body). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous action, or you could leave Now untranslated. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “While Joseph was doing those things,”

307415:47yexprc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΜαρία ἡ Ἰωσῆτος1

The word Mary is the name of a woman, the same woman whom Mark referred to in 15:40. This Mary was not Mary Magdalene nor Mary the mother of Jesus. Mark identifies her instead as the {mother} of Joses.

307515:47m782rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesἸωσῆτος1

The word Joses is also the name of a man, the same man whom Mark referred to in 15:40. This Joses is not Jesus’ brother.

307615:47v3wurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveτέθειται1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Joseph of Arimathea. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea had put him”

307716:introj5yz0

Mark 16 General Notes

Structure and Formatting

  1. Jesus’ resurrection (16:1–8)

Special Concepts in this Chapter

The “young man”

Mark indicates that a “young man” clothed in white was sitting inside the tomb. He implies that this “young man” was an angel who appeared in human form. This is supported by how Matthew tells the story, since he indicates explicitly that an angel was at the tomb (see Matthew 28:2–7). Both Luke mentions two men at the tomb, whom he implies are angels (Luke 24:4–7), and John refers to two angels (John 20:12–13). It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include some information about these men, or angels, in a footnote.

The resurrection

Mark does not narrate the resurrection, but he does indicate that the stone was rolled away from the tomb and that an angel in the form of a young man told the women that Jesus had resurrected. It is not clear exactly when Jesus actually rose from the dead, although it is clear that this happened before the tomb was opened. When Jesus rose from the dead, he was a living human being again, and he could never die again. Make sure that it is clear that Jesus came back to life as a living human being.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

Singular and plural forms of “you”

All the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that are given to groups of people. Because of this, all forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])

The historic present

To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 2, 4, and 6. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])

The ending of Mark’s gospel

There are at least four different endings to Mark’s Gospel that are found among various ancient manuscripts. However, only two of those are found among the earliest and most reliable manuscripts. One of these endings is the text of 16:9–20, which is found in some early manuscripts and many later manuscripts. The other ending, the one found in the early manuscripts that scholars consider to be the most reliable, stops at 16:8 and does not include any further words. The ULT and UST include 16:9–20 in brackets, and there are no translation notes on these verses. If you do include these verses in your translation, it is recommended that you put them in a footnote or in brackets to indicate that some of the earliest manuscripts do not include them.

307816:1c21arc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-neweventκαὶ1

Here, the word And introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,”

307916:1p61nrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitδιαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου1

Here Mark indicates that the sun had set on Saturday, which meant that the Sabbath had ended. The three women were now permitted to do work, like buying spices. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when it was evening and the Sabbath had ended” or “the Sabbath having passed at sunset and the period of rest having ended”

308016:1fd3rrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructureἡ Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου, καὶ Σαλώμη1

Consider how you might naturally include a list of three women with descriptions of them. The UST has moved Salome earlier in the list so that it is clear that she is not one of the children of Mary. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene and Salome and Mary the mother of James”

308116:1fm8urc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΜαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου1

The word Mary is the name of a woman, the same woman whom Mark referred to in 15:40 and 15:47. This Mary was not Mary Magdalene nor Mary the mother of Jesus. Mark identifies her instead as the {mother} of James.

308216:1m7qtrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesἸακώβου1

The word James is the name of a man, the same man whom Mark referred to in 15:40. This James is not James the brother of Jesus, James son of Zebedee, or James son of Alphaeus.

308316:1nmvsrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-namesΣαλώμη1

The word Salome is the name of a woman. She is the same woman whom Mark referred to in 15:40.

308416:1qrhcrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknownἀρώματα1

Here, the word spices refers to any good-smelling herbs, ointments, and oils. In Jesus’ culture, it was customary to put these good-smelling things on dead bodies to cover up bad smells and to honor the people who had died. Since the women plan to anoint Jesus with these spices, the spices must be herbs mixed with oil or some kind of ointment. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of good-smelling item, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “pleasant herbs” or “good-smelling oils”

308516:1zrcfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐλθοῦσαι1

In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of come. Alternate translation: “having gone”

308616:1g9q0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἀλείψωσιν αὐτόν1

In Jesus’ culture, it was customary for people to anoint dead bodies when they were buried. Joseph of Arimathea had not done this because he had to bury Jesus quickly before the Sabbath began. These three women now plan to finish the customary burial preparations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might anoint him to complete the burial customs”

308716:2o6qfrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitλείαν πρωῒ τῇ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων1

Here Mark refers to sunrise on the first of the week, that is, Sunday. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “very early in the morning on the first of the week, that is, Sunday”

308816:2qcmtrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτῇ μιᾷ1

Mark is using the adjective first as a noun to mean the first day. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “on the first day”

308916:2jh6mrc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinalτῇ μιᾷ1

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day one”

309016:2u9b5rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἀνατείλαντος τοῦ ἡλίου1

Here, the phrase the sun having come up refers to sunrise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that refers to sunrise. Alternate translation: “the sun having risen” or “the sun having appeared above the horizon”

309116:3knlyrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitκαὶ ἔλεγον1

Here Mark implies that they were saying this while they were going to the tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And as they were going to the tomb, they were saying”

309216:3lv8orc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotationsἔλεγον πρὸς ἑαυτάς, τίς ἀποκυλίσει ἡμῖν τὸν λίθον ἐκ τῆς θύρας τοῦ μνημείου?1

It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were asking one another about who would roll away the stone for them from the entrance of the tomb.”

309316:4kld9rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “somebody had rolled the stone away”

309416:4ij5yrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrasesγὰρ1

Here, the word for could introduce: (1) further information about the stone. Alternate translation: “and as for that stone,” (2) a reason why the women were able to see the stone from far away when they looked up. Alternate translation: “which they could observe because” (3) a reason why the women were concerned about who would roll the stone away for them (see 16:3). Alternate translation: “and they had been asking each other about the stone because”

309516:5oaqkrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitἐν τοῖς δεξιοῖς1

Here Mark is referring to the right side of the tomb from the women’s perspective. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “inside the tomb on the right side from their perspective”

309616:5cuy3rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveπεριβεβλημένον στολὴν λευκήν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with a white robe on”

309716:5ei8qrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἐξεθαμβήθησαν1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what the women saw. Alternate translation: “these things alarmed them”

309816:6q47yrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastδὲ1

Here, the word But introduces what the young man says in contrast to how the women reacted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,”

309916:6mo0drc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveμὴ ἐκθαμβεῖσθε1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be what the women saw. See how you expressed the similar phrase in 16:5. Alternate translation: “These things must not alarm you”

310016:6ie57rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveτὸν ἐσταυρωμένον1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Pilate’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate’s soldiers crucified”

310116:6x6nerc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomἠγέρθη1

Here, the word raised refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He was restored to life”

310216:6x9m8rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassiveἠγέρθη1

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the young man could be implying that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him up” (2) Jesus himself did it. Alternate translation: “He rose up”

310316:6wf0lrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamationsἴδε1

Here, the word behold draws the attention of the three women and asks them to look at something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to look or pay attention. Alternate translation: “See” or “Observe”

310416:6ni6grc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitὁ τόπος ὅπου ἔθηκαν αὐτόν1

Here the young man refers to the place within the tomb where Joseph of Arimathea and his helpers put Jesus’ body. This place was probably a shelf or ledge. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “this is the flat area where they put his body” or “this is the ledge within this tomb where they put him”

310516:7fc4lrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrastἀλλὰ1

Here, the word But introduces a command that contrasts with what the young man said in the previous verse about seeing where Jesus’ body lay. Now, in contrast, the angel commands the women to leave the tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” or “But do not stay here. Instead,”

310616:7x3u1rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitτοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ1

The phrase and to Peter is not making a distinction between Peter and the disciples by indicating that Peter is not part of the group of Jesus’ disciples. Rather, the phrase and Peter is being used to emphasize that of all of the disciples of Jesus, these women should take special care to tell Peter the information that follows this phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to Peter and to the rest of his disciples” or “to his disciples, and particularly to Peter”

310716:7axgurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotesΠέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν1

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to Peter that Jesus is going before them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he said to them”

310816:7mk04rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goπροάγει1

In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of going. Alternate translation: “He is coming before”

310916:8m1egrc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultἐξελθοῦσαι, ἔφυγον ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου; εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because trembling and amazement was gripping them, having gone out, they ran from the tomb”

311016:8dljirc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goἐξελθοῦσαι1

In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of gone. Alternate translation: “having come out”

311116:8bdgbrc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiomεἶχεν & αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις1

Here, when trembling and amazement are gripping people, it means that these people are overcome by trembling and amazement. In other words, they cannot help but experience these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were overcome by trembling and amazement” or “they could not help but experience trembling and amazement”

311216:8sh40rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnounsεἶχεν & αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις1

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of amazement, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they were trembling and greatly amazed”

311316:8trqurc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadysτρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις1

Here Mark implies that the women were trembling because of their amazement. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “trembling because of amazement”

311416:8feiurc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-resultοὐδενὶ οὐδὲν εἶπον; ἐφοβοῦντο γάρ1

If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid, they said nothing to anyone”

311516:8ydb0rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegativesοὐδενὶ οὐδὲν εἶπον1

The words translated nothing and to anyone are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “they told no one anything”